float 0.2a (7sep07)

git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@4910 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751

2 files changed, 4349 insertions, 2216 deletions

diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/floatrow/floatrow.dtx b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/floatrow/floatrow.dtx
index 3b1c2bed19c..7f4c2684946 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/floatrow/floatrow.dtx
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/floatrow/floatrow.dtx
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 % \iffalse
 %    floatrow.dtx - The float row package (extension of float package)
-%    (c) 2004-2006 Olga Lapko (Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru)
+%    (c) 2004-2007 Olga Lapko (Lapko.O@g23.relcom.ru)
 %
 %    This package borrowed code (core parts) from:
 %    float package 2001/11/08 v1.3d,
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
 %       Copyright (c) 1995-2002 Axel Sommerfeldt
 %
 %    During creation of floatsetup stuff there was borrowed code structure
-%    from caption package v3.x ((c) 1994-2006 Axel Sommerfeldt)
+%    from caption package v3.x ((c) 1994-2007 Axel Sommerfeldt)
 %
 %    This program is provided under the terms of the
 %    LaTeX Project Public License distributed from CTAN
@@ -18,89 +18,130 @@
 %<*dtx>
           \ProvidesFile{floatrow.dtx}
 %</dtx>
-%<floatrow,frfancy,floatpagestyle,listpen>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
+%<floatrow,frfancy,floatpagestyle,listpen,frforsubfig,forlongtable>\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}[1995/06/01]
 %<floatrow>\ProvidesPackage{floatrow}
 %<frfancy>\ProvidesPackage{fr-fancy}
 %<floatpagestyle>\ProvidesPackage{floatpagestyle}
 %<listpen>\ProvidesPackage{listpen}
+%<frforsubfig>\ProvidesPackage{fr-subfig}
+%<forlongtable>\ProvidesPackage{fr-longtable}
 %
 %         \ProvidesFile{floatrow.dtx}
-%<floatrow>       [2006/07/24 v0.1j floatrow: float package extension]
-%<frfancy>       [2005/07/15 v0.1g floatrow: fancy boxes]
+%<floatrow>       [2007/08/24 v0.2a floatrow: float package extension]
+%<frfancy>       [2005/05/24 v0.1h floatrow: fancy boxes]
 %<floatpagestyle>       [2005/10/02 v0.1h floating page style]
-%<listpen>       [2005/02/07 v0.1a list penalty managing]
+%<listpen>       [2007/05/24 v0.1b list penalty managing]
+%<frforsubfig>       [2007/08/24 v0.1f (beta) floatrow: additions for subfig]
+%<forlongtable>       [2007/05/24 v0.1a (beta) floatrow: additions for longtable]
 %
 %<*driver>
 \input pictures
-\listfiles
 \documentclass[twoside]{ltxdoc}
 
+\makeatletter%^^A -----------------------
+
 \usepackage{calc}
 \usepackage{tabularx,array}
 
+\ifx\pdfoutput\undefined \else
+  \ifcase\pdfoutput \else
+    \usepackage{mathptm}\def\ttdefault{pxtt}
+    \usepackage[scaled=0.90]{helvet}
+  \fi
+\fi
+\settowidth\marginparwidth{\texttt{0DeclareFloatFootnoterule}}
+
 \IfFileExists{titlesec.sty}{\usepackage[raggedright]{titlesec}}{}
 
 \IfFileExists{footmisc.sty}{\usepackage[perpage]{footmisc}}{}
 
-\usepackage{floatpagestyle,flafplins}
+\IfFileExists{fancyhdr.sty}{\usepackage{fancyhdr}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\fancyhead{}\fancyfoot{}
+\fancyhead[LE]{\setlength{\dimen@}{\marginparwidth+\marginparsep}%^^A
+          \leavevmode\hbox to\dimen@{\normalsize\bfseries\thepage\hfil}
+          \ignorespaces{\nouppercase\leftmark}\hfil\strut}
+\fancyhead[LO]{\setlength{\dimen@}{\marginparwidth+\marginparsep}%^^A
+          \leavevmode\hbox to\dimen@{}
+          \ignorespaces{\nouppercase\rightmark}\hfill\hbox to2em{\hfil\normalsize\bfseries\thepage}\strut}
+\fancyheadoffset[L]{\marginparwidth+\marginparsep}
+}{}
 
 \usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,labelsep=period,
             justification=centerlast]
-            {caption}[2004/11/28]
+            {caption}[2007/04/11]
+
 \usepackage[format=default,justification=centerlast,
-            labelfont=up]
+            labelfont=up,captionskip=5pt]
             {subfig}[2005/06/28]
 
 \IfFileExists{rotating.sty}{\usepackage[figuresright]{rotating}}{}
 
+\usepackage{longtable}
 \usepackage{wrapfig}
+%\usepackage{psfrag}
 \usepackage[vflt]{floatflt}
 \usepackage{picins}
 %^^A\RequirePackage[writefile]{listings}[2004/09/07]
 
-\usepackage[style=plain,font=small,footskip=.5\skip\footins,
-   footnoterule=fullsize,margins=centering,objectset=centering,
-   floatrowsep=qquad,captionskip=5pt,capbesidesep=quad,
-   facing=yes,capbesideposition=inside]{floatrow}
+\usepackage[font=small,captionskip=5pt,objectset=centering,margins=centering,
+   footskip=.5\skip\footins,footnoterule=fullsize,
+   floatrowsep=qquad,capbesidesep=quad,
+   facing=yes,capbesideposition=inside,floatHaslist=yes,doublefloataswide=yes]{floatrow}
+
+\usepackage{floatpagestyle,listpen}
+\allowprelistbreaks[-4]
 
 \usepackage{fr-fancy}
 
-\IfFileExists{hyperref.sty}{\usepackage{hyperref}
+\IfFileExists{hyperref.sty}{\usepackage[
+    linktocpage,
+    hyperindex,%
+    plainpages=false,%
+    bookmarksopenlevel=1,%
+    bookmarksnumbered=false,%
+    pdfview=FitH,
+    pdfstartview=FitH,
+   ]{hyperref}
   \IfFileExists{hypcap.sty}{\usepackage{hypcap}}{}
 }{}
+
 \ifx\pdftexversion\undefined
+  \IfFileExists{pstricks.sty}{\usepackage{pstricks,pst-eps}}{}
+\else\ifcase\pdfoutput
   \IfFileExists{pstricks.sty}{\usepackage{pstricks}}{}
+\or
+%^^A  \IfFileExists{pdftricks.sty}{
+%^^A  \usepackage{pdftricks}
+%^^A  }{}
+\fi\fi
+\ifx\pdfdisplay\undefined\else
+  \begin{psinputs}
+  \usepackage{pstricks}
+  \end{psinputs}
 \fi
+
 \IfFileExists{makecell.sty}{\usepackage{makecell}}{}
-\makeatletter
+
 \@ifundefined{thead}%
   {\newcommand\thead[1]{\footnotesize\raisebox
    {0pt}[\height+\jot][\depth+\jot]{\begin{tabular}{@{}c@{}} #1\end{tabular}}}
 %^^A For this documentation only
   \def\multirowthead#1[#2]#3{\raisebox{-1.5ex}{\thead{#3}}}}{}
-\makeatother
 
 \IfFileExists{multirow.sty}{\usepackage{multirow}}{}
 \IfFileExists{lscape.sty}{\usepackage{lscape}}{}
+\IfFileExists{color.sty}{\usepackage{color}\definecolor{gray}{gray}{.5}}{\let\color\@gobble}
 
 \floatsetup[table]{style=Plaintop,footnoterule=none}
 
+%^^A -----------------------
 \floatstyle{ruled}
 \newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}[section]
 
-\DeclareFloatStyle{MyBoxed}{style=Boxed,
-  captionskip=5pt,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep12pt}}
-\DeclareFloatVCode{lowthickrule}{\kern2pt\hrule height.8ptdepth0pt}
-
 \DeclareNewFloatType{Example}%
     {placement=tb,within=section,fileext=lox}
 
-%^^A for Appendix-----------
-\DeclareFloatSeparators{none}{}
-\DeclareFloatSeparators{cicero}{\hskip1cc}
-\DeclareFloatSeparators{enskip}{\hskip.5em}
-\DeclareFloatSeparators{mcapwidth}{\hskip-\FCwidth}
-
 \newfloatcommand{fcapsideleft}{figure}[{\capbeside
   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,
    justification=raggedleft}%
@@ -109,27 +150,59 @@
   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,
    justification=raggedright}%
    \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition=right}}][\FBwidth]
+
+\DeclareFloatStyle{MyBoxed}{style=Boxed,
+  captionskip=5pt,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep12pt}}
+
+\DeclareFloatVCode{lowthickrule}{\par\vskip2pt\rule{\hsize}{.8pt}\par}
+\DeclareFloatVCode{grayruleabove}{{\color{gray}\par\rule\hsize{2.8pt}\vskip4pt\par}}
+\DeclareFloatVCode{grayrulebelow}{{\color{gray}\par\vskip4pt\rule\hsize{2.8pt}}}
+
+\DeclareObjectSet{colorred}{\parskip2pt\parindent15pt\color{red}}
+
+\DeclareMarginSet{hangleft}%
+  {\setfloatmargins
+    {\hskip-\marginparwidth\hskip-\marginparsep}{\hfil}}
+\DeclareMarginSet{hangtoheads}%
+  {\setfloatmargins
+    {\hfil}{\hskip-.7\headheight\hskip-\headsep}}
+
+\DeclareFloatSeparators{colorsep}%
+  {\begingroup\color{blue}%
+    \floatfacing{\hskip6pt\vrule width4.8pt\hskip6pt}%
+                {\hskip6pt\vrule width4.8pt\hskip6pt}%
+   \endgroup}
+\DeclareFloatSeparators{none}{}
+\DeclareFloatSeparators{cicero}{\hskip1cc}
+\DeclareFloatSeparators{enskip}{\hskip.5em}
+\DeclareFloatSeparators{mcapwidth}{\hskip-\FCwidth}
+
 %^^A -----------------------
+%^^A\DeclareCaptionFormat{labelonly}{#1}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{numonly}{#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{list}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2)}
+\DeclareCaptionListOfFormat{comma-separated}{#1,\,#2}
+
+\DeclareCaptionFont{green}{\color{green}}
+\DeclareCaptionFont{magenta}{\color{magenta}}
 
 \def\rightlast{\leftskip0ptplus1fil
   \rightskip0ptplus-1fil\parfillskip0ptplus1fil}
 \def\leftlast{\leftskip0pt\rightskip0pt\parfillskip0ptplus1fil}
+
 %^^A for all versions of caption 3.x?
-\DeclareCaptionFormat{flushrightlabel}{\leavevmode\rightline{#1}#2\par#3\par}
-\DeclareCaptionJustification{togglelast}
-  {\floatfacing*\rightlast\leftlast}
-\DeclareCaptionStyle{capbesidefigure}{justification=togglelast}
-\captionsetup[table]
-   {format=flushrightlabel,textfont=bf,labelsep=none,
-    labelfont=sl,captionskip=5pt}
+\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{rightline}{\rightline{\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2}}
+\DeclareCaptionJustification{togglelast}{\floatfacing*\rightlast\leftlast}
+
+\captionsetup[table]{labelformat=rightline,textfont=bf,labelfont={md,sl},labelsep=newline}
 \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{justification=togglelast}
 \captionsetup[floatfoot]{format=default}
 
-%^^A for Appendix-----------
 \DeclareCaptionFormat{break}{#1#2\par#3\par}
+
 %^^A -----------------------
 
-\makeatletter
+\advance\oddsidemargin.25\marginparwidth
 \evensidemargin\oddsidemargin
 \@mparswitchfalse
 \widowpenalty10000
@@ -144,14 +217,15 @@
 \def\l@subsubsection{\@dottedtocline {3}{4.2em}{3.6em}}
 
 \newcommand\Resizebox[5]{\setbox0\hbox{\setlength\unitlength{#1/#3}%^^A
- \ifx\pspicture\undefined\else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi{#5}}%^^A
- \@tempdima\ht0\advance\@tempdima\dp0%^^A
- \ifdim\@tempdima>#2\setlength\unitlength{#2/#4}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
- \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
- {#5}\else\box0\fi}
+   \ifx\pspicture\undefined\else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi{#5}}%^^A
+   \@tempdima\ht0\advance\@tempdima\dp0%^^A
+   \ifdim\@tempdima>#2
+     \setlength\unitlength{#2/#4}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
+       \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+     {#5}\else\box0\fi}
 
 \providecommand*{\file}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
-\providecommand*{\pkg}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
+\providecommand*{\package}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
 \providecommand*{\cls}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
 \providecommand*{\env}[1]{\texttt{#1}}
 \providecommand*{\meta}[1]{$\langle$\textit{#1}$\rangle$}
@@ -165,6 +239,8 @@
    \setlength{\parsep}{0pt}%
    }}%
   {\endlist}
+
+\newenvironment{Quote}{\par\RestoreSpaces\small\begin{quote}\obeylines\parskip0pt}{\end{quote}\par\@endpetrue}
 \def\OptionLabel{RaggedRight}
 
 \DeclareRobustCommand\La{L\kern-.36em%
@@ -176,7 +252,27 @@
                         \vss}%
         }%
         }
-\makeatother
+
+%maybe there is better solution?
+\def\DescribeMacro{\let\outer@nobreak\@nobreaktrue
+    \leavevmode\everypar{\@nobreakfalse}\@bsphack
+   \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Macro}
+\def\DescribeEnv{\let\outer@nobreak\@nobreaktrue
+    \leavevmode\everypar{\@nobreakfalse}\@bsphack
+    \begingroup\MakePrivateLetters\Describe@Env}
+\def\RestoreSpaces{\@nobreakfalse}
+
+\newcommand\FRmpar{\@ifstar{\@nobreaktrue\xFRmpar}{\xFRmpar}}
+
+\newcommand\xFRmpar[2]{\label{#2}\marginpar{\footnotesize
+    \raggedleft\advance\leftskip.3\hsize#1}}
+
+\providecommand\sectionname{section}
+\def\SpecialUsageIndex#1{}
+\def\SpecialEnvIndex#1{}
+\newcommand\seeIntro{\hyperref[sec:intro]{Intro}}
+
+\makeatother%^^A---------------------------------
 
 \OnlyDescription
 \let\PrintChanges\relax
@@ -185,12 +281,12 @@
 \RecordChanges
 \begin{document}
  \DocInput{floatrow.dtx}
- \PrintChanges
+\PrintChanges
 \end{document}
 %</driver>
 % \fi
 %
-% \CheckSum{4187}
+% \CheckSum{5209}
 %
 %
 % \changes{v0.1e}{2005/03/22}{The user documentation loaded inside
@@ -200,9 +296,9 @@
 %
 %   \ifx\pspicture\undefined\else\psset{unit=1pt}\fi
 %
-%   \def\fileversion{v0.1j}
-%   \def\filedate{2006/07/24}
-%   \title{The \pkg{floatrow} package\thanks{This
+%   \def\fileversion{v0.2a}
+%   \def\filedate{2007/08/24}
+%   \title{The \package{floatrow} package\thanks{This
 %          file has version number \fileversion, last revised
 %          \filedate.}}
 %
@@ -212,98 +308,292 @@
 %   \date{\filedate}
 %   \maketitle
 %
-%   \begin{abstract}
-%   This package was created like extension or addition of \pkg{float}
-%   package. The \pkg{floatrow} borrows core code from
-%   \pkg{float}\footnote{\pkg{float} package, version v1.3d dated
+%   \begin{abstract}\openup.5pt
+%   This package was created as extension of the \package{float}
+%   package. The \package{floatrow} package borrows core code from
+%   the \package{float}\footnote{\package{float} package, version v1.3d dated
 %   2001/11/08, \copyright{} 1991-2000 Anselm Lingnau.} and
-%   \pkg{rotfloat}\footnote{\pkg{rotfloat} package, version v1.2
+%   \package{rotfloat}\footnote{\package{rotfloat} package, version v1.2
 %   dated 2004/01/04, \copyright{} 1995--2004 Axel
-%   Sommerfeldt.} packages, so you must not load these packages.
+%   Sommerfeldt.} packages, so you \emph{must not} load these packages.
 %
-%   The \pkg{float} package has good mechanism for creation (and easy
+%   The \package{float} package has a~good mechanism for the creation (and easy
 %   modification) of common layout for all floats without
-%   adding any repeated code in document; unfortunately it deals only
-%   with alone (plain) object---caption combinations.
-%
-%   Current package extends this mechanism and allows:
+%   adding any repeated code in the document; besides, this package allows to
+%   create new float type; it deals only
+%   with alone (plain) combinations ``object (float contents)---caption''.
+%   The \package{rotfloat}
+%   package changes environments of rotated floats (\package{rotating} package)
+%   to adapt them to \package{float}'s settings.
+%
+%   Current package extends these possibilities and, at last, it allows:
 %   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip0pt
-%   \item%
-%   to change width of float box;
-%   \item%
+%   \item
+%   to use mechanism, borrowed from \package{float} package, for
+%   creation of new float type;
+%   \item
+%   to change width of float box, also
 %   to set width for float box, which equals to the width of object;
-%   \item%
+%   \item
 %   to put caption beside object;
-%   \item%
+%   \item
 %   to put a few floats side by side on the row;
-%   \item%
+%   \item
 %   to put footnotes inside float box (using \env{minipage}-like mode);
 %   and also put legend-like text;
-%   \item%
-%   to create or modify special layout for each type of float and
-%   for different positioning of float and its components
-%   (two-column or rotated float).
+%   \item
+%   to create and/or modify special layout for each type of float and
+%   for different positioning of float and its components, e.g.
+%   two-column or rotated float.
 %   \end{itemize}
 %
-%   The \pkg{floatrow} package is cooperated with \pkg{caption} package
-%   (version 3.0 and later). Also the \pkg{floatrow} package (like
-%   \pkg{caption} one) uses \pkg{keyval} package mechanism for layout
+%   The \package{floatrow} package is cooperated with \package{caption} package
+%   (\textit{needs version} 3.0\textbf{q} \textit{and later}).
+%   Also the \package{floatrow} package (like
+%   \package{caption} one) uses \package{keyval} package mechanism for layout
 %   settings.
 %   \medskip
 %
 %   \begingroup
 %   \slshape
-%   I think I did my best to follow this idea and I hope that someone
+%   I think I did my best to follow these ideas and I hope that someone
 %   likes this idea: helps to maintain this idea anyway, or finds bugs
 %   and absurdities in this package or documentation.
 %   \endgroup
 %   \medskip
 %
-%   {Document terminology}:
+%   \centerline{\textbf{Document Terminology}\nopagebreak\vspace{1ex}}
 %   \begin{description}\itemsep0pt\parskip0pt
-%   \item[float] could include \emph{object}, \emph{caption}, and
+%   \item[float]
+%   could include \emph{object}, \emph{caption}, and
 %   \emph{foot material}; \emph{float} is created by \env{figure} or
-%   \env{table} environments (\emph{plain float}), or in |\floatbox|
-%   command;
+%   \env{table} environments (\emph{plain float}), or by |\floatbox|
+%   command and its modifications;
+%
+%   \item[float type]
+%   means standard environments \env{figure} and \env{table},
+%   also their subtypes, like e.g.~\env{wrapfigure} (\package{wrapfig} package),
+%   \env{sidewaysfigure} (\package{rotating} and \package{rotfloat} packages),
+%   \env{longtable}  (\package{longtable} package) etc.;
 %
 %   \item[object]\env{tabular} or graphics, as contents of table
-%   (\env{figure}) or figure (\env{table}) or other type of float;
+%   (\env{table}) or figure (\env{figure}) or other type of float;
 %
 %   \item[caption]text in |\caption|;
 %
 %   \item[foot material]explications, legends and/or footnotes inside
-%   \emph{float} box (|\footnote|/|\mpfootnotemark|/|\footnotetext|,
+%   \emph{float} box (|\footnote|/\allowbreak|\mpfootnotemark|/\allowbreak|\footnotetext|,
 %     and |\floatfoot| macros).
 %   \end{description}
 %   \end{abstract}
 %
+% \begingroup\small
+% \vspace{2ex}\pdfbookmark[1]{Frequently Appeared Design}{FAD}\nopagebreak\centerline{\textbf{Frequently Appeared Design}\nopagebreak}
+% \begin{multicols}{2}\raggedright\advance\rightskip1em
+%   \makeatletter\let\item\@idxitem\ignorespaces\makeatother
+%   \def\sectionname{sec.}
+%^^A%   \item{``Anchored'' float (option~\texttt{H})}
+%^^A%       \strut\pfill
+%^^A%       \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatborrowII}
+%
+%   \item{Caption}
+%       \subitem{above float (\env{table}'s object, |\ttabbox|)\kern-1em\allowbreak}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
+%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}%^^A;
+%           %^^A\pageref{FAD:CaptionAbove},
+%           %^^A\pageref{FAD:CaptionAboveTable},
+%           %^^A\pageref{FAD:CaptionAboveTableII},
+%           %^^A\pageref{FAD:CaptionAboveIII}
+%
+%       \subitem{beside float (\env{figure}'s object, |\fcapside|)}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
+%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}%^^A;~
+%           %^^A\pageref{FAD:BesideCaptionII},
+%           %^^A\pageref{ssec:ffigbox:etc},
+%           %^^A\pageref{fig:subfig:catsI},
+%
+%       \subitem{width equals to \env{longtable}'s (|LTcapwidth=| key)}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \pageref{FAD:LTcapwidth}
+%
+%       \subitem{width equals to object's}
+%           \emph{see}~{float box width equals to object's}{}
+%
+%   \item{Creation of new float type (|\DeclareNewFloatType|)}
+%       \strut\pfill
+%       \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:newfloat}%;~^^A
+%       %^^A\pageref{FAD:newfloattype}
+%
+%   \item{Layout of Float types (|\floatsetup|)}
+%       \strut\pfill
+%       \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}\nopagebreak
+%
+%   \item{Float}\nopagebreak
+%      \subitem{box (|\floatbox|)}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox};
+%           \subsubitem{figure box (|\ffigbox|)}
+%               \strut\pfill
+%               \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
+%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox};
+%
+%          \subsubitem{table box (|\ttabbox|)}
+%               \strut\pfill
+%               \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
+%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox};
+%
+%       \subitem{rotated (|sideways..|~env.)}\nopagebreak
+%               \strut\pfill
+%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{ssec:rotating}%^^A--\ref{ssec:lscape}
+%          \subsubitem{empty (special) page style (|\emptyfloatpage|)}
+%               \strut\pfill
+%               \pageref{FAD:emptyfloatpage}
+%
+%          \subsubitem{placing on the facing pages}
+%               \strut\pfill
+%               \pageref{FAD:ContRotated}
+%
+%       \subitem{\textbf{here!} (option \texttt{H})}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatborrowII}
+%
+%       \subitem{row (|floatrow| env.)}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
+%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatrow}%^^A;
+%           %^^A\pageref{FAD:BesideFloat},
+%           %^^A\pageref{ssec:app:besidestart}--\pageref{ssec:app:besidefinish}
+%
+%           \subsubitem{float(box) in the row occupies the rest space}
+%           \emph{see}~{float width, the rest space of the row}
+%
+%           \subsubitem{floats of different types side by side}
+%               \strut\pfill
+%               \pageref{FAD:MixedRow},
+%               \pageref{FAD:MixedRowII}%^^A%,
+%               %^^A\pageref{FAD:Mixrow}
+%
+%^^A%^^A%           \subsubitem{floats of one type side by side}
+%^^A%^^A%               \strut\pfill
+%^^A%^^A%               \pageref{FAD:floatrow}
+%
+%       \subitem{like in plain \LaTeX\ (|\RawFloats|)}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:rawfloats}%^^A;
+%           %^^A\pageref{FAD:PlainFloat},
+%           %^^A\pageref{FAD:PlainFloatII}
+%
+%       \subitem{width}
+%^^A%           \subsubitem{|floatwidth=| key etc.}
+%^^A%               \strut\pfill
+%^^A%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:wd:object}
+%
+%           \subsubitem{option in |\floatbox| commands}
+%               \strut\pfill
+%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}%^^A;
+%               %^^A\pageref{FAD:FBwidthI},
+%               %^^A\pageref{FAD:FBwidthII}
+%
+%          \subsubitem{equals to object's (option |\FBwidth| (|\floatbox|))}
+%               \strut\pfill
+%               \textsl{{\seeIntro}},~%^^A
+%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}%^^A;
+%               %^^A\pageref{FAD:FBwidthI},
+%               %^^A\pageref{FAD:FBwidth},
+%               %^^A\pageref{FAD:FBwidthII}
+%
+%           \subsubitem{the rest space in the row
+%           (option |\Xhsize| (|\floatbox|))}
+%               \strut\pfill
+%               \pageref{FAD:floatfillspace}
+%
+%       \subitem{wrapped}
+%               \strut\pfill
+%               \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{ssec:wrapfig}--\ref{ssec:picins}
+%
+%   \item{Footnote inside float}
+%       \strut\pfill
+%       \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatfootnote}%^^A;
+%       %^^A\pageref{FAD:FnoteInsideFloat}
+%
+%^^A%^^A%       \subitem{footnote text (|\footnotetext|)}
+%^^A%^^A%           \strut\pfill
+%^^A%^^A%           \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatfootnote};
+%^^A%^^A%           \pageref{FAD:FnoteInsideFloat}
+%
+%       \subitem{footnote mark
+%           (|\mpfootnotemark|)\kern-1em\allowbreak}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \pageref{FAD:FnoteInsideFloat}
+%
+%   \item{Legend-like macro (|\floatfoot|)}
+%       \strut\pfill
+%       \textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{subsec:floatfoot}
+%
+%   \item{Subfloat}
+%       \strut\pfill
+%       \subitem{subcaption above}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \pageref{FAD:subcapabove}
+%       \subitem{subfloat label beside}
+%           \strut\pfill
+%           \pageref{FAD:sublabelbeside}
+% \end{multicols}%
+% \endgroup
+%
 %   \clearpage
 %   \begingroup
-%   \small
-%   \tableofcontents
-%   \listoffigures
-%   \listoftables
+%   \small\openup-.75pt
+%   \pdfbookmark[1]{Contents}{TOC}\nopagebreak\tableofcontents
+%   \pdfbookmark[1]{List of Figures}{LOF}%^^A\setcounter{lofdepth}2
+%       \nopagebreak\listoffigures
+%   \pdfbookmark[1]{List of Tables}{LOT}%^^A\setcounter{lotdepth}2
+%       \nopagebreak\listoftables
 %   \endgroup
+%
 %   \clearpage
 %   \suppressfloats[t]
 %
-%   \section{Introduction}
+%   \section{Macros for Building Floats}
+%
+%   \subsection{Introduction}\label{sec:intro}
 %
 %   One of the first macros of package, created for float contents,
-%   is a macro which builds contents of table environment with caption
+%   is a macro which builds contents of the table environment with caption
 %   above. The width of caption equals to the width of contents, e.g.
-%   of tabular (see table~\ref{intro:table}).
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{table}
-%\ttabbox
-%  {\caption{A table ...}\label{...}}
-%  {\begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}}
-%\end{table}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \begin{table}[h]
+%   of tabular (see table~\ref{intro:table}).%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Caption above table object}{FAD:CaptionAbove}%^^A
+%^^A%   \footnote{The table caption in current documentation use a~special layout,
+%^^A%   popular in Russian typographic publications, look for
+%^^A%   \texttt{flushrightlabel} key of \cs{captionsetup} in the preamble of
+%^^A%   source file of this documentation and in sample files
+%^^A%   ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:samples}).}
+%\begin{Quote}\openup-.65pt
+%\meta{preamble}
+%  |\usepackage[|\hyperref[setup:font]{\texttt{font}}|=small,|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:captionskip]{\texttt{captionskip}}|=5pt,|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:objectset]{\texttt{objectset}}|=centering,|
+%  |      |\hyperref[setup:margins]{\texttt{margins}}|=centering,...]{floatrow}[2007/08/24]|
+%  |\|\hyperref[sec:floatsetup]{\texttt{floatsetup}}|[table]{|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}|=Plaintop}|
+%  |\usepackage[font=small,labelfont=bf,labelsep=period,|
+%  |      justification=centerlast]{caption}[2007/04/11]|
+%   |\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{rightline}{\rightline{\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2}}|
+%   |\captionsetup[table]{labelformat=rightline,textfont=bf,|
+%   |      labelfont={md,sl},labelsep=newline}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\begin{table}|
+%|\|\hyperref[floatbox:ttabbox]{\texttt{ttabbox}}
+%|  {\caption{A small table ...}\label{...}}|
+%|  {\begin{tabular}...\end{tabular}}|
+%|\end{table}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \begin{table}[H]
 %   \ttabbox
-%     {\caption{A table with caption above}\label{intro:table}}
-%     {\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}
+%     {\caption{A small table with caption text above (\cmd{\ttabbox})}\label{intro:table}}
+%     {\jot2pt\begin{tabular}{|c|c|c|}
 %      \hline
 %       \thead{First data} & \thead{Second data} & \thead{Third data} \\
 %      \hline
@@ -315,371 +605,1224 @@
 %
 %   The pair of this command, which creates figures---|\ffigbox|---puts
 %   caption below contents and default width of caption equals
-%   to the width of main text. The default
-%   layout of |\ffigbox| is similar to plain \env{figure} environment;
-%   this macro will be useful for creation of beside floats (see
-%   example with figures~\ref{intro:leftfig} and~\ref{intro:rightfig})
+%   to the width of main text or predefined |\hsize|.
+%\begin{Quote}\openup-.65pt
+%|...|
+%|\begin{figure}|
+%|\|\hyperref[floatbox:ffigbox]{\texttt{ffigbox}}
+%|  {\caption{A figure...}\label{...}}|
+%|  {...}|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%\begingroup
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%   \ffigbox
+%     {\caption[A simple figure box (\cmd{\ffigbox})] {A plain figure box
+%       with long long long long long long long long
+%       long long long long long long long long long long multilined caption}\label{intro:figure}}
+%     {\unitlength.88\unitlength\input{Doll.picture}}
+%   \end{figure}%^^A
+%\endgroup
+%   The default
+%   layout of |\ffigbox| (figure~\ref{intro:figure}) is similar to the plain
+%   \env{figure} environment. But if you set option |[\FBwidth]| like below:
+%     \FRmpar{Caption's width equals to object}{FAD:FBwidthI}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|...|
+%|\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
+%|\ffigbox[\|\hyperref[floatbox:FBwidth]{\texttt{FBwidth}}|]|
+%|  {\caption{A figure}\label{...}}|
+%|  {...}|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
+%     {\caption[A figure box (\cmd{\ffigbox}) with the width equal to graphics]{A figure with
+%       the width equal to graphics with long
+%       long long long long multilined
+%       caption}\label{intro:figure:FBwidth}}
+%     {\unitlength1.78\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}
+%   \end{figure}%^^A
+%   You get caption width equal to the width of picture
+%   (figure~\ref{intro:figure:FBwidth}).
 %
 %   The third macro---|\fcapside| (figure~\ref{intro:beside})---puts
 %   caption beside:
-%
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}
-%\fcapside
-% {\caption[Beside caption]{Beside caption ...}\label{...}}
-% {...}
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \begin{figure}[h]
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%  |\usepackage[...|\hyperref[setup:capbesidesep]{\texttt{capbesidesep}}|=quad,|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:facing]{\texttt{facing}}|=yes,|
+%  |      |\hyperref[setup:capbesideposition]{\texttt{capbesideposition}}|=inside,...]{floatrow}[2007/06/24]|
+%|...|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\begin{figure}|
+%|\|\hyperref[floatbox:fcapside]{\texttt{fcapside}}
+%|  {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
+%|  {...}|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
 %   \fcapside
 %   {\caption[Beside caption (`one-column' width)]{Beside caption
 %   (width of caption equals to the width of object) and more text
 %   and some more text and a bit more text and
-%   a little more text and a little peace of text to fill
+%   a little more text and a little piece of text to fill
 %   space}\label{intro:beside}}
-%   {{\setlength\unitlength{4cm/58}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%     \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+%   {{\setlength\unitlength{3.68cm/100}%^^A
+%   \input{Bear.picture}}}
+%   \end{figure}
+%   The width of main text or predefined value of |\hsize| before |\fcapside| command,
+%   by default, divided into two columns, their width equals to the half of current |\hsize|
+%   (figure~\ref{intro:beside}) excluding float margins and
+%   separation material between float and caption.
+%   One column is occupied by object, another---by caption and foot material (explications
+%   or legends and footnotes).
+%
+%
+%   If you set the |[\FBwidth]| option:
+%     \FRmpar{Caption's width equals to object}{FAD:FBwidthII}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|...|
+%|\fcapside[\FBwidth]|
+%|...|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
+%   {\caption[Beside caption (occupies rest space of defined width beside float object)]{Beside caption
+%   (the caption text occupies the rest space of \cs{hsize}) and more text
+%   and some more text and a bit more text and
+%   a little more text and a little piece of text to fill
+%   space}\label{intro:beside:FBwidth}}
+%   {{\setlength\unitlength{3.68cm/100}%^^A
+%   \input{Bear.picture}}}
+%   \end{figure}
+%   The graphic column width will be equal to the graphics and caption occupies the rest space
+%   (see figure~\ref{intro:beside:FBwidth}).\medskip
+%
+%   \subsection{The \cs{floatbox} Macro}\label{sec:floatbox}
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\floatbox}
+%   This package offers macro, which creates necessary layout of float
+%   object contents and caption (see also the Introduction).
+%   The main macro looks like:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\floatbox[|\meta{preamble}|]{|\meta{captype}|}[|^^A
+%       \meta{width}|][|\meta{height}|][|\meta{vert pos}|]|
+%   |         {|\meta{caption}|}{|\meta{object}|}|\footnotemark
+%   \end{Quote}%^^A
+%   \footnotetext{The
+%     order of mandatory arguments and their contents makes not
+%     difference during building of float box. This macro
+%     historically needs two mandatory arguments, but they could
+%     be filled freely.}
+%   where\label{floatboxsets}:
+%   \begin{description}\itemsep0pt
+%   \item[\meta{preamble}]there could be |\capbeside|\label{floatbox:capbeside} command which
+%     places caption beside float contents;
+%     |\nocapbeside|\label{floatbox:nocapbeside}
+%     (to put caption above/below, accordingly
+%     to float type's style);
+%     |\captop|\label{floatbox:captop}
+%     (to put caption above);
+%     or another systematic command
+%     (even with usage of |\captionsetup|
+%     and |\|\hyperref[setup:thisfloatsetup]{\texttt{thisfloatsetup}}
+%     see examples in documentation and appendix).
+%   \item[\meta{captype}]the type of float this command created for;
+%   \item[\meta{width}]the width of object---caption box
+%     (in case of caption above or below object),
+%     or width of object box (if caption stays beside object).
+%     Empty width option, |[]|, and option |[\hsize]| mean the same.\par
+%     The option |[\FBwidth]|\label{floatbox:FBwidth}%^^A
+%     \FRmpar{Caption's width\\ equals to object}{FAD:FBwidthIII}
+%     in~the \meta{width} argument
+%     allows usage of natural width of float contents: \qquad for full float box in the case of caption
+%     above/\allowbreak below; \qquad in~the case of beside caption natural width of float object expands to
+%     object box only.\par
+%     \emph{Note}. If you use the \verb|\FBwidth| command in the \meta{width}
+%     optional argument, please be sure that object contents can be placed
+%     in |\hbox| command (you only allowed to use |\vspace| (not |\vskip|!)
+%     command at the very
+%     beginning and very end of object contents for fine tuning
+%     of vertical spaces and position of contents);
+%   \item[\meta{height}]the height of object---caption box
+%     (in case of caption above or below object),
+%     or height of object box (if caption stays beside object);
+%   \item[\meta{vert pos}]vertical alignment of object contents in
+%     object's box in case of \meta{height} argument has larger value than
+%     height of object contents, float placed inside \env{floatrow}.
+%   \item[\meta{caption}]text of caption and legends (you may use
+%     |\floatfoot| command (see page~\pageref{subsec:floatfoot}); you
+%     may also use |\footnote|/|\mpfootnotemark|/|\footnotetext| stuff
+%     for footnotes inside float, or |\floatfoot| command;
+%   \item[\meta{object}]Contents of float; you may use
+%     |\footnote|/|\mpfootnotemark|/|\footnotetext| stuff or
+%     |\floatfoot| command.
+%   \end{description}
+%
+%   The commands |\ttabbox|, |\ffigbox|, and |\fcapside|, used in Introduction, abbreviate |\floatbox| command, which creates
+%   float boxes:
+%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip0pt
+%   \item[--] the |\ttabbox| command we can replace with the code\\
+%   |   \floatbox[\captop]{table}[\FBwidth]|;
+%   \item[--] the |\ffigbox| one---with |\floatbox{figure}| (simplest definition); and
+%   \item[--] the |\fcapside| one---with |\floatbox[\capbeside]{figure}|.
+%   \end{itemize}%
+%
+%   You see in example with figure~\ref{intro:figure:FBwidth} that you can change width
+%   for |\ffigbox| command to get caption (and also full float box) width equal to the width
+%   of object. Also you may create your own command based on |\floatbox| command
+%   and set float box's width equal to object's,
+%   see {\sectionname}~\ref{ssec:ffigbox:etc} about this.
+%
+%   \begingroup
+%   The three examples of float placing. First simplest example:
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\begin{figure}|
+%|\floatbox{figure}[4cm]|
+%|  {\caption{The simple example ...}%|
+%|   \label{fig:WcatI}}|
+%|  {...}|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   created the picture in the figure~\ref{fig:WcatI}. The width of box equals to 4cm.
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%   \floatbox{figure}[4cm]
+%   {\caption{The simple example of \cmd{\floatbox}}%
+%   \label{fig:WcatI}}
+%   {\unitlength1.24\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}
+%   \end{figure}%
+%   \endgroup
+%
+%   The more preferable way for usage of |\floatbox| is to put table
+%   caption \emph{above} table contents and set caption width equal
+%   to table width.
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\begin{table}|\nopagebreak
+%|\floatbox[\captpop]{table}[\FBwidth]|
+%|  {\caption{Simple tabular ...}\label{...}}|
+%|  {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}|
+%|     ...}|
+%|\end{table}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+%   \begingroup
+%   \floatsetup[table]{style=plain}
+%   \begin{table}[H]
+%   \floatbox[\captop]{table}[\FBwidth]
+%   {\caption{Simple tabular with caption
+%    above (\cmd{\floatbox} with \cmd{\captop} in preamble argument)}\label{tab:tabII}}
+%   {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
+%     \hline
+%     \thead{Column head}  & \thead{Data I}    & \thead{Data II}   \\
+%     \hline
+%     First row    &         1 &         2 \\
+%     Second row   &         3 &         4 \\
+%     Third row    &         6 &         8 \\
+%     Fourth row   & \llap{1}0 & \llap{1}6 \\
+%     \hline
+%   \end{tabular}}
+%   \end{table}%
+%   \endgroup
+%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
+%   as shown in table~\ref{tab:tabII}. To fit size of caption (i.e full
+%   float box) to size of \env{tabular} environment there was used
+%   |\FBwidth| command in \meta{width} argument.
+%
+%   The next example shows \env{figure} environment with beside caption.
+%   In this example \meta{preamble} argument consists of rather complex definition,
+%   and |\FBwidth| in \meta{width} argument. The caption
+%   occupies the rest space of float box's width, |\hsize| (in current
+%   example the width float box equals to main text width---|\textwidth|).
+%
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\begin{figure}|
+%|\floatbox[{\capbeside|
+%|     \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,|
+%|          justification=raggedleft}%|
+%|     \|\hyperref[setup:thisfloatsetup]{\texttt{thisfloatsetup}}%^^A
+%       |{|\hyperref[setup:capbesideposition]{\texttt{capbesideposition}}|=left}}]{figure}[\FBwidth]|
+%|  {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
+%|  {...}|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%   \floatbox[{\capbeside
+%     \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,
+%          justification=raggedleft}%
+%     \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition=left}}]{figure}[\FBwidth]
+%   {\caption[Beside caption (example width complex preamble in \cmd{\floatbox})]{Beside caption and more text
+%   and some more text and a bit more text and
+%   a little more text and a little peace of text to fill
+%   space}\label{fig:beside:mouse}}
+%   {{\setlength\unitlength{4cm/58}%^^A
 %   \input{Mouse.picture}}}
 %   \end{figure}
+%   Please note that complex preamble, with more than one command option must be placed in group.
+%   (See {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup} about settings for floats.)
 %
-%   These three commands abbreviate |\floatbox| command, which creates
-%   float boxes (see section~\ref{sec:floatbox}).
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsubsection{Creation of Personal Commands for Float Boxes}\label{ssec:ffigbox:etc}
 %
-%   The \env{floatrow} environment allows to put floats side by side,
-%   like figures~\ref{intro:leftfig} and~\ref{intro:rightfig}.
-%   By default \env{floatrow} creates necessary number of ``columns''
-%   (usually two) where floats are placed:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}
-% \begin{floatrow}
-%  \ffigbox
-%    {...}{\caption{...}\label{...}}
-%
-%  \ffigbox
-%    {...}{\caption{...}\label{...}}
-% \end{floatrow}
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \begin{figure}[h]
+%   The usage of |\floatbox| command with options (which could be cumbersome) sometimes is rather complex.
+%   The Introduction demonstrates commands-abbreviations of this commands.
+%   You may define commands-abbreviations (or redefine existing) for your own purposes and
+%   include there some additional style definitions and settings.
+%
+%   The definition of new float abbreviation looks like:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\newfloatcommand|\marg{command}%^^A\\\strut\qquad
+%   \marg{captype}\oarg{preamble}\oarg{default width}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   where:
+%   \begin{description}\itemsep0pt\parskip1ptplus1pt
+%   \item[\meta{command}]the user's command name (without backslash);
+%   \item[\meta{captype}]the name of float environment
+%     this command is created for;
+%   \item[\meta{preamble}]
+%     you may use commands, mentioned in page~\pageref{floatboxsets}
+%     and other layout commands, like was shown in examples;
+%     you may try to add any other regular command (e.g. |\captionsetup|
+%     or |\thisfloatsetup| stuff);
+%   \item[\meta{default width}]the first reason of usage of this option is
+%     to put |\FBwidth| command: \qquad in case of
+%     caption above or below object (there could be defined
+%     |\nocapbeside| in \meta{preamble} option) this command defines width of
+%     full float (object---caption) box (see figure~\ref{intro:figure:FBwidth}); \qquad in the case of caption
+%     beside object (there must be defined |\capbeside| in \meta{preamble}
+%     option) this command defines
+%     width of object (caption occupies the rest space, see figure~\ref{intro:beside:FBwidth}).\par
+%     You may put also any dimension like |6cm|
+%     or |.75\textwidth| but usage of option by
+%     this way is much less reasonable.
+%   \end{description}
+%
+%   Let's repeat three already defined commands-abbreviations:\label{abbrcom}%^^A
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\newfloatcommand{ffigbox}{figure}[\nocapbeside]|\label{floatbox:ffigbox}\nopagebreak
+%   |\newfloatcommand{fcapside}{figure}[\capbeside]|\label{floatbox:fcapside}\nopagebreak
+%   |\newfloatcommand{ttabbox}{table}[\captop][\FBwidth]|\label{floatbox:ttabbox}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   First two defined for figures and last one---for table. You may
+%   redefine existing macros using |\renewfloatcommand| command (it uses
+%   the same arguments as |\newfloatcommand| one).\medskip
+%
+%   Your defined commands you may use in following way (example for |\ffigbox|):
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\ffigbox|\oarg{width}\oarg{height}\oarg{vert pos}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   first option, \oarg{width}, cancels the default width settings, which were
+%   used during (re)definition of current command. The other two options
+%   are analogous to the |\floatbox|'s ones (see page~\pageref{sec:floatbox}).
+%
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsection{Building Float Row}\label{sec:floatrow}
+%
+%   If you need to put two or more floats of one type side by side,%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Floats of one type\\ side by side}{FAD:floatrow}
+%   you may use \env{floatrow} environment.
+%
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%   This environment looks like:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\begin{floatrow}[|\meta{number of beside floats}|]|\nopagebreak
+%   |\floatbox...|\nopagebreak
+%   |\floatbox...|\nopagebreak
+%   |...|\nopagebreak
+%   |\end{floatrow}|
+%   \end{Quote}
+%
+%   The \env{floatrow} environment allows to put floats side by side.
+%   This environment creates necessary number of ``columns''
+%   (usually two), where floats are placed. You may redefine the width of each float box,
+%   e.g. the table boxes~\ref{tab:row:tabIII} and~\ref{tab:row:tabIV} have the width of their contents
+%   (remember, the |[\FBwidth]| is default option of |\ttabbox|).
+%
+%   Please note that \emph{for each float box} inside \env{floatrow} you must use |\floatbox|, |\ffigbox|,
+%   |\ttabbox| or your own command, created with |\newfloatcommand| macro:
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|  \usepackage[...|\hyperref[setup:floatrowsep]{\texttt{floatrowsep}}|=qquad,...]{floatrow}|
+%|  \|\hyperref[sec:floatsetup]{\texttt{floatsetup}}|[table]{|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}|=Plaintop}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\begin{figure}|
+%| \begin{table}|
+%|  \ttabbox|
+%|    {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
+%|    {...}|
+%| |
+%|  \ttabbox|
+%|    {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
+%|    {...}|
+%| \end{floatrow}|
+%|\end{table}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+%   \begin{table}[H]
+%   \begin{floatrow}
+%   \extrarowheight1pt
+%   \ttabbox
+%    {\caption[Beside table~I long header]%^^A
+%     {Beside table~I with long long long long long long and top aligned caption}%^^A
+%     \label{tab:row:tabIII}}%^^A
+%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|>{\phantom0}c|>{\phantom0}c|}
+%     \hline
+%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Left Column Head}
+%                  & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
+%                  \cline{2-3}
+%                  & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{I}}
+%                              & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{II}}
+%     \\\hline
+%     First row    &         1 &         2 \\
+%     Second row   &         3 &         4 \\
+%     Third row    &         6 &         8 \\
+%     Fourth row   & \llap{1}0 & \llap{1}6 \\
+%     \hline
+%   \end{tabular}}
+%
+%   \ttabbox
+%    {\caption{Beside table~II with top aligned
+%      caption}\label{tab:row:tabIV}}%^^A
+%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
+%     \hline
+%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Column Head}
+%                  & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
+%                  \cline{2-4}
+%                  & \thead{I}      & \thead{II}      & \thead{III}        \\
+%     \hline
+%     First row    & 1      & 2       & \phantom01 \\
+%     Second row   & 3      & 4       & \phantom06 \\
+%     Third row    & 6      & 8       &         28 \\
+%     \hline
+%   \end{tabular}}
+%   \end{floatrow}
+%   \end{table}
+%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
+%   Since |\ttabbox| uses |\FBwidth| as default option, the caption width equals to tabular contents.
+%
+%   The next example with figures uses |[\FBwidth]| for the left float and |[\Xhsize]| for the right.
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|...|\nopagebreak
+%|\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak
+%| \begin{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
+%|  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|
+%|    {...}|
+%|    {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
+%| |
+%|  \ffigbox[\Xhsize]|%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Float occupies the rest space in the row}{FAD:floatfillspace}
+%|    {...}|
+%|    {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
+%| \end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
 %    \begin{floatrow}
-%   \ffigbox
-%   {\input{BlackDog.picture}}
-%   {\caption{Left beside figure of simple row}%
-%   \label{intro:leftfig}}%
+%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
+%   {\caption[Left beside figure (\env{floatrow}), the float box has width of graphic]{Left beside figure,
+%           the width of graphic}%
+%   \label{intro:leftfig:FBwidth}}%
+%   {\unitlength1.12\unitlength\input{Bear.picture}}
 %
+%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize]
+%   {\caption[Right beside figure (\env{floatrow}), occupies the rest space of row]{Beside figure at the right side of simple figure row,
+%           the box width occupies the rest space of row}%^^A
+%    \label{intro:rightfig:Xhsize}}
+%   {\unitlength1.44\unitlength\input{Doll.picture}}
+%    \end{floatrow}
+%   \end{figure}%^^A
+%
+%   \emph{Note}. Usually the command |\Xhsize| is used for the last float
+%   box. But if you use \package{calc} package you may try to use |\Xhsize|
+%   earlier, if the \emph{absolute} value of the width of float boxes to
+%   the right in float row is known, or set something in \meta{width}
+%   argument like |\Xhsize/2| and then |\Xhsize| for two last
+%   |\floatbox|'es---the next example just uses it.
+%
+%   And here is more complex example. The first float (used |\ffigbox|) has default
+%   width equal to ``column'' width, the next uses width of included
+%   graphic (uses command |\FBwidth| in optional argument \meta{width}),
+%   the last two occupy the rest horizontal space of page which was
+%   counted with command |\Xhsize| and  \package{calc} package.%^^A
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%   |\DeclareMarginSet{hangleft}{\setfloatmargins|
+%   |    {\hskip-\marginparwidth\hskip-\marginparsep}{\hfil}}|
+%   |\floatsetup[|\hyperref[setup:widefigure]{\texttt{widefigure}}|]{|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:margins]{\texttt{margins}}|=hangleft}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\begin{figure*}|
+%|\begin{floatrow}[4]|
+%|  \ffigbox|
+%|    {\caption{Beside figure~I...}...}|
+%|    {...}|
+%| |
+%|  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|
+%|    {\caption{Beside figure~II...}...}|
+%|    {...}|
+%| |
+%|  \ffigbox[\Xhsize]|
+%|    {\caption{Beside figure~III...}...}|
+%|    {...}|
+%|\end{floatrow}|
+%|\end{figure*}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \floatsetup[widefloat]{margins=hangleft}
+%   \begin{figure*}%
+%   \begin{floatrow}[4]
 %   \ffigbox
-%   {\caption{Beside figure at the right side of simple figure row}%^^A
-%    \label{fig:rotrow:FcatI}}
-%   {\input{TheCat.picture}\label{intro:rightfig}}
+%   {\caption{Figure~I in the row (\env{floatrow}), ``column'' width}%
+%   \label{fig:row:Dog}}
+%   {\input{TheDog.picture}}
+%
+%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
+%   {\caption{Figure~II in the row (\env{floatrow}), graphics width}%
+%   \label{fig:row:WcatI}}
+%   {\input{TheCat.picture}}
+%
+%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize/2]
+%   {\caption{Figure~III in the row, float's width box has the
+%     half of the rest space of row}%
+%   \label{fig:row:BcatI}}
+%   {{\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}%^^A
+%   {\input{Mouse.picture}}}}
+%
+%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize]
+%   {\caption{Figure~IV in the row,
+%   occupies the rest space of row}%
+%   \label{fig:row:mouseI}}
+%   {\input{Cheese.picture}}
+%   \end{floatrow}
+%   \end{figure*}%
+%   The result you see in the row of
+%   figures~\ref{fig:row:Dog}--\ref{fig:row:mouseI}. Please note that in all examples the vertical
+%   alignment of floats lays on the bottom of upper part (here: objects)
+%   of float and the top of lower part (captions).
+%
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsubsection{Mixed Row}\label{sec:mixrow}
+%
+%   The problem in mixed row is that you must put different types of float in
+%   one float environment, which sets its own layout for included float
+%   box(es). For creation of right layouts write
+%   |\|\hyperref[setup:killfloatstyle]{\texttt{killfloatstyle}} command at the beginning of \env{floatrow}
+%   environment or just before first ``foreign'' |\floatbox| macro (in
+%   current example---before |\ttabbox|; the |\ffigbox| macro is
+%   ``native'' for \env{figure} environment).
+%
+%   Another problem is that figures usually have captions below
+%   graphics, but tables could have caption \emph{above} their contents.
+%   The alignment of all floats is similar: the bottom of upper part and
+%   top of lower part. In this case if you want to put such beside figure
+%   and table you'll get undesirable result. For such situations you may
+%   use one of the following commands:
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\CenterFloatBoxes|\label{floatbox:CenterFloatBoxes}
+%|\TopFloatBoxes|\label{floatbox:TopFloatBoxes}
+%|\BottomFloatBoxes|\label{floatbox:BottomFloatBoxes}
+%\end{Quote}
+%   which align \emph{full} float boxes by center, top or bottom lines.
+%   These macros were created by |\buildFBBOX|\label{floatbox:buildFBBOX} macro.
+%   There is also |\PlainFloatBoxes|\label{floatbox:PlainFloatBoxes} which restores standard behavior of
+%   |\floatbox|'es.
+%
+%   The usage of |\CenterFloatBoxes| and |\killfloatstyle| you'll see in
+%   mixed float row with figure~\ref{fig:rowmixspec:WcatI} and
+%   table~\ref{tab:rowmixspec:tabI}\label{mixrow}:
+%\begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
+%|\begin{figure}\CenterFloatBoxes|\nopagebreak
+%|\begin{floatrow}|
+%|  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|
+%|     ...|
+%|  \killfloatstyle\ttabbox|
+%|     ...|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+%   \begingroup
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\CenterFloatBoxes
+%   \begin{floatrow}
+%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
+%   {\unitlength1.86\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}
+%   {\caption{A figure in the mixed row}\label{fig:rowmixspec:WcatI}}%
+%   \extrarowheight1pt
+%    \killfloatstyle
+%   \ttabbox
+%   {\caption{A table in the mixed row}\label{tab:rowmixspec:tabI}}
+%   {\tabcolsep5\tabcolsep\begin{tabular}{|c|c|}\hline A & B  \\ C & D \\ \hline\end{tabular}}
+%   \end{floatrow}
+%   \end{figure}
+%   \endgroup
+%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%
+%   \emph{Note.} Both figure and table boxes have got width equal to
+%   contents of objects. The |\ffigbox| command has optional argument
+%   |[\FBwidth]|, but |\ttabbox| have not any option---it uses
+%   |[\FBwidth]| option as default (see definitions on page
+%   \pageref{abbrcom}).\label{FAD:MixedRowII}
+%
+%   \subsection{Running Floats In The Raw \LaTeX\ mode}\label{sec:rawfloats}
+%
+%    The\label{FAD:PlainFloat}
+%    \package{floatrow} package redefines float environments for the case
+%    of creation of common layout for all floats. This redefinition creates
+%    some limitations for source document file, which were mentioned in
+%    introduction. If you still need a raw behavior of float environment,
+%    you may do that by one of three ways.
+%
+%    1.\enskip If you want \LaTeX\ behavior for \emph{just for one environment},
+%    input a |\RawFloats| command \emph{inside} environment:
+%\begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
+%|\begin{figure}\RawFloats|\nopagebreak
+%|\captionsetup[table]{position=top}|
+%|\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}|
+%|  \centering ...|
+%|  \caption{...}\label{...}|
+%|\end{minipage}|
+%|\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}|
+%|  \captionof{table}{...}\label{...}|
+%|  \centering ...|
+%|\end{minipage}|\nopagebreak
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%    And you'll get figure~\ref{Right:expect:fig}
+%    and table~\ref{Right:expect:tab}\nopagebreak\footnote{That could work correct if
+%    you do not use any fancy float layout at least for one of floats.}.
+%    \begin{figure}[H]\RawFloats
+%    \captionsetup[table]{position=top}
+%    \begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
+%    \centering {\unitlength1.86\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}
+%    \caption{A figure in raw \LaTeX's mode}\label{Right:expect:fig}
+%    \end{minipage}\quad\hfill
+%    \killfloatstyle\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
+%    \captionof{table}{A table in raw \LaTeX's mode}\label{Right:expect:tab}
+%    \centering\tabcolsep5\tabcolsep
+%    \begin{tabular}{|c|c|}\hline A & B  \\ C & D \\ \hline\end{tabular}
+%    \end{minipage}
+%    \end{figure}
+%   Compare this example with example in the {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:mixrow} and the following example.
+%\begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
+%|\begin{figure}\RawFloats\CenterFloatBoxes|\nopagebreak
+%|\begin{floatrow}|
+%|  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|\nopagebreak
+%|   {...}|\nopagebreak
+%|   {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
+%| |
+%|  \ttabbox|\nopagebreak
+%|   {...}|\nopagebreak
+%|   {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
+%|\end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\RawFloats\CenterFloatBoxes
+%    \begin{floatrow}
+%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
+%   {\unitlength1.86\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}
+%   {\caption{A figure in \cmd{\floatbox} and inside \env{floatrow}  in raw \LaTeX's mode}%
+%   \label{intro:leftfig:raw}}%
+%
+%   \ttabbox
+%   {\caption{A table in \cmd{\floatbox} and inside \env{floatrow}  in raw
+%     \LaTeX's mode}\label{intro:righttab:raw}}
+%   {\tabcolsep5\tabcolsep
+%    \begin{tabular}{|c|c|}\hline A & B    \\ C & D \\ \hline
+%    \end{tabular}}
 %    \end{floatrow}
 %   \end{figure}%^^A
-%   Please note that inside \env{floatrow} you must use |\ffigbox|
-%   or |\ttabbox| macros for each float box. (See also
-%   sections~\ref{sec:floatbox} for more information about commands
-%   used in introduction and |\floatbox| command;
-%   and \ref{sec:floatrow} about \env{floatrow} environment.)
 %
-%   \subsection{Do not write that with \pkg{floatrow} package}
+%   2.\enskip Canceling of \package{floatrow}'s behavior of \emph{all floats of one type}
+%   is set outside any float environment, these settings are better for
+%   preamble. In this case the |\RawFloats| command needs optional
+%   argument with name(s) of float type. You may set that by two ways:
+% \begin{Quote}
+% |\RawFloats|\oarg{type,type,\ldots}\quad or\nopagebreak
+% |\RawFloats|\oarg{type}\oarg{subtype,subtype,\ldots}
+% \end{Quote}
+%   So, if you set |\RawFloats[figure]|, that will return to all figures
+%   in all subtype environments (\texttt{figure}, \texttt{figure*},
+%   \texttt{sidewaysfigure}, etc.) plain \LaTeX{} mode. If there is also a table,
+%   |\RawFloats[figure,table]|, you also will set the same for all table
+%   subtypes.
+%
+%   The second way, with second optional argument, cancels \package{floatrow}'s
+%   behavior for mentioned float ``subtype(s)'' of \emph{one} float type
+%   in second optional argument you may use \texttt{float}, \texttt{widefloat},
+%   \texttt{rotfloat}, \texttt{widerotfloat}---the meaning of this options
+%   analogous to options of |\floatsetup| macro
+%   (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup}) but you may use here only options which
+%   include ``float'' word\label{FAD:PlainFloatII}%^^A
+%   %^^A(or short variants without ``float'', like
+%   %^^A\texttt{rot} or \texttt{widerot})%^^A
+%   .%^^A
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{rawfloats}\label{setup:rawfloats}%^^A
+%   3.\enskip This option stores the plain \LaTeX{} mode (i.e. stores usage of standard
+%   \LaTeX{} float macros) for all standard and new
+%   user defined float types. This option can be used only in
+%   |\usepackage| line.
 %
-%   The \pkg{floatrow} package creates some features or limitations
-%   of float layout building. If you'll write something like
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}
-%\caption{A figure caption}
-%\centering \input{Mouse.picture}
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   please do not expect that caption appears at the top of figure. If
-%   you want, e.g. to put figure captions above its contents, you must
-%   write in preamble |\floatsetup[figure]{style=plaintop}| (see also
-%   section~\ref{sec:floatsetup} about |\floatsetup| mechanism).
+%   The \env{floatrow} environment ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatrow})
+%   and commands of |\floatbox| stuff ({\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox})
+%   still work after |\RawFloats|' and |rawfloats=| settings
+%   (see example width figure~\ref{intro:leftfig:raw}
+%   and table~\ref{intro:righttab:raw})\label{FAD:MixedRow}%^^A
+%
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsection{Usage of Footnotes Inside Float Environment}
+%   \label{sec:floatfootnote}
+%
+%   Sometimes table
+%   or figure contents have material, which authors mark
+%   and then write some explanation like footnotes. Current package has
+%   mechanism which allows to put footnotes inside float environment, in
+%   the same way as is in \env{minipage} environment.
+%
+%   In the case of few elements have the same footnote, we cannot
+%   use standard |\footnotemark|---|\footnotetext| combination, because
+%   of |\footnotemark| in standard \LaTeX\ always creates the sign of main text footnote.
+%   For these cases current package offers |\mpfootnotemark|%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Footnotemark \\inside float}{FAD:FnoteInsideFloat}
+%   macro instead of |\footnotemark|%^^A%
+%   \footnote{The same macro also is defined in \package{footmisc} package,
+%   version 4.10, dated 2003/01/20.}.
+%   \begin{Quote}\openup-.35pt%
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\floatsetup{...,|\hyperref[setup:footnoterule]{\texttt{footnoterule}}|=limited,|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:footskip]{\texttt{footskip}}|=\skip\footins,...}|
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\begin{table}|
+%   |\ttabbox|
+%   |  {\caption{...}\label{...}}%|
+%   \verb+  {\begin{tabular}{...}+
+%   |   \hline|
+%   |    First row  & \phantom01                   & 2\mpfootnotemark[1] \\|
+%   |    Second row & \phantom06\mpfootnotemark[1] & 4\mpfootnotemark[1] \\|
+%   |     ...|
+%   |   \hline|
+%   |   \end{tabular}%|
+%   |   \footnotetext[1]{Even numbers.}}|
+%   |\end{table}|
+%   \end{Quote}%
+%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+%   \begin{table}[H]\floatsetup{footnoterule=limited,footskip=\skip\footins}
+%   \ttabbox
+%   {\caption{Table with footnote}%^^A
+%   \label{tab:floatfnote}}%^^A
+%    {\extrarowheight1pt
+%   \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
+%     \hline
+%     \thead{Column head}  & \thead{Data I}     & \thead{Data II} \\
+%     \hline
+%     First row    & \phantom01 & 2\mpfootnotemark[1]       \\
+%     Second row   & \phantom06\mpfootnotemark[1] & 4\mpfootnotemark[1]       \\
+%     Third row    &         28\mpfootnotemark[1] & 8\mpfootnotemark[1]       \\
+%     \hline
+%   \end{tabular}%^^A
+%   \footnotetext[1]{Even numbers.}}
+%   \end{table}%
+%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
+%
+%   The |\floatbox| macro uses special own definition of footnote rule
+%   (the \hyperref[setup:footnoterule]{\texttt{footnoterule}}|=| key) and skip before footnotes and
+%   explications or legends (\hyperref[setup:footskip]{\texttt{footskip}}|=|). (See also
+%   page~\pageref{sec:footnotestyle} for variants of footnote rule.)
+%
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsubsection{The Legend-Like Macro}\label{subsec:floatfoot}
+%
+%   In the case of table or figure have some additional explanations
+%   which could not put in caption contents and they are definitely not
+%   a footnote you may use |\floatfoot|\label{FAD:Legend}
+%   command. The |\floatfoot| is
+%   build by usage of |\caption| stuff and uses caption's text justification,
+%   but star form (|\floatfoot*|) prints its contents as plain unindented
+%   paragraph (see table~\ref{tab:floatfoot}).
+%
+%   For defining of explication font use \hyperref[setup:footfont]{\texttt{footfont=}} option
+%   (page~\pageref{setup:footfont}) in |\floatsetup|. You may try to
+%   define special settings for float foot using
+%   \cmd{\captionsetup[floatfoot]}.
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\begin{table}|
+%|\ttabbox|
+%|  {\caption{...}\label{...}}|
+% \verb+  {\begin{tabular}{...}+
+%|  ...|
+%|  \end{tabular}%|
+%|  \floatfoot*{`Data I' column ...}}|
+%|\end{table}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+%   \begin{table}[H]
+%   \ttabbox
+%   {\caption[Table with foot material (e.g. legend)]{Table with foot material}%^^A
+%   \label{tab:floatfoot}}%^^A
+%    {\extrarowheight1pt%^^A\tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
+%   \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
+%     \hline
+%     \thead{Column head}  & \thead{Data I}     & \thead{Data II} \\
+%     \hline
+%     First row    & \phantom01 & 2       \\
+%     Second row   & \phantom06 & 4       \\
+%     Third row    &         28 & 8       \\
+%     \hline
+%   \end{tabular}%^^A
+%   \floatfoot*{`Data I' column---numbers which equal to sum of all
+%   their divisors; `Data II' column---$2^n$ values}}
+%   \end{table}%
+%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
+%
+%   \emph{Notes.} 1)\enskip The \package{float} package defines additional
+%   optional argument after main caption text, possibly for explications.
+%   Since this possibility
+%   didn't declared in user part of documentation the current version of
+%   \package{caption} (3.0 and later), and also \package{float\-row} package,
+%   doesn't support this possibility. You may use |\floatfoot| and
+%   |\footnote|/\allowbreak|\footnotemark|/\allowbreak|\footnotetext| stuffs instead.
+%
+%   2)\enskip If you use both commands |\floatfoot| and |\footnote|
+%   inside one float box, the |\floatfoot| appears above |\footnote|
+%   contents.
+%
+%   3)\enskip Foot material (footnotes and text in floatfoot) can be placed
+%   in several variants: at the very bottom of float box, below caption
+%   (even if caption is above float object). See page \pageref{setup:footposition}
+%   and sample file \file{frsample01.tex}. In case of caption beside
+%   float object, footnotes and foot text always placed below caption.
+%
+%
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsection{Fine Tuning of Vertical Spaces of Float}
+%   \label{sec:FBabskips}
+%
+%   At the final variant of document you may need to correct vertical
+%   spaces between float and main text, between float object and
+%   caption.
+%
+%   To change space between float box and main text there you may use
+%   two simple commands |\FBaskip| and |\FBbskip|. For example define
+%   \begin{verse}
+%    |\renewcommand\FBaskip{-4pt}|
+%   \end{verse}
+%   to move up float box up (or reduce space above) by 4pt. In current
+%   document the |\FBaskip| command  was necessary for moving up
+%   some of wrapped figures.\nopagebreak
+%
+%   Use |\vspace| command for vertical space correction around float
+%   object\footnote{The plain float environment allows usage of
+%   \cmd{\vskip} command. But \cmd{\floatbox} stuff
+%   (\cmd{\floatbox} itself, \cmd{\ffigbox} etc.) in case
+%   of usage of the \cmd{\FBwidth} option, gets error message
+%   when \cmd{\vskip} appears.}.
 %
-%^^A   \begin{figure}
-%^^A   \caption{A figure caption}\label{Wrong:expect}
-%^^A   \centering \input{Mouse.picture}
-%^^A   \end{figure}
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsection{Do not write that with \package{floatrow} package}
+%
+%   The \package{floatrow} package creates some features or limitations
+%   of float building. If you'll write something like
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\usepackage{floatrow}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\begin{figure}|
+%|  \caption{A table caption...}|
+%|  \centering \begin{tabular}{cc} A & B  \\ C & D \end{tabular}|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   please do not expect that caption appears at the top of table.
+%
+%   \begingroup\clearfloatsetup{table}
+%   \begin{table}[H]
+%   \caption{A table caption must be placed above, wrong expect}\label{Wrong:expect}
+%   \centering \begin{tabular}{cc} A & B  \\ C & D \end{tabular}
+%   \end{table}
+%   \endgroup
 %
+%   If
+%   you want, e.g. to put table captions above its contents, you must
+%   write |\floatsetup[figure]{style=plaintop}| in the preamble
+%   (see also {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatsetup} about |\floatsetup| mechanism).
 %   Another example. If you put beside floats by following way:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\usepackage{floatrow}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\begin{figure}|\nopagebreak\parskip0pt
+%|\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}|
+%|  \centering ...|
+%|  \caption{A figure caption, disappeared, wrong expected row}|
+%|\end{minipage}|
+%|\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}|
+%|  \captionof{table}{A table caption, wrong expected row}}|
+%|  \centering |
+%|  \begin{tabular}{cc}|
+%|     A & B  \\ C & D |
+%|  \end{tabular}|
+%|\end{minipage}|\nopagebreak
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%    you also won't get expected result.
+%\begin{figure}[H]
 %\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
-%\centering \input{Mouse.picture}
-%\caption{A figure caption}
+%\centering \input{Horse.picture}
+%\caption{A figure caption, disappeared, wrong expected row}
 %\end{minipage}
 %\begin{minipage}{0.5\textwidth}
-%\captionof{table}{A table caption}
+%\captionof{table}{A table caption, wrong expected row}
 %\centering \begin{tabular}{cc} A & B  \\ C & D \end{tabular}
 %\end{minipage}
 %\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%    you also won't get expected result. Use \env{floatrow}, like in
-%    example with figures~\ref{intro:leftfig} and~\ref{intro:rightfig}
-%    to get correct result\footnote{See also the page~\pageref{mixrow}
-%    about mixed float rows}.
+%    Read back the {\sectionname}s~\ref{sec:mixrow} and~\ref{sec:rawfloats} and correct the error.
 %
+%   \clearpage
 %   \section{Float Layout Settings}\label{sec:floatsetup}
 %
-%   The idea of \pkg{floatrow} package is to avoid a lot of repeated code
-%   inside document for creation of desired layout for floats (which also
-%   lowers readability of document), and make layout modification easier
+%   The idea of \package{floatrow} package is to avoid a lot of repeated code
+%   inside document for creation of desired layout for floats
+%   and make layout modification easier
 %   if you ought to change book layout. In this case you could think only
 %   about \emph{markup} of floats and their contents.
 %
-%   The easy modification of common layout of all float of for one type of
-%   float is possible because of the borrowed code from the \pkg{float}
+%   The easy modification of common layout of all float or for one type of
+%   float is possible because of the borrowed code from the \package{float}
 %   package, which allows to modify layout of float boxes as a whole.
 %
-%   The common layout and its modification for captions and special
+%   The common layout and  modification for captions and special
 %   settings for
-%   each type of float supported by \pkg{caption} package, version~3.x.
+%   each type of float is supported by \package{caption} package, version~3.x.
 %
-%   The layout settings of \pkg{floatrow} package are built similarly
-%   to \pkg{caption} ones and use |\floatsetup|\footnote{Some key and
+%   The layout settings of \package{floatrow} package are built similarly
+%   to the settings from the \package{caption}~3.x package and use |\floatsetup|\footnote{Some key and
 %   option names were changed from version 0.1d, the reason was
 %   to arrange and make names more memorable, and, sometimes, reduction
-%   of their names (see section~\ref{sec:changed}).} mechanism which is
-%   analog to |\captionsetup| one\footnote{Look also at \pkg{caption}
+%   of their names (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:changed}).} mechanism which is
+%   analog to |\captionsetup| one\footnote{Look also at \package{caption}
 %   documentation (version 3.0 and later)}.
 %
 %   \DescribeMacro{\floatsetup}
-%   You may use layout settings stuff as \pkg{floatrow} option in
-%   |\usepackage| line.
-%   \begin{quote}
-%      |\usepackage[|\meta{options}|]{floatrow}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   You may use layout settings stuff as \package{floatrow} option in
+%   the |\usepackage| line.
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |\usepackage[|\meta{options}|]{floatrow}|\quad.
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   You may write
-%   \begin{quote}
-%      |\usepackage[style=boxed,font=small]{floatrow}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   The same result you get with
-%   \begin{quote}
-%      |\floatsetup{style=boxed,font=small}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   The lines above declare \texttt{boxed} style and |\small| font for
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |\usepackage[style=boxed,font=small]{floatrow}|\quad.
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   The same result you get with the |\floatsetup| command:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |\floatsetup{style=boxed,font=small}|\quad.
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   The lines above declare the \texttt{boxed} style and the |\small| font for
 %   float contents. These settings were loaded for \emph{all} float types.
 %
 %   The |\floatsetup| command has following form:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%      |\floatsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |\floatsetup|\oarg{float type}\marg{options}\quad.
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
-%   For defining of a special style for float of one type use optional
+%   For defining of a special style for the floats of one type, you can use optional
 %   argument with name of necessary float type. The following command
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %      |\floatsetup[table]{style=Plaintop}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   sets a special float style for tables (captions are placed above
-%   float objects; in the case of beside floats inside \env{floatrow}
-%   environment captions aligned by top line)\footnote{The keys,
-%   used in special settings for float of one type, are always
-%   ``stronger'' than synonym keys in common setting. In other words,
-%   if you want after example above to redefine float style for all
-%   floats with \cmd{\floatsetup\{style={\normalfont \meta{option}}\}}
-%   you won't change tables---use
-%   \cmd{\floatsetup[table]}\allowbreak
-%  \texttt{\{style={\normalfont \meta{option}}\}} again.}.
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   sets a special float style for floating tables: captions are placed above
+%   float objects; in the case of floats are placed in one row, inside the \env{floatrow}
+%   environment, text of captions is aligned by the top lines.%^^A
+%  %^^A \footnote{The keys,
+%  %^^A used in special settings for float of one type, are always
+%  %^^A ``stronger'' than synonym keys in common setting. In other words,
+%  %^^A if you want after example above to redefine float style for all
+%  %^^A floats with \cmd{\floatsetup\{style={\normalfont \meta{option}}\}}
+%  %^^A you won't change tables---use
+%  %^^A \cmd{\floatsetup[table]}\allowbreak
+%  %^^A \texttt{\{style={\normalfont \meta{option}}\}} again.}
 %
 %   There are also special options of |\floatsetup| for settings for floats
 %   in different positioning: two-column floats (starred environment, like
 %   \env{figure*}, you may also use, for example, for wide floats) rotated
-%   floats etc. The ``strength'' of options in the lists below decreases
+%   floats, wrapped floats. The ``strength'' of options in the lists below decreases
 %   from previous item to next one (examples based on \env{figure}
-%   environment):
+%   environment)\footnote{In the case of the boolean key \texttt{rawfloats=} is switched to \texttt{true},
+%       the options below for float layout are canceled.}:
 %   \begin{itemize}\label{stsetorder}\itemsep0pt\parskip0pt
-%       \item Wide or two-column floats (e.g. \env{figure*},
+%       \item
+%       Wide or two-column floats (e.g. \env{figure*}:
 %       you may load special
-%       settings for starred environments even in one-column document):
+%       settings for starred environments even in one-column document; that could be different margins for
+%       floats, different alignment of captions):
 %   \begin{itemize}
-%       \item |\floatsetup[widefigure]|---the ``strongest'' settings;
+%       \item
+%       |\floatsetup[widefigure]|\label{setup:widefigure}---the ``strongest'' settings;
 %       if they absent, package uses settings from next item;
-%       \item |\floatsetup[widefloat]|---these settings ``stronger''
+%       \item
+%       |\floatsetup[widefloat]|\label{setup:widefloat}---these settings ``stronger''
 %       than settings from next item (|\floatsetup[figure]|);
 %       if they absent, package uses settings from next item;
-%       \item |\floatsetup[figure]|;
+%       \item
+%       |\floatsetup[figure]|;
 %       if they absent, package uses settings from
 %       optional argument in |\usepackage| line or |\floatsetup{...}|
 %       command; if they absent---default package settings
 %       (see page~\pageref{sec:default});
 %   \end{itemize}
-%       \item Wrapped floats (\env{wrapfigure}):
-%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip.5\parskip
-%       \item |\floatsetup[wrapfigure]|;
-%       \item |\floatsetup[wrapfloat]|;
+%       \item
+%       Wrapped floats (\env{wrapfigure}, used width \package{wrapfig} package):
+%   \begin{itemize}%\itemsep0pt\parskip.5\parskip
+%       \item |\floatsetup[wrapfigure]|\label{setup:wrapfigure};
+%       \item |\floatsetup[wrapfloat]|\label{setup:wrapfloat};
 %       \item |\floatsetup[figure]|;
 %   \end{itemize}
-%       \item Rotated floats (in environments, like \env{sidewaysfigure}):
-%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip.5\parskip
-%       \item |\floatsetup[rotfigure]|;
-%       \item |\floatsetup[rotfloat]|;
+%       \item
+%       Rotated floats (in environments, like \env{sidewaysfigure},
+%       used width \package{rotating} package):
+%   \begin{itemize}%\itemsep0pt\parskip.5\parskip
+%       \item |\floatsetup[rotfigure]|\label{setup:rotfigure};
+%       \item |\floatsetup[rotfloat]|\label{setup:rotfloat};
 %       \item |\floatsetup[figure]|;
 %   \end{itemize}
-%       \item Wide rotated floats
+%       \item
+%       Wide or two-column rotated floats
 %       (\env{sidewaysfigure*})\footnote{The settings
 %       for wide float (\texttt{widefloat}, \texttt{widefigure})
 %       removed---use settings for \texttt{widerotfloat}
 %       and---here---\texttt{widerotfigure}}:
-%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt\parskip.5\parskip
-%       \item |\floatsetup[widerotfigure]|;
-%       \item |\floatsetup[widerotfloat]|;
+%   \begin{itemize}%\itemsep0pt\parskip.5\parskip
+%       \item |\floatsetup[widerotfigure]|\label{setup:widerotfigure};
+%       \item |\floatsetup[widerotfloat]|\label{setup:widerotfloat};
 %       \item |\floatsetup[rotfigure]|;
 %       \item |\floatsetup[rotfloat]|;
 %       \item |\floatsetup[figure]|;
 %   \end{itemize}
-%       \item Floats with beside captions:
-%   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt
-%       \item |\floatsetup[capbesidefigure]|;
-%       \item |\floatsetup[capbesidefloat]|;
-%       \item setting of outer environments from previous items:
-%       \env{sidewaysfigure*}, \env{sidewaysfigure}, and \env{figure*}.
+%       \item
+%       Floats with beside captions (please note, that settings in these options are limited, see below):
+%   \begin{itemize}%\itemsep0pt
+%       \item |\floatsetup[capbesidefigure]|\label{setup:capbesidefigure};
+%       \item |\floatsetup[capbesidefloat]|\label{setup:capbesidefloat};
+%       \item
+%        setting of outer environments from previous items:
+%       \env{sidewaysfigure*}, \env{sidewaysfigure}, \env{figure*} and \env{figure}.
 %   \end{itemize}
-%   Please note, that usage of \texttt{style=} key (see beginning of next
-%   section) cancels settings for beside position of caption.
 %   \end{itemize}
 %   You can also create and change special settings for captions, using
-%   the same \meta{float~type} options in |\captionsetup| stuff.
+%   the same \meta{float~type} options in |\captionsetup| stuff.\nopagebreak
 %
 %   The next few sections describe keys of |\floatsetup| macro.
 %
-%   \subsection{Floatsetup Keys}\label{sec:floatsetup}
+%   \subsection{Floatsetup Keys}\label{sec:floatkeys}
 %
 %   \subsubsection{Float Style}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{style=}
-%   The \emph{float style} is specified by
-%   following way:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |style=|\meta{float style name}\quad ,
-%   \end{quote}
-%   the \meta{float style name} you may take from
+%   \DescribeMacro{style}\label{setup:style}%^^A
+%   The \emph{float style} could include alignment of float contents, margins, boxes or lines,
+%   if necessary, and other options.
+%   The \emph{float style} is specified by following way:
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%   \begin{Options}{style=float style name }
+%     \item[style=\rmfamily\mdseries\meta{float style name} ,]
+%   the name of the \meta{float style name} option you may take from
 %   table~\ref{tab:floatlayouts}.
+%     \item[...]
+%   You may create your own options with \\|\DeclareFloatStyle| command,
+%   see page~\pageref{ssec:declstyle}.
+%   \end{Options}
 %
+%   As you may see in the table~\ref{tab:floatlayouts}, there are included all float styles
+%   which emulate co-named ones from the \package{float} package.
 %
-%   The caption's \texttt{ruled} style is the only one from \pkg{float}
-%   package, which was predefined in \pkg{caption} package. To use it,
+%   Please note, that usage of \texttt{style=} key for floats with beside captions,
+%   i.e.~using |\floatsetup| settings with options like, e.g.,
+%   |[capbesidefigure]|  or |[capbesidefloat]|
+%   cancels settings for beside position of caption. Usually the floats with beside captions
+%   can set different alignment of captions, so the radical changes for float layout
+%   with beside caption in current version could get wrong results (see
+%   {\sectionname}~\ref{page:killfloatstyle} how to solve this problem).\medskip
+%
+%   The \package{caption} package uses its own settings and names for caption layout styles.
+%   The caption's \texttt{ruled} style is the only one from \package{float}
+%   package, which was predefined in \package{caption} package. To use it,
 %   write
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %   |\captionsetup[figure]{style=ruled}|\quad .
-%   \end{quote}
-%
-%   \begin{sidewaystable}%[p]%
-%   \extrarowheight1pt\tabcolsep.5\tabcolsep
-%   \newcommand\leftcell[2][16.5mm]{\extrarowheight0pt\def\arraystretch{.75}
-%     \hspace*{-\tabcolsep}\begin{tabular}[t]{>{\footnotesize
-%     \ttfamily\noindent
-%     \vphantom{\small()\mpfootnotemark[1]}}p{#1}}#2\end{tabular}%
-%     \hspace*{-\tabcolsep}\ignorespaces}
-%   \emptyfloatpage
-%   \begin{tabularx}\hsize{|@{}l@{}|@{}l@{}|X|}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%
+%   \begingroup\vfill
+%   \jot3pt\tabcolsep1.5\tabcolsep
+%   \newlengthtocommand\settowidth\Icolumn{\small\texttt{wshadowboxx}}
+%   \newlengthtocommand\settowidth\IIcolumn{\small\texttt{framestyle=wshadowbox}}
+%   \newlengthtocommand\setlength\IIIcolumn{\textwidth-\Icolumn-\IIcolumn
+%       -6\tabcolsep-1.6pt}
+%   \newcommand\leftcell[2][16.5mm]{%^^A%
+%     \hspace*{-\tabcolsep}\begin{tabular}[t]{>{%
+%     \noindent
+%     \vphantom{\small()\mpfootnotemark[1]}}
+%       p{\hsize}}
+%      #2\unskip\botstrut\end{tabular}\hspace*{-\tabcolsep}%
+%     }
+%   \begin{longtable}{|>{\extrarowheight0pt\def\arraystretch{.75}\ttfamily}p{\Icolumn}
+%   |>{\extrarowheight0pt\def\arraystretch{.75}\ttfamily}p{\IIcolumn}
+%   |>{\parindent1em\topstrut}p{\IIIcolumn}<{\botstrut}|}
+%   \caption{Float layout styles}\label{tab:floatlayouts}\\
 %   \hline
 %   \hfil\thead{Style} &
 %   \hfil\thead{\cmd{\floatsetup} keys} &
 %   \hfil\thead{Description} \\
 %   \hline
-%   \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{Offered by \pkg{floatrow} package}\\
-%   \hline \leftcell{\texttt{plain}{\mpfootnotemark[1]}}
+%   \endfirsthead
+%   \caption[]{Float layout styles \textmd{(\emph{Continued})}}\\
+%   \hline
+%   \hfil\thead{Style} &
+%   \hfil\thead{\cmd{\floatsetup} keys} &
+%   \hfil\thead{Description} \\
+%   \hline
+%   \endhead
+%   \caption[]{Float layout styles \textmd{(\emph{Finished})}}\\
+%   \hline
+%   \hfil\thead{Style} &
+%   \hfil\thead{\cmd{\floatsetup} keys} &
+%   \hfil\thead{Description} \\
+%   \hline
+%   \endlasthead
+%   \multicolumn{3}{r@{}}{\topstrut\emph{Continued on next page}}
+%   \endfoot
+%   \multicolumn{3}{r@{}}{\topstrut\emph{Finished on next page}}
+%   \endprelastfoot
+%   \endlastfoot
+%   \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{Offered by \package{floatrow} package\botstrut\topstrut}\\
+%   \hline \leftcell{\texttt{plain}\label{setup:plain}{\mpfootnotemark[1]\mpfootnotemark[2]\mpfootnotemark[3]}}
 %   & \leftcell{\meta{none}}
-%   &Standard \LaTeX's layout
+%   &The style \texttt{plain} is standard \LaTeX's layout. Put captions always below float object's contents.
 %   \\\hline
 %   \leftcell{\texttt{plaintop}{\mpfootnotemark[1]}
-%   \\\hline\texttt{Plaintop}{\mpfootnotemark[2]}}
-%   & \leftcell[50mm]{capposition=top\\\hline
+%   \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{Plaintop}}
+%   & \leftcell[50mm]{capposition=top\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
 %     capposition=TOP}
-%   &The same as \texttt{plain} but puts caption at the top---analog of
-%   \pkg{float} package style. Capitalized form aligns captions above
-%   object by top line in \env{floatrow} environment
-%   \\\hline
-%   \leftcell{\texttt{ruled}{\mpfootnotemark[1]}
-%   \\ \\ \\\hline\texttt{Ruled}}
-%   & \leftcell[50mm]{capposition=top,precode=thickrule,\\
-%     midcode=rule,postcode=lowrule,\\
-%     heightadjust=all\\\hline
-%     style=ruled,capposition=TOP}
-%   &The first one emulates \pkg{float} package's co-named style.
-%   Capitalized form aligns captions above object by top line in
-%   \env{floatrow} environment
+%   &The style \texttt{plaintop} is the same as \texttt{plain} style, but puts captions above float object's contents---%^^A
+%   this style is analog of
+%   the co-named style from the \package{float} package.\par Capitalized form, |Plaintop|,
+%   aligns captions of the floats, which were placed in the one row
+%   (in the \env{floatrow} environment),
+%   by top line (see example on the page~\pageref{tab:row:tabIII})
 %   \\\hline
-%   \leftcell{\texttt{boxed}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[1]\mpfootnotemark[2]}
-%   \\ \\ \\\hline\texttt{Boxed}
-%   \\\hline\texttt{BOXED}}
-%   & \leftcell[50mm]{captionskip=2pt,framestyle=fbox,\\
-%     heightadjust=object,\\framearound=object\\\hline
-%     style=boxed,framefit=yes\\\hline
-%     framestyle=fbox,framefit=yes,\\
-%     heightadjust=all,framearound=all}
-%   &The first one emulates \pkg{float} package's style:
-%   object's width equals to \cmd{\hsize} or
-%   predefined width of float box; frame climbs out to the right and
-%   left sides. In capitalized form frame fits the
-%   \cmd{\hsize} or predefined width; width of
-%   object reduced to fit inside frame. Uppercase form
-%   draws frame which fits to current \cmd{\hsize} or predefined width,
-%   but around full float: caption, object and foot material.
+%   \leftcell{\texttt{ruled}\label{setup:ruled}{\mpfootnotemark[1]\mpfootnotemark[3]}
+%   \\ \\ \\ \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{Ruled}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[2]}}
+%   & \leftcell[50mm]{capposition=top,\\ precode=thickrule,\\
+%     midcode=rule,\\ postcode=lowrule,\\
+%     heightadjust=all\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
+%     style=ruled,\\ capposition=TOP}
+%   &The first style, \texttt{ruled}, emulates co-named style from the  \package{float} package.
+%   It places thick rule
+%   above float box, and thin rules between caption and object and below float. Rules are separated
+%   from contents by small 2pt skip.\par
+%   Capitalized form, |Ruled|, aligns captions of the floats, which were placed
+%   in the one row (in the \env{floatrow} environment),
+%   by top line (see example on the page~\pageref{example:ruledcapposTOP})
 %   \\\hline
-%   \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{Offered by \pkg{fr-fancy} package.
-%   They also need \pkg{fancybox} package.}\\
-%   \hline \leftcell{\texttt{shadowbox}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[2]}
-%   \\\hline\texttt{Shadowbox}
-%   \\\hline\texttt{SHADOWBOX}}
-%   & \leftcell[50mm]{style=boxed,framestyle=shadowbox\\ \hline
-%     style=Boxed,framestyle=shadowbox\\ \hline
-%     style=BOXED,framestyle=shadowbox}
+%   \leftcell{\texttt{boxed}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[1]\mpfootnotemark[2]\mpfootnotemark[3]\mpfootnotemark[4]}
+%   \\ \\ \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{Boxed}\label{setup:Boxed}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[2]\mpfootnotemark[3]}
+%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{BOXED}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[2]}\mpfootnotemark[3]}
+%   & \leftcell[50mm]{captionskip=2pt,\\framestyle=fbox,\\
+%     heightadjust=object,\\framearound=object\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
+%     style=boxed,\\ framefit=yes\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
+%     framestyle=fbox,\\ framefit=yes,\\
+%     heightadjust=all,\\ framearound=all}
+%   &The first style, \texttt{boxed}, emulates (again) co-named style from the  \package{float} package.
+%   The width of object equals to the |\textwidth|, predefined \cmd{\hsize}, or
+%   the width in |\floatbox|'s option;
+%   frame climbs out to the right and left sides (see example on the page~\pageref{fig:setup:boxed}).
+%   Frame separation and rule width equal to current \cmd{\fboxsep} and \cmd{\fboxrule} settings. (Default values
+%   are \texttt{3pt} and \texttt{.4pt} consequently.)\par
+%   In capitalized form, |Boxed|, the frame around object fits the
+%   \cmd{\textwidth}, predefined \cmd{\hsize}, or the width in |\floatbox|'s option; the width of object
+%   is reduced to fit inside frame (see example on the page~\pageref{fig:plain:MyBoxed}).\par
+%   Uppercase form, |BOXED|,
+%   draws frame which fits to current \cmd{\textwidth}, predefined \cmd{\hsize}, or the width in |\floatbox|'s option,
+%   but around all float elements: caption, object and foot material
+%   (see example on the page~\pageref{fig:wrapfig:WcatII})
+%   \\ \hline
+%   \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{Offered by \package{fr-fancy} package.
+%   They also need \package{fancybox} package.\botstrut\topstrut}\\*
+%   \hline \leftcell{\texttt{shadowbox}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[4]}
+%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{Shadowbox}
+%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{SHADOWBOX}}
+%   & \leftcell[50mm]{style=boxed,\\framestyle=shadowbox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
+%     style=Boxed,\\framestyle=shadowbox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
+%     style=BOXED,\\framestyle=shadowbox}
 %   &The same as \texttt{boxed}, \texttt{Boxed} and \texttt{BOXED}
 %   consequently. The \cmd{\fbox} frame changed to \cmd{\shadowbox}
-%   from \pkg{fancybox} package.
-%   \\\hline
-%   \leftcell{\texttt{doublebox}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[2]}
-%   \\\hline\texttt{Doublebox}\\\hline\texttt{DOUBLEBOX}}
-%   & \leftcell[50mm]{style=boxed,framestyle=doublebox\\\hline
-%     style=Boxed,framestyle=doublebox\\\hline
-%     style=BOXED,framestyle=doublebox}
+%   from \package{fancybox} package (see example on the page~\pageref{fig:subfig:catsI}).
+%    Besides \cmd{\fboxsep} and \cmd{\fboxrule}, there is added parameter
+%   \cmd{\shadowsize}---the width of shadow,
+%    default is \texttt{4pt}
+%   \\ \hline
+%   \leftcell{\texttt{doublebox}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[4]}
+%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{Doublebox}\\
+%   \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{DOUBLEBOX}}
+%   & \leftcell[50mm]{style=boxed,\\ framestyle=doublebox\botstrut\\  \hline\topstrut
+%     style=Boxed,\\ framestyle=doublebox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
+%     style=BOXED,\\ framestyle=doublebox}
 %   &The same as \texttt{boxed}, \texttt{Boxed} and \texttt{BOXED}
 %   consequently. The \cmd{\fbox} frame changed to \cmd{\doublebox}
-%   from \pkg{fancybox} package.
-%   \\\hline
-%   \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{Additional float style. It also needs
-%   \pkg{fancybox} package.}\\\hline
-%   \leftcell{\texttt{wshadowbox}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[2]}
-%   \\\hline\texttt{Wshadowbox}
-%   \\\hline\texttt{WSHADOWBOX}}
-%   & \leftcell[50mm]{style=boxed,framestyle=wshadowbox\\\hline
-%     style=Boxed,framestyle=wshadowbox\\\hline
-%     style=BOXED,framestyle=wshadowbox}
+%   from \package{fancybox} package. The frame shape control \cmd{\fboxrule} and \cmd{\fboxsep} parameters
+%   \\ \hline\noalign{\penalty-500}
+%   \multicolumn{3}{|c|}{Additional float styles. They also need
+%   \package{fancybox} package.\botstrut\topstrut}\\* \hline
+%   \leftcell{\texttt{wshadowbox}\smash{\mpfootnotemark[4]}
+%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{Wshadowbox}
+%   \\ \botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut\texttt{WSHADOWBOX}}
+%   & \leftcell[50mm]{style=boxed,\\framestyle=wshadowbox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
+%     style=Boxed,\\framestyle=wshadowbox\botstrut\\ \hline\topstrut
+%     style=BOXED,\\framestyle=wshadowbox}
 %   &The same as \texttt{boxed}, \texttt{Boxed} and \texttt{BOXED}
 %   consequently. The \cmd{\fbox} frame changed to \cmd{\wshadowbox},
 %   based on \cmd{\shadowbox} (but drops white shade from frame, or
-%   draws edges of ``second copy'') from \pkg{fancybox} package.
+%   draws edges of ``second copy'') from \package{fancybox} package
+%   (see example on the page~\pageref{fig:floatflt:WcatI}), you may use the same frame parameters like
+%    \texttt{shadowbox} style.
 %   \\\hline
-%   \end{tabularx}
-%
-%   \caption{Float layout styles}\label{tab:floatlayouts}%
-%
-%   \floatfoot{When there is set float style with frame around object of
-%   fitted to the text width (like \texttt{Boxed}, etc.), and
+% %^^A  \multicolumn3{@{}p{\hsize}@{}}
+%   \noalign
+%   {\floatfoot*{When there is set float style with frame around object is
+%   fitted to the box width (like \texttt{Boxed}, etc.), and
 %   \cmd{\floatbox} macro uses \cmd{\FBwidth} command as \meta{width}
 %   option, which sets box width equal to float object's width (see
 %   page~\pageref{sec:floatbox}), the width of all float other elements
-%   in this case enlarged to get width of framed object.}
+%   in this case enlarged to get width of framed object.\vspace{-3pt}\par
+%   \rule{1in}{.4pt}\vspace{2pt}\parindent15pt
+%
+%   \mpfootnotemark[1]{The styles co-named and analogous to \package{float} package style.}
 %
-%   \footnotetext[1]{The styles analogous to \pkg{float} package style.}
-%   \footnotetext[2]{During usage of these styles in
+%   \mpfootnotemark[2]{This style used in the sample file \file{frsmaple01.tex}}
+%
+%   \mpfootnotemark[3]{This style used in the sample file \file{frsmaple02.tex}}
+%
+%   \mpfootnotemark[4]{During usage of these styles in
 %   \env{floatrow} environment you ought to enlarge
-%   space between floats, using key \texttt{floatrowsep}).}
-%   \end{sidewaystable}
-%   \label{setup:start}
+%   space between floats, using key \texttt{floatrowsep}.}
+%   }}
+%   \end{longtable}
+%
+%
+%   \endgroup
+%
+%
+%
+%   \RestoreSpaces
 %
 %^^A\pagebreak[4]
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Font settings}
+%   \subsubsection{Font settings}\label{setup:start}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{font=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{font}\label{setup:font}%^^A
 %   Defines font for float object contents. Option
-%   analogous to |font| key in |\captionsetup| stuff.\nopagebreak
+%   analogous to |font=| key in |\captionsetup| stuff.\nopagebreak
 %
 %   Available font setting options:
 %
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
-%     \item[scriptsize]   {\scriptsize Very small size}
-%     \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize The size usually used for footnotes}
+%     \item[scriptsize]   {\scriptsize Very small size}\allowitembreaks[-4]
+%     \item[footnotesize] {\footnotesize The size usually used for footnotes}\allowitembreaks
 %     \item[small]        {\small Small size}
 %     \item[normalsize]   {\normalsize Normal size}
 %     \item[large]        {\large Large size}
@@ -688,62 +1831,77 @@
 %     \item[up]           {\upshape Upright shape}
 %     \item[it]           {\itshape Italic shape}
 %     \item[sl]           {\slshape Slanted shape}
-%     \item[sc]           {\scshape Small Caps shape}
+%     \item[sc]           {\scshape Small Caps shape}\pagebreak[2]
 %
-%     \item[md]           {\mdseries Medium series}
-%     \item[bf]           {\bfseries Bold series}
+%     \item[md]           {\mdseries Medium series}\pagebreak[2]
+%     \item[bf]           {\bfseries Bold series}\pagebreak[2]
 %
 %     \item[rm]           {\rmfamily Roman family}
 %     \item[sf]           {\sffamily Sans Serif family}
 %     \item[tt]           {\ttfamily Typewriter family}
+%     \item[...]
+%   You may create your own options with |\DeclareFloatFont| command,
+%   see page~\pageref{ssec:declfont}.
 %   \end{Options}
 %
 %   You may set font for float object like
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %      |font=small|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   or
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   this option is used in current documentation, or
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %      |font={small,sf}|\quad .
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{footfont=}\label{sec:setfloatfoot}%^^A
-%   Defines font for legends or explications. This macro
+%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{footfont}\label{setup:footfont}%^^A
+%   Defines font for legends or explications (defined by |\floatfoot| command,
+%   see~\textsl{\sectionname}~\ref{subsec:floatfoot}). This macro
 %   uses |\captionsetup| mechanism (because |\floatfoot| macro
-%   uses \pkg{caption} mechanism). By default the font size
+%   uses \package{caption} mechanism). By default the font size
 %   of float foot text equals to footnote text: |footfont=footnotesize|.
 %
+%   \RestoreSpaces
 %   \subsubsection{Position of Caption and of Other Elements}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{capposition=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{capposition}\label{setup:capposition}%^^A
 %   Defines position of captions. It is similar to \texttt{position=}
-%   key in \pkg{caption} package, but it has two additional
+%   key in \package{caption} package, but it has two additional
 %   options\footnote{The option \texttt{auto} isn't used by
-%   \texttt{capposition=}.}: \texttt{TOP}, if you prefer to align captions
+%   \texttt{capposition=}.}: \texttt{TOP}%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Caption above\\ table object}{FAD:CaptionAboveTableII}, if you prefer to align captions
 %   above  objects, in the case of beside floats (in \env{floatrow}
 %   environment), by the top line; and \texttt{beside} to put caption
 %   beside object (this option could be more preferable in settings
 %   for one environment, see about |\thisfloatsetup| on the
 %   page~\pageref{thisfloatsetup}):
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
-%     \item[top]  caption above object (equals to |\captop| command);
+%     \item[top]  caption above object;
 %     \item[TOP]  caption above object and also aligned by top line in float
-%       row (equals to |\CAPTOP| command).
+%       row.
 %       For example the \texttt{Plaintop} style is the variant of
 %       \texttt{plaintop} where used |capposition=TOP| settings,
-%       see tables~\ref{tab:row:tabIII}--\ref{tab:row:tabIV};
-%     \item[bottom]  caption below object (equals to |\capbot| command);
-%     \item[beside]  caption beside object (equals to |\capbeside| command).
+%       see tables~\ref{tab:row:tabIII:CAPTOP}--\ref{tab:row:tabIV:CAPTOP};
+%     \item[bottom]  caption below object;
+%     \item[beside]  caption beside object.%^^A
+%^^A%   \FRmpar{Beside caption and float object}{FAD:BesideCaptionII}
 %   \end{Options}
 %
+%   Compare two examples:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |\floatsetup[table]{|\hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}%^^A
+%       |=plain,capposition=top}%|${}\equiv\texttt{style=plaintop}$
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
-%   \begin{table}[h]
-%   \begin{floatrow}
+%   \begingroup
+%   \floatsetup[table]{style=plain,capposition=top}
+%   \begin{table}[H]
+%   \begin{floatrow}\tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
 %   \extrarowheight1pt
 %   \ttabbox
-%    {\caption[Beside table~I long header]%^^A
-%     {Beside table~I with long long long top aligned caption}%^^A
-%     \label{tab:row:tabIII}}%^^A
+%    {\caption[Long caption of table~I with key \texttt{capposition=top}]%^^A
+%     {The table~I in the row with long, long, long, long, long, long caption}\label{tab:row:tabIII:captop}}%^^A
 %    {\begin{tabular}{|l|>{\phantom0}c|>{\phantom0}c|}
 %     \hline
 %     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Left Column Head}
@@ -760,12 +1918,62 @@
 %   \end{tabular}}
 %
 %   \ttabbox
-%    {\caption{Beside table~II with top aligned
-%      caption}\label{tab:row:tabIV}}%^^A
+%    {\caption[Table~II in the row with caption with key \texttt{capposition=top}]%^^A
+%       {Table~II in the row with caption}\label{tab:row:tabIV:captop}}%^^A
 %    {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
 %     \hline
 %     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Column Head}
-%                  & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
+%                  & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{Data} \\
+%                  \cline{2-4}
+%                  & \thead{I}      & \thead{II}      & \thead{III}        \\
+%     \hline
+%     First row    & 1      & 2       & \phantom01 \\
+%     Second row   & 3      & 4       & \phantom06 \\
+%     Third row    & 6      & 8       &         28 \\
+%     \hline
+%   \end{tabular}}
+%   \end{floatrow}
+%   \end{table}
+%   \endgroup
+%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
+%
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |\floatsetup[table]{|\hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}%^^A
+%       |=plain,capposition=TOP}%|${}\equiv\texttt{style=Plaintop}$
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
+%   \begingroup
+%   \floatsetup[table]{style=plain,capposition=TOP}
+%   \begin{table}[H]
+%   \begin{floatrow}\tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
+%   \extrarowheight1pt
+%   \ttabbox
+%    {\caption[Long top-aligned caption of table~I key \texttt{capposition=TOP}]%^^A
+%     {The table~I in the row with long, long, long, long, long, long caption,
+%      aligned by the top line}\label{tab:row:tabIII:CAPTOP}}%^^A
+%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|>{\phantom0}c|>{\phantom0}c|}
+%     \hline
+%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Left Column Head}
+%                  & \multicolumn{2}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
+%                  \cline{2-3}
+%                  & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{I}}
+%                              & \multicolumn{1}{c|}{\thead{II}}
+%     \\\hline
+%     First row    &         1 &         2 \\
+%     Second row   &         3 &         4 \\
+%     Third row    &         6 &         8 \\
+%     Fourth row   & \llap{1}0 & \llap{1}6 \\
+%     \hline
+%   \end{tabular}}
+%
+%   \ttabbox
+%    {\caption[Table~II in the row with caption, aligned
+%      at the top line with key \texttt{capposition=TOP}]{Table~II in the row with caption, aligned
+%      at the top line}\label{tab:row:tabIV:CAPTOP}}%^^A
+%    {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
+%     \hline
+%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Column Head}
+%                  & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{Data} \\
 %                  \cline{2-4}
 %                  & \thead{I}      & \thead{II}      & \thead{III}        \\
 %     \hline
@@ -776,16 +1984,19 @@
 %   \end{tabular}}
 %   \end{floatrow}
 %   \end{table}
+%   \endgroup
 %   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
 %
 %   \emph{Note}. The option \texttt{TOP} uses |\label|---|\ref|
-%   mechanism, so to get necessary result with it you must run \LaTeX{}
+%   mechanism, so, to get necessary result with it, you need to run \LaTeX{}
 %   twice (when you make changes in contents which could change number
-%   of lines you get correct result also on the second run).
+%   of lines you get correct result also on the second run).\pagebreak[3]
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{capbesideposition=}
+%   \medskip\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{capbesideposition}\label{setup:capbesideposition}%^^A
 %   Defines position of beside captions: vertical and horizontal.
 %   For horizontal position there are defined four options:
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %     \item[left]
 %     caption is printed to the left side of object;
@@ -810,38 +2021,100 @@
 %     caption aligned to the center of float contents.
 %   \end{Options}
 %   You may define position of beside caption by following:
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %     |capbesideposition={top,outside}|\quad.
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   See examples in file \file{frsample02.tex} with all variants of
+%   position of captions beside float objects.
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{capbesidewidth=}
-%   Defines width of beside caption (this option could be more preferable
+%   \medskip\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{capbesidewidth}\label{setup:capbesidewidth}%^^A
+%   Defines width of beside caption. This option could be more preferable
 %   in settings for one environment, see about |\thisfloatsetup| on the
-%   page~\pageref{thisfloatsetup}). You may set:
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   page~\pageref{thisfloatsetup}. You may set:
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %      |capbesidewidth=4cm|\quad.
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   If you'll write \texttt{capbesidewidth=none} or
-%   \texttt{capbesidewidth=sidefill} (this is default key setting), the
+%   \texttt{capbesidewidth=sidefil} (this is default key setting), the
 %   width of caption will be counted by usual way, accordingly
 %   to float width (i.e. occupies the rest width of float box, see
-%   figure~\ref{fig:beside:mouse} on the page~\pageref{fig:beside:mouse}).
+%   figure~\ref{intro:beside:FBwidth} on the page~\pageref{intro:beside:FBwidth}).
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{capbesideframe=}
-%   This boolean key declares whether beside caption stays near framed object
+%   \medskip\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{capbesideframe}\label{setup:capbesideframe}%^^A
+%   This boolean key declares whether the beside caption stays near the framed object
 %   (\texttt{capbesideframe=yes}) in this case caption lines aligned by top
 %   or bottom of frame; otherwise caption lines will be aligned with top or
 %   bottom of framed object's \emph{contents} (\texttt{capbesideframe=no}).
+%   This key was switched on in the example on the page~\pageref{fig:subfig:catsI}.
+%   \newcommand\TEXTBOX[1][]{\par
+%   Here goes first line of text \text\par
+%   There goes second line of text#1\par
+%   Thence goes third line of text \text\par
+%   Hence goes fourth line of text}
+%   \def\text{{\mdseries And more text and some more text and a bit more text and
+%           a little more text and a little piece of text to fill space}}
+%\begingroup
+%  \begin{Quote}
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\floatsetup[figure]{|\hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}|=Boxed,|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:frameset]{\texttt{frameset}}|={\fboxsep8pt},|
+%   |  |\hyperref[setup:objectset]{\texttt{objectset}}|=justified,|%^^A
+%   |capbesideframe=no,capbesideposition={right,top}}|
+%   |\captionsetup[figure]{...,strut=no}|
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\|\hyperref[setup:thisfloatsetup]{\texttt{thisfloatsetup}}%^^A
+%   |{|\hyperref[setup:capposition]{\texttt{capposition}}|=beside,|
+%   |      |\hyperref[setup:floatwidth]{\texttt{floatwidth}}|=sidefil,|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:capbesidewidth]{\texttt{capbesidewidth}}|=4cm}|
+%   |\begin{figure}|
+%   |  ...|
+%   |  \caption{...}\label{...}|
+%   |\end{figure}|
+%  \end{Quote}%
+%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed,frameset={\fboxsep8pt},capbesideframe=no,objectset=justified,
+%       capbesideposition={right,top},footnoterule=limited}
+%   \captionsetup[figure]{strut=no}
+%   \thisfloatsetup{capposition=beside,floatwidth=sidefil,capbesidewidth=4cm}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%   {\TEXTBOX}
+%   {\caption{Caption beside framed object, (caption has width 4\,cm), aligned by top of object contents}%%^^A
+%   \label{capbesideframeI}}%
+%   \end{figure}
+%  \begin{Quote}
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\floatsetup[figure]{...,capbesideframe=yes,...}|
+%   |...|
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\|\hyperref[setup:thisfloatsetup]{\texttt{thisfloatsetup}}%^^A
+%   |{|\hyperref[setup:capposition]{\texttt{capposition}}|=beside,|
+%   |      |\hyperref[setup:floatwidth]{\texttt{floatwidth}}|=9cm,|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:capbesidewidth]{\texttt{capbesidewidth}}|=sidefil}|
+%  \end{Quote}%
+%   \floatsetup[figure]{capbesideframe=yes}
+%   \thisfloatsetup{capposition=beside,floatwidth=9cm,capbesidewidth=sidefil}
+%   \captionsetup{strut=no}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%   {\TEXTBOX}
+%   {\caption{Caption beside framed object, (object has width 9cm), aligned by top of frame}%
+%   \label{row:text:I}}%
+%   \end{figure}
+%\endgroup
+%
+%   \emph{Floatrow note.} For examples above was also used |\captionsetup{strut=no}| sentence,
+%   which cancels struts at the beginning and end of caption (|\strut|: the rules with height
+%   and depth, which are set accordingly to current |\baselineskip|).
 %
 %   \penalty-5000
+%   \RestoreSpaces
 %   \subsubsection{Defining Float Foot Position (Legends and Footnotes)}%
 %   \label{sec:footposition}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{footposition=}\label{foot:pos}%^^A
+%   \DescribeMacro{footposition}\label{setup:footposition}%^^A
 %   Defines position of |\footnote|'s and |\floatfoot|'s in float box
 %   with above/below captions.
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %     \item[default]
 %     if caption above float object foot material is placed below float
@@ -857,18 +2130,19 @@
 %
 %   \subsubsection{Defining Vertical Alignment}\label{sec:heightadjust}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{heightadjust=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{heightadjust}\label{setup:heightadjust}%^^A
 %   Defines whether the common maximum height of objects
-%   or/and captions in \env{floatrow} will be used. It has
+%   or/and captions in the \env{floatrow} environment will be used. It has
 %   following options
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\samepage
 %     \item[all]
 %     adjust both caption and object heights (e.g. for styles
 %     \texttt{Ruled} and \texttt{BOXED});
 %     \item[caption]
-%     adjust caption heights (e.g. for styles  \texttt{Plaintop});
+%     adjust caption heights (e.g. for  \texttt{Plaintop} style);
 %     \item[object]
-%     adjust object heights (e.g. for styles  \texttt{Boxed});
+%     adjust object heights (e.g. for \texttt{Boxed} style);
 %     \item[none]
 %     nothing to be adjusted;
 %     \item[nocaption]
@@ -877,12 +2151,12 @@
 %     no adjusting for objects;
 %   \end{Options}
 %   You may define height adjustment even as followed:
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %     |heightadjust={caption,noobject}|\quad.
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{valign=}
+%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{valign}\label{setup:valign}%^^A
 %   Defines vertical alignment of
 %   float objects in \env{floatrow} if |heightadjust=all| or
 %   |heightadjust=object|, or |\floatbox| stuff uses \meta{height}
@@ -890,7 +2164,8 @@
 %   The options of this key analogous to vertical
 %   alignment option in \env{minipage} environment and |\parbox|
 %   command. Default option is |c| (centered vertical alignment).
-%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\samepage
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%   \begin{Options}{cc}\samepage
 %     \item[t]
 %     aligns objects by top line;
 %     \item[c]
@@ -901,102 +2176,196 @@
 %     stretches objects by full height (if it is possible).
 %   \end{Options}
 %
+%   The settings |heightadjust=object,valign=c| were used
+%   in the example with figures \ref{intro:leftfig:valigned}
+%   and \ref{intro:rightfig:valigned}. (Please look at the width options of |\ffigbox| commands:
+%   you may set the widths in this way with \package{calc} package.)
+%\begin{Quote}%
+%\meta{preamble}\nopagebreak
+%|\floatsetup{...,heightadjust=object,valign=c,...}|\nopagebreak
+%\meta{preamble}
+%   |\begin{figure}|
+%   |\begin{floatrow}|
+%   |  \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]|
+%   |    {...}|
+%   |    {\caption{The left ...}\label{...}}%|
+%| |
+%   |  \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]|
+%   |    {\caption{The beside ...}\label{...}}|
+%   |    {...}|
+%   |\end{floatrow}|
+%   |\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}%
+%   \begin{figure}[h!]\floatsetup{heightadjust=object,valign=c}\killfloatstyle
+%    \begin{floatrow}
+%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
+%   {\input{BlackCat.picture}}
+%   {\caption{The left beside figure uses settings for vertical centering}%
+%   \label{intro:leftfig:valigned}}%
+%
+%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth+2cm]
+%   {\caption{The beside figure at the right side uses settings for vertical centering}%^^A
+%    \label{intro:rightfig:valigned}}
+%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
+%    \end{floatrow}
+%   \end{figure}%^^A
+%
 %   \subsubsection{Facing Layout}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{facing=} This key defines whether facing layout used
+%   \DescribeMacro{facing}\label{setup:facing}%^^A
+%   This key defines whether facing layout is used
 %   for floats. This key works if |twoside| option switched on in
-%   document class.
+%   document class. The combination of settings |facing=yes,|\allowbreak
+%   |capbesideposition=inside| (see above) is used in current documentation.
 %
+%   The most popular usage of |facing| key is in the case, when beside captions are placed to the inner sides
+%   of pages. The figures~\ref{intro:beside} and~\ref{intro:beside:FBwidth} at beginning of the document
+%   illustrate these options---%^^A
+%   \texttt{facing=yes,\allowbreak capbesideposition=inside}.
+%
+%   \RestoreSpaces
 %   \subsubsection{Defining Float Margins and Object Settings}
 %   \label{sec:set:box}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{margins=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{margins}\label{setup:margins}%^^A
 %   Defines margins of alone float boxes with
 %   captions above/below, of float boxes with beside captions, and of
 %   \env{floatrow} environments. It has following three predefined
 %   options:
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %     \item[centering]
 %     float box centered;
 %     \item[raggedright]
-%     float flushed to the left;
+%     float box flushed to the left;
 %     \item[raggedleft]
-%     float flushed to the right.
-%   \end{Options}
-%   You may create your own alignment settings, see
+%     float box flushed to the right.
+%     \item[...]
+%   You may create your own alignment settings with \\|\DeclareMarginSet| command, see
 %   page~\pageref{ssec:decl:marg}.
+%   \end{Options}
 %
 %   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{objectset=}\DescribeMacro{justification=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{objectset}\DescribeMacro{justification}\label{setup:objectset}%^^A
 %   Defines justification of float object
 %   (float contents). Predefined options are similar to
 %   \texttt{justification=} key in |\captionsetup|.
-%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%   \begin{Options}{RaggedRigh}
 %     \item[justified]
-%     Typesets the object text as a normal paragraph. (This is the default.)
+%     Blocks (in the case of a~picture or text box)
+%     moved to the left, the text aligned as a normal paragraph (without indentation). (This is the default.)
 %
 %     \item[centering]
-%     Each line of the object text will be centered.
+%     Blocks centered, each line of the object text will be centered.
 %
 %     \item[raggedright]
-%     Each line of the object text will be moved to the left margin.
+%     Blocks moved to the left, each line of the text shoved to the left margin.
 %
 %     \item[RaggedRight]
-%     Each line of the object text will be moved to the left margin, too.
-%     But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \pkg{ragged2e} package
+%     As in previous item, each line of the text shoved to the
+%     left margin, too.
+%     But this time the command |\RaggedRight| of the \package{ragged2e} package
 %     will be used to achieve this. This difference is that this time
-%     the word breaking algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside the object text.
+%     the word breaking algorithm of \TeX\ will work inside the text.
 %
 %     \item[raggedleft]
-%     Each line of the object text will be moved to the right margin.
+%     Blocks moved to the right,
+%     each line of the text shoved to the right margin.
 %
 %     \item[RaggedLeft]
 %     Analogous to |RaggedRight|.
 %
+%     \item[...]
+%   You may also create  your own settings with |\DeclareObjectSet| command (see
+%   page~\pageref{ssec:decl:oset})
 %   \end{Options}
-%   You may also create  your own settings (see
-%   page~\pageref{ssec:decl:rule})
+%
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsubsection{Defining Width of Object}\label{sec:wd:object}
 %
 %   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{floatwidth=}
-%   You may use this key for redefinition of width of floats below.
-%   You may use
-%   \begin{quote}
-%      |floatwidth=.6\hsize|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \DescribeMacro{floatwidth}\label{setup:floatwidth}%^^A
+%   It is used for redefinition of width of objects.
+%   This key, similar to |captionwidth=|, page~\pageref{setup:capbesidewidth},
+%   could be used at first
+%   for settings of one float environment:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |floatwidth=.3\hsize|
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   or
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %      |floatwidth=7cm|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   This key could be useful in settings for one float
-%   environment (see about |\thisfloatsetup| on the page
-%   \pageref{thisfloatsetup}).
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   (see page~\pageref{thisfloatsetup} about settings for current float environment and |\thisfloatsetup|).\pagebreak[1]
+%
+%   \begingroup
+%   \begin{Quote}\openup-.65pt
+%   \meta{preamble}\nopagebreak
+%   |\floatsetup[figure]{|\hyperref[setup:capposition]{\texttt{capposition}}|=bottom}|\nopagebreak
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\|\hyperref[setup:thisfloatsetup]{\texttt{thisfloatsetup}}%^^A
+%       |[figure]{floatwidth=.3\hsize,capposition=bottom}|\nopagebreak
+%   |\begin{figure}|
+%   |  \includegraphics[width=\hsize]{Bear}|
+%   |  \caption{...}\label{...}|
+%   |\end{figure}|
+%   \end{Quote}%
+%
+%   \floatsetup[figure]{capposition=bottom}
+%   \thisfloatsetup{floatwidth=.3\hsize}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%   \setlength\unitlength{\hsize/100}\input{Bear.picture}%^^A
+%   \caption{Graphics with \texttt{floatwidth=0.3}\cmd{\hsize}}%
+%   \label{fig:rot}
+%   \end{figure}%
+%   \endgroup
+%
+%   \begingroup
+%   \begin{Quote}%
+%   |\|\hyperref[setup:thisfloatsetup]{\texttt{thisfloatsetup}}%^^A
+%       |{floatwidth=.3\hsize,|\hyperref[setup:capbesidewidth]{\texttt{capbesidewidth}}|=sidefil,|
+%   |      capposition=beside}|
+%   \end{Quote}%
+%
+%   \thisfloatsetup{floatwidth=.3\hsize,capbesidewidth=sidefil,
+%           capposition=beside}
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%   \setlength\unitlength{\hsize/100}\input{Bear.picture}%^^A
+%   \caption{Caption beside graphics with  \texttt{floatwidth=0.3}\cmd{\hsize}}%^^A
+%   \label{fig:bear}
+%   \end{figure}%
+%   \endgroup
 %
-%   If you use option \texttt{floatwidth=sidefill}  for objects with beside
-%   captions (in the case of key \texttt{capbesidewidth=} uses absolute
-%   value, like \texttt{4cm}) the object (instead of caption) occupies the
-%   rest space of float box (see appendix, figure~\ref{fig:capbeside:trick}
-%   on the page~\pageref{fig:capbeside:trick})
+%   If you use option \texttt{floatwidth=sidefil} for objects with beside
+%   captions (in the case of key \texttt{capbesidewidth=},
+%   \DescribeMacro{capbesidewidth}%^^A
+%   uses absolute
+%   value, like \texttt{capbesidewidth=4cm}) the object contents (instead of caption)
+%   occupy the rest space of float box (see
+%   figure~\ref{capbesideframeI} on the page~\pageref{capbesideframeI} and appendix, figure~\ref{fig:capbeside:trick} on the
+%   page~\pageref{fig:capbeside:trick})
 %
+%   \RestoreSpaces
 %   \subsubsection{Defining Float Separators}\label{sec:set:sep}
 %
 %   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{floatrowsep=}
-%   Sets separation material between beside float boxes (defined
-%   by |\floatbox| macro etc., see page~\pageref{sec:floatbox})
+%   \DescribeMacro{floatrowsep}\label{setup:floatrowsep}%^^A
+%   Sets separation material between beside float boxes in one row
 %   inside \env{floatrow} environment (see page~\pageref{sec:floatrow}).
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{capbesidesep=}
+%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{capbesidesep}\label{setup:capbesidesep}%^^A
 %   Sets separation material between object and beside caption.
 %
+%   \RestoreSpaces
 %   Both key settings work similarly to |labelsep=| key
 %   from |\captionsetup|.
-%
+%^^A
 %   They use following predefined options:
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %     \item[columnsep]
-%     horizontal skip${}={}$|\columnsep|;
+%     horizontal skip${}={}$|\columnsep| (default);
 %     \item[quad]
 %     horizontal skip${}={}1$\,em;
 %     \item[qquad]
@@ -1007,36 +2376,42 @@
 %     horizontal skip${}={}1$\,fill (like |\hfill|);
 %     \item[none]
 %     empty separator.
+%     \item[...]
+%   You may also create  your own settings with\\ |\DeclareFloatSeparators| command (see
+%   page~\pageref{setup:DeclareFloatSeparators})
 %   \end{Options}
+%   This documentation uses settings |floatrowsep=qquad| for separation of
+%   beside floats and\allowbreak\ |capbesidesep=quad|
+%   for floats with beside captions.
 %
 %   \subsubsection{Defining Float Rules/Skips}\label{sec:set:rule}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{precode=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{precode}\label{setup:precode}%^^A
 %   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code above float box.
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{rowprecode=}
+%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{rowprecode}\label{setup:rowprecode}%^^A
 %   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code above alone float box,
 %   or, in the case of beside floats inside \env{floatrow} environment,
 %   above float row (see page~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}).
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{midcode=}
+%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{midcode}\label{setup:midcode}%^^A
 %   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code between
 %   caption above/below and float object.
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{postcode=}
+%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{postcode}\label{setup:postcode}%^^A
 %   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code below float box.
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{rowpostcode=}
+%   \addvspace\smallskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{rowpostcode}\label{setup:rowpostcode}%^^A
 %   Defines skip, rule or other analogous code below alone float box, or,
 %   in the case of beside floats inside \env{floatrow} environment,
 %   below float row (see page~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}).
 %
 %   For  all these keys there are predefined following options (settings
-%   were taken from styles created in \pkg{float} package):
+%   were taken from styles created in \package{float} package):
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\makeatletter\@itempenalty10000\makeatother
 %     \item[none]
 %     absent code;
@@ -1050,37 +2425,50 @@
 %     rule of default thickness (.4pt), with 2pt vertical skip above---rule
 %     below float box in \texttt{ruled} style;
 %     \item[captionskip]
-%     vertical skip equal to value, defined in |captionskip=| key.
+%     vertical skip equal to value, defined in |captionskip=| key (default).
+%     \item[...]
+%   You may create your own options with |\DeclareFloatVCode| command,
+%   see page~\pageref{ssec:decl:rule}.
 %   \end{Options}
-%   You may create your own options, see page~\pageref{ssec:decl:rule}.
 %
 %   \subsubsection{Defining Float Frames}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{framestyle=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{framestyle}\label{setup:framestyle}%^^A
 %   Defines type of frame; the
-%   \pkg{floatrow} package offers only one type of frame:
+%   \package{floatrow} package offers only one type of frame:
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %     \item[fbox]
 %     Standard frame.
 %   \end{Options}
-%   There are options for additional frames, offered by \pkg{fr-fancy}
+%   There are options for additional frames, offered by \package{fr-fancy}
 %   package, installed with \env{floatrow}:
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %     \item[colorbox]
-%     colored frame, needs also \pkg{color} package;
+%     colored frame, needs also \package{color} package;
 %     if not defined, there is used |\fbox|;
 %     \item[doublebox]
-%     double frame, needs also \pkg{fancybox} package;
+%     double frame, needs also \package{fancybox} package;
 %     \item[shadowbox]
-%     frame with shadow, needs also \pkg{fancybox} package;
+%     frame with shadow, needs also \package{fancybox} package;
 %     \item[wshadowbox]
 %     modified \texttt{shadowbox} frame (frame with ``white shadow''),
-%     needs also \pkg{fancybox} package;
+%     needs also \package{fancybox} package;
 %   \end{Options}
 %
+%   \enlargethispage{\baselineskip}
+%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{frameset}\label{setup:frameset}%^^A
+%   The parameters for chosen frame; there are no options
+%   for this key, just write something like:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%     |frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep12pt}|\quad.
+%   \end{Quote}
+%
 %   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{framearound=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{framearound}\label{setup:framearound}%^^A
 %   Declares element of float box to be framed:
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %     \item[object]
 %     float object contents;
@@ -1088,78 +2476,108 @@
 %     full float box including object, caption, and any foot text.
 %   \end{Options}
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{framefit=}
+%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{framefit}\label{setup:framefit}%^^A
 %   Boolean which sets whether the \textit{frame width} will
 %   be equal to current |\hsize| or predefined width of
-%   float box (\texttt{framefit=yes}), in this case object size reduced;
+%   float box (\texttt{framefit=yes}), in this case object size reduced
+%   (see~page~\pageref{fig:plain:MyBoxed} and all boxed figures in current
+%   documentation);
 %   or the frame climbs out in the left and
 %   right sides, and \textit{width of object} has current
 %   |\hsize| or predefined width of float box (\texttt{framefit=no}).
-%
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{frameset=}
-%   The parameters for chosen frame; there are no options
-%   for this key, just write something like:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep12pt}|\quad.
-%   \end{quote}
-%
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{colorframeset=}
-%   Offered by \pkg{fr-fancy} package\footnote{Use
-%   \texttt{fancyboxes=yes} option in \cmd{\usepackage} line.}: defines
+%  \begingroup
+%  \begin{Quote}%
+%   |\floatsetup[figure]{framestyle=fbox,|\hyperref[setup:heightadjust]{\texttt{heightadjust}}|=object,|\nopagebreak
+%   |      framearound=object,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep10pt},|
+%   |      framefit=no}%|$\approx\texttt{style=boxed}$
+%   |\begin{figure}|
+%   |\ffigbox[4cm]|
+%   |   {...}{\caption{...}}|
+%   |\end{figure}|
+%  \end{Quote}%
+%   \floatsetup[figure]{framestyle=fbox,heightadjust=object,
+%     framearound=object,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep10pt},framefit=no}%^^A$\equiv\texttt{style=boxed}$
+%  \begin{figure}[H]%
+%  \ffigbox[4cm]
+%  {\input{Cat.picture}}{\caption{The frame around graphics climbs out to the right and left sides}\label{fig:setup:boxed}}
+%  \end{figure}%
+%  \begin{Quote}%
+%   |\floatsetup[figure]{...,framefit=yes}%|$\approx\texttt{style=Boxed}$
+%   |\begin{figure}|%
+%   |\ffigbox[4cm]|
+%   |  {...}{\caption{...}}|\nopagebreak
+%   |\end{figure}|%
+%  \end{Quote}%
+%   \floatsetup[figure]{framestyle=fbox,heightadjust=object,
+%     framearound=object,frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep10pt},framefit=yes}%%^^A$\equiv\texttt{style=Boxed}$
+%  \begin{figure}[H]%
+%  \ffigbox[4cm]
+%  {\input{Cat.picture}}{\caption{The frame around graphics fits to the width of float box (here: caption)}}
+%  \end{figure}%
+%  \endgroup
+%
+%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{colorframeset}\label{setup:colorframeset}%^^A
+%   Offered by \package{fr-fancy} package\footnote{Use
+%   \texttt{fancyboxes=yes} option in \cmd{\usepackage} line, also you ought to load \package{color} package.}
+%    and  also needs
+%   \package{color} package: defines
 %   concrete color box (default is standard |\fbox|).
-%   In current version you may use only |\fcolorbox| as color box. You
+%   You may use |\fcolorbox| as color box. You
 %   may define your color box like
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %     |colorframeset={\fcolorbox{white}{yellow}}|\quad.
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
 %   \subsubsection{Defining Float Skips}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{captionskip=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{captionskip}\label{setup:captionskip}%^^A
 %   Defines vertical space between caption and float object
 %   in case of |midcode| key defined as |midcode=captionskip|;
 %   or in case of usage of float styles (\texttt{style=}
 %   key) \texttt{plain}, \texttt{plaintop} or \texttt{Plaintop}:
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %      |captionskip=10pt|\quad.
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   The settings above are default.
+%   The settings of current documentation: |captionskip=5pt|.
 %
-%   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{footskip=}
+%   \addvspace\medskipamount\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{footskip}\label{setup:footskip}%^^A
 %   Defines vertical space before foot material and footnotes.
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %      |footskip=4pt|\quad,
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   or
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %      |footskip=\skip\footins|\quad.
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
-%   \penalty-5000
 %   \subsubsection{Defining Float Footnote Rule's Style}
 %   \label{sec:footnotestyle}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{footnoterule=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{footnoterule}\label{setup:footnoterule}%^^A
 %   Defines type of footnote rule for footnotes inside float environment.
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begingroup
-%   \makeatletter\@beginparpenalty10000\makeatother
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %     \item[normal]
 %     standard \LaTeX{} definition, used in \env{minipage} environments, the
-%     width of it equals to 0.4 of current with of text (|\columnwidth|);
+%     width of it equals to 0.4 of current width of text (|\columnwidth|);
 %     \item[limited]
 %     like previous one but max width of footnote rule equals to the value
 %     defined by |\frulemax| command, like:
-%     \begin{quote}
+%     \begin{Quote}
 %     |\newcommand\frulemax{1in}|
-%     \end{quote}
+%     \end{Quote}
 %     \item[fullsize]
 %     rule to full current text width.
 %     \item[none]
 %     Absent rule.
+%     \item[...]
+%   You may create your own options with |\DeclareFloatFootnoterule| command,
+%   see page~\pageref{ssec:fnoterule}.
 %   \end{Options}
 %   \endgroup
 %
@@ -1168,13 +2586,30 @@
 %   %^^A ???needed?
 %   \subsubsection{Loading Style for Fancy Boxes}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{fancyboxes=}
-%   This boolean key  loads \pkg{fr-fancy} package. This key you may use
+%   \DescribeMacro{fancyboxes}\label{setup:fancyboxes}%^^A
+%   This boolean key  loads \package{fr-fancy} package. This key you may use
 %   only in optional argument in |\usepackage| line.
 %
-%   \subsection{Settings for One Float}
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsubsection{Managing Floats with \texttt{[H]} placement option}
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{doublefloataswide}\label{setup:doublefloataswide}%^^A
+%   This boolean key redefines starred float in onecolumn layout
+%   like non-starred ones. (In this case the \texttt{[H]} option works
+%   in starred environments also; layout settings from |\floatsetup|
+%   as \texttt{widefloat} still work.)
+%
+%   \medskip\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{floatHaslist}%^^A
+%   This boolean key adds values of penalties before and after
+%   this ``anchored'' float like in the list environment and cancels
+%   paragraph indentation, if no blank line appears after environment
+%   (see also section~\pageref{sec:listpen}).
+%
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsection{Settings for Current Float Environment}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\thisfloatsetup}\label{thisfloatsetup}%^^A
+%   \DescribeMacro{\thisfloatsetup}\label{thisfloatsetup}\label{setup:thisfloatsetup}%^^A
 %   You may define some settings only for one float just
 %   before necessary environment. Command |\thisfloatsetup| could
 %   contain the same keys and options as in |\floatsetup|. It has
@@ -1190,25 +2625,48 @@
 %^^A   in |\floatsetup| stuff.
 %
 %
-%   \subsection{Clearing of Previous Float Type Settings}
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsection{Clearing of Settings for Current Float Type}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\clearfloatsetup}
+%   \DescribeMacro{\clearfloatsetup}\label{setup:clearfloatsetup}%^^A
 %   If you want to get rid of parameters marked
 %   for an automatic use within a particular environment
-%   you can use the command\footnote{See also documentation
-%   of \pkg{caption} package about \cmd{\clearcaptionsetup} command}:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%      |\clearfloatsetup|\marg{Typ}\quad.
-%   \end{quote}
+%   you can use the command\footnote{Created as additional macro for
+%   \cs{clearcaptionsetup} macro, see also documentation
+%   of \package{caption} package about \cmd{\clearcaptionsetup} command}:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |\clearfloatsetup|\marg{float type}\quad.
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   where \marg{float type}---types as \texttt{figure}, \texttt{widefloat} etc.
+%
+%   \subsection{Temporary Clearing of All Float Settings}\label{page:killfloatstyle}
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\killfloatstyle}\label{setup:killfloatstyle}%^^A
+%   In some cases like mixed rows of floats where figure stays beside table
+%   you need to cancel layout of ``foreign'' float (see page~\pageref{mixrow}).
+%   The |\killfloatstyle| command is used before any
+%   command of |\floatbox| stuff (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:floatbox}).
+%   Other situation---layout with beside captions is quite different from other subtypes:
+%   |[figure]| option of
+%   floatsetup defined with \texttt{style=plain} and
+%   |[cabesidefigure]| defined with \texttt{style=boxed}.
+%   In this case you may define your command, based on predefined
+%   |\fcapside|:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |\newcommand\myfcapside{\killfloatstyle|
+%      |     \floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed}\fcapside}|\quad.
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   The option |[figure]| is necessary if you defined settings for this option
+%   globally in the preamble.
 %
 %   %^^A !!!for footnotes!
 %   %^^A \newpage
 %
 %   \subsection{The Default Float Type Settings}\label{sec:default}
 %
-%   The following keys and options are switched on when \pkg{floatrow}
+%   The following keys and options are switched on when \package{floatrow}
 %   package loaded. They equal to \texttt{plain} style:
-%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
+%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\par\small\openup-.5pt
 %     \item[font=normalsize]
 %     \item[footfont=footnotesize]
 %     \item[capposition=bottom]
@@ -1218,7 +2676,7 @@
 %     \item[heightadjust=none]
 %     \item[facing=no]
 %     \item[margins=centering]
-%     \item[objectset=centering] %^^A($\equiv$\texttt{justification=centering}, \pkg{caption})
+%     \item[objectset=centering] %^^A($\equiv$\texttt{justification=centering}, \package{caption})
 %     \item[floatrowsep=columnsep]
 %     \item[capbesidesep=columnsep]
 %     \item[precode=none]
@@ -1230,29 +2688,29 @@
 %   \end{Options}
 %
 %
-%   \subsection{Defining new options}
+%   \subsection{Defining new options (Do it yourself!)}
 %
-%   In the next few sections goes a small list of commands, which
-%   define key options for |\floatsetup|. The examples of option
-%   definitions were taken mainly from \pkg{floatrow} definitions.
+%   In the next few sections goes a list of commands, which
+%   define key options for |\floatsetup|.
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Float Style}
+%   \subsubsection{Float Style option (\texttt{style=})}\label{ssec:declstyle}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatStyle}
+%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatStyle}\label{setup:DeclareFloatStyle}%^^A
 %   Defines new float style. Example shows definition of new float
 %   style \texttt{MyBoxed}. The figures~\ref{fig:plain:MyBoxed}, and
 %   some others in current documentation show result.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareFloatStyle{MyBoxed}{style=Boxed,captionskip=5pt,
-%   frameset={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep12pt}}
-%\floatsetup[figure]{style=MyBoxed}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\DeclareFloatStyle{MyBoxed}{|\hyperref[setup:style]{style}|=Boxed,|\hyperref[setup:captionskip]{captionskip}|=5pt,|
+%|      |\hyperref[setup:frameset]{frameset}|={\fboxrule1pt\fboxsep12pt}}|
+%|\floatsetup[figure]{style=MyBoxed}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %
 %   \begingroup
 %
 %   \floatsetup[figure]{style=MyBoxed}
-%   \begin{figure}[!t]
-%     {\input{BlackCat.picture}}%
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength\input{Horse.picture}}%
 %     \caption{%^^A
 %   Plain figure in \texttt{MyBoxed} style}%
 %   \label{fig:plain:MyBoxed}%
@@ -1261,78 +2719,155 @@
 %   \end{figure}
 %
 %   The same result you get with:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed,captionskip=5pt,
-%  frameset={\fboxsep12pt\fboxrule1pt}}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed,captionskip=5pt,|
+%|      frameset={\fboxsep12pt\fboxrule1pt}}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   \endgroup
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Rules/Skips}\label{ssec:decl:rule}
+%   \subsubsection{Option for Float Rules/Skips (\texttt{precode=} etc.)}
+%   \label{ssec:decl:rule}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatVCode}
+%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatVCode}\label{setup:DeclareFloatVCode}%^^A
 %   This command defines the skip, rule or other analogous code above
 %   and below full float box and between caption above/below and
 %   object. The defined option you may use in \texttt{rowprecode},
 %   \texttt{precode}, \texttt{midcode}, \texttt{postcode}, and
 %   \texttt{rowpostcode} keys.
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\DeclareFloatVCode{thickrule}{\hrule height.8ptdepth0pt%|\\
-%   \strut\qquad|\kern2pt}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}\openup.5pt
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\DeclareFloatVCode{grayruleabove}%|
+%   |      {{\color{gray}\hrule height2.8ptdepth0pt\vskip4pt}}|
+%   |\DeclareFloatVCode{grayrulebelow}%|
+%   |      {{\color{gray}\vskip4pt\hrule height2.8ptdepth0pt}}|
+%   |\floatsetup{...,|
+%   |      |\hyperref[setup:rowprecode]{rowprecode}|=grayruleabove,|%^^A
+%           \hyperref[setup:rowpostcode]{rowpostcode}|=grayrulebelow}|
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\begin{figure}|
+%   |\begin{floatrow}|
+%   |  \ffigbox|
+%   |    {...}{\caption{The left ...}\label{...}}%|
+%| |
+%   |  \ffigbox|\nopagebreak
+%   |    {...}{\caption{The beside ...}\label{...}}|
+%   | \end{floatrow}|\nopagebreak
+%   |\end{figure}|
+%| |
+%| |
+%   |\begin{figure}|
+%   |  ...|
+%   |  \caption{The figure ...}\label{...}%|
+%   |\end{figure}|
+%   \end{Quote}
+%\begingroup
+%   \advance\intextsep-.5\intextsep
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{heightadjust=object,valign=c,rowprecode=grayruleabove,
+%       rowpostcode=grayrulebelow}\killfloatstyle
+%    \begin{floatrow}
+%   \ffigbox
+%   {\unitlength.65\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
+%   {\caption{The left beside figure inside float row with defined row rules above and below}%
+%   \label{intro:leftfig:row}}%
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Float Object Justification}\label{ssec:decl:marg}
+%   \ffigbox
+%   {\caption{The beside figure at the right inside float row with defined row rules above and below}%^^A
+%    \label{intro:rightfig:row}}
+%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
+%    \end{floatrow}
+%   \end{figure}%^^A
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{heightadjust=object,valign=c,rowprecode=grayruleabove,
+%       rowpostcode=grayrulebelow}\killfloatstyle
+%   \ffigbox
+%   {\caption{Alone figure with defined row rules above and below}%^^A
+%    \label{intro:alone:row}}
+%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}
+%   \end{figure}%^^A
+%   \begin{Quote}\openup-.65pt
+%   \meta{preamble}\nopagebreak
+%   |...|\nopagebreak
+%   |\floatsetup{...,|\hyperref[setup:precode]{precode}|=grayruleabove,|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:postcode]{postcode}|=grayrulebelow}|
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |...|
+%   \end{Quote}%^^A
+%   \advance\intextsep-.5\intextsep
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{heightadjust=object,valign=c,
+%       precode=grayruleabove,postcode=grayrulebelow}\killfloatstyle
+%    \begin{floatrow}
+%   \ffigbox
+%   {\unitlength.65\unitlength\input{BlackCat.picture}}
+%   {\caption{The left beside figure inside float row with defined rules for float box}%
+%   \label{intro:leftfig:box}}%
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareObjectSet}
+%   \ffigbox
+%   {\caption{The beside figure at the right inside float row with defined rules for float box}%^^A
+%    \label{intro:rightfig:box}}
+%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{Cat.picture}}
+%    \end{floatrow}%
+%   \end{figure}\kern-\lastskip%^^A
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\floatsetup{heightadjust=object,valign=c,
+%       precode=grayruleabove,postcode=grayrulebelow}\killfloatstyle
+%   \ffigbox
+%   {\caption{Alone figure with defined rules above and below for float box}%^^A
+%    \label{intro:alone:box}}
+%   {\unitlength.85\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}
+%   \end{figure}%^^A
+%\endgroup
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsubsection{Object Justification Option (\texttt{objectset=})}\label{ssec:decl:oset}
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareObjectSet}\label{setup:DeclareObjectSet}%^^A
 %   You may define justification for \texttt{objectset=} key like\nopagebreak:
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %     |\DeclareObjectSet{centering}{\centering}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   In option's definition you may try to include any regular commands
 %   which you need to put before each object contents in float
 %   environment\footnote{You may also use key options declared by
-%   \cmd{\DeclareCaptionJustification} command of \pkg{caption} package
+%   \cmd{\DeclareCaptionJustification} command of \package{caption} package
 %   as options for \texttt{objectset=} key.}.\par
 %   \strut\par\kern-\baselineskip
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Float Box Alignment (and Some Other Settings)}
+%   \subsubsection{Option for Float Box Alignment/Settings  (\texttt{margins=})}
 %   \label{ssec:decl:marg}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareMarginSet}\label{fsetup:besmarg}%^^A
+%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareMarginSet}\label{setup:DeclareMarginSet}%^^A
 %   You may define box alignment for float box (\texttt{margins=} key) like:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\DeclareMarginSet{center}{%|\\
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\DeclareMarginSet{center}{%|
 %   |  \setfloatmargins{\hfil}{\hfil}}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   or like (see also sample files)
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\DeclareMarginSet{outside}{%|\\
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\DeclareMarginSet{outside}{%|
 %   |  \setfloatmargins*{\hfil}{}}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
 %   Non-starred form of |\setfloatmargins| defines left and right
 %   margin.
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %     |\setfloatmargins{|\meta{left margin}|}{|\meta{right margin}|}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
 %   Starred form, |\setfloatmargins*|, defines facing layout: inside and
 %   outside margin.
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %     |\setfloatmargins*{|\meta{inside margin}|}{|\meta{outside margin}|}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
 %   You may set even much more complex definition:
-%   \begin{quote}\leftmargin0pt
-%   |\DeclareObjectSet{facingrule}{%|
-%   |\setfloatmargins*{%|\\
-%   |   \floatfacing{\hskip-12pt\vrule width4pt\hskip8pt\hfill}%|\\
+%   \begin{Quote}\leftmargin0pt
+%   |\DeclareMarginSet{facingrule}{%|
+%   |\setfloatmargins*{%|
+%   |   \floatfacing{\hskip-12pt\vrule width4pt\hskip8pt\hfill}%|
 %   |               {\hfill\hskip8pt\vrule width4pt\hskip-12pt}}{}}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   the |\floatfacing| defines following
-%   \begin{quote}
-%     |\floatfacing{|\meta{odd page definition}|}{|\meta{even
-%       page definition}|}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%     |\floatfacing{|\meta{odd page definition}|}{|\meta{even page definition}|}|
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   This macro has also starred form |\floatfacing*|,
 %   which you can use in key options for |\captionsetup| stuff.
 %
@@ -1350,94 +2885,132 @@
 %   |\setfloatmargins|. The settings which use |\floatfacing| command
 %   work only in the case when key \texttt{facing=yes} used.
 %
-%   \emph{Notes}. 1)\enskip The \pkg{floatrow} expands some settings of table layout
+%   \emph{Notes}. 1)\enskip The \package{floatrow} expands some settings of table layout
 %   to the \env{longtable} environment, so you may set |\LTleft| and
-%   |\LTright| parameters inside |\setfloatmargins| command. For example,
+%   |\LTright| parameters inside |\DeclareMarginSet| settings. For example,
 %   \texttt{centering} option was defined like:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\DeclareMarginSet{centering}{\setfloatmargins{\hfill}{\hfill}%|\\
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\DeclareMarginSet{centering}{\setfloatmargins{\hfill}{\hfill}%|
 %   |  \LTleft=\fill \LTright=\fill}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
 %   2)\enskip The font settings loaded in |\floatsetup|
 %   in \env{longtable} environment expand to captions.
 %   In this case, when you write something like
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\floatsetup{font={sf,scriptsize,it}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\floatsetup{font={sf,scriptsize,it}...|
+%   \end{Quote}
 %    or
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\floatsetup[longtable]{font={sf,scriptsize,it}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   for floats (or for [long]tables only), you must restore correct
-%   font size, family, and shape for caption contents and write:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\captionsetup{font={rm,small,up}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\floatsetup[longtable]{font={sf,scriptsize,it}...|
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   for floats (or for [long]tables only), you ought to restore correct
+%   font size, family, shape (here) and series for caption contents and write\footnote
+%       {The version 3.1 of \package{caption} package will correct that.}:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\captionsetup{font={rm,small,up}...|
+%   \end{Quote}
 %    or
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\captionsetup[longtable]{font={rm,small,up}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\captionsetup[longtable]{font={rm,small,up}...|
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Separators}
+%   \subsubsection{Float Separators Options (\texttt{floatrowsep=}, \texttt{capbesidesep=})}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatSeparators}\label{decl:sep}%^^A
+%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatSeparators}\label{setup:DeclareFloatSeparators}%^^A
 %   You may to define separator
-%   between float boxes, or float object and beside caption, for example:
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   between float boxes, or float object and beside caption:
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %   |\DeclareFloatSeparators{columnsep}{\hskip\columnsep}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   or more complex, using \pkg{color} package, and |\floatfacing| macro
-%   (do not forget the \texttt{facing=yes} key):
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\DeclareFloatSeparators{colorsep}%|\\
-%   |  {\begingroup\color{blue}%|\\
-%   |    \floatfacing{\hskip14pt\vrule width1.8pt\hskip2pt}%|\\
-%   |                {\hskip2pt\vrule width1.8pt\hskip14pt}%|\\
-%   |   \endgroup}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   or more complex, using \package{color} package, and |\floatfacing| macro
+%   (do not forget the \texttt{facing=yes} key).
 %   You may use defined option by both \texttt{floatrowsep=} and
 %   \texttt{capbesidesep=} keys\footnote{You may use key options declared
-%   by \cmd{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} command.}.\par\strut\par
-%   \kern-\baselineskip
+%   by \cmd{\DeclareCaptionLabelSeparator} command.}.\par
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\DeclareObjectSet{colorred}{\parskip2pt\parindent15pt\color{red}}|
+%   |\DeclareMarginSet{hangleft}%|
+%   |  {\setfloatmargins|
+%   |    {\hskip-\marginparwidth\hskip-\marginparsep}{\hfil}}|
+%   |\DeclareFloatSeparators{colorsep}%|
+%   |  {\begingroup\color{blue}%|
+%   |    \floatfacing{\hskip6pt\vrule width4.8pt\hskip6pt}%|
+%   |                {\hskip6pt\vrule width4.8pt\hskip6pt}%|
+%   |   \endgroup}|
+%   |\floatsetup[|\hyperref[setup:widefigure]{\texttt{widefigure}}|]{|%^^A
+%       \hyperref[setup:margins]{\texttt{margins}}|=hangleft,|%^^A
+%   \hyperref[setup:capbesidesep]{\texttt{capbesidesep}}|=colorsep,|
+%   \hyperref[setup:objectset]{\texttt{objextset}}|=colorred,|
+%   |   |\hyperref[setup:floatwidth]{\texttt{floatwidth}}|=\textwidth,|%^^A
+%   \hyperref[setup:facing]{\texttt{facing}}|=yes}|
+%   |\captionsetup[figure]{justification=justified,|
+%   |    labelfont={magenta,bf},textfont=green,labelsep=newline}|
+%   \meta{preamble}
+%   |\begin{figure*}|\nopagebreak
+%   |...|\nopagebreak
+%   |\end{figure*}|
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   \begingroup
+%   \floatsetup[widefigure]{margins=hangleft,capbesidesep=colorsep,objectset=colorred,
+%      floatwidth=\textwidth,facing=yes,capposition=beside,capbesideposition=left}
+%   \captionsetup[figure]{justification=justified,
+%       labelfont={magenta,bf},textfont=green,labelsep=newline}
+%   \begin{figure*}[H]%
+%   {\TEXTBOX}{\caption[Multi-colored figure and beside caption]{Multi-colored figure with beside caption. And A bit more text, and some more text}}
+%   \end{figure*}%
+%   \endgroup
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Float font}
+%   \subsubsection{Float Font Option (\texttt{font=})}\label{ssec:declfont}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatFont}
+%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatFont}\label{setup:DeclareFloatFont}%^^A
 %   With this macro you may define new option
 %   for font (\texttt{font=} key) of float contents. This macro works
-%   like |\DeclareCaptionFont| in \pkg{caption} package. (You may also
-%   use key options declared by |\DeclareCaptionFont| command.)\par
-%   \strut\par\kern-\baselineskip
+%   like |\DeclareCaptionFont| in \package{caption} package. (You may also
+%   use key options declared by |\DeclareCaptionFont| command.)
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Defining Float Footnote Rule's Style}
+%   To get red color for text in the example above, you may define the red color by following way:
+%   \begin{Quote}%
+%   |\DeclareFloatFont{red}{\color{red}}|
+%   \end{Quote}%
+%   and then
+%   \begin{Quote}%
+%   |\floatsetup[figure]{font={small,red},...}|\quad.
+%   \end{Quote}%
+%
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Option for Footnote Rule's Style (\texttt{footnoterule=})}
+%   \label{ssec:fnoterule}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatFootnoterule}
+%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareFloatFootnoterule}\label{setup:DeclareFloatFootnoterule}%^^A
 %   You may define new footnoterule (\texttt{footnoterule=} key) like:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\DeclareFloatFootnoterule{fullsize}{%|\\
-%   |  \kern-3\p@|\\
-%   |  \hrule \@width\hsize\kern 2.6\p@}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\DeclareFloatFootnoterule{limited}{\kern-3pt|
+%   |  \@tempdima.4\columnwidth|
+%   |  \ifdim\@tempdima>\frulemax\@tempdima=\frulemax\fi|
+%   |  \hrule width\@tempdima\kern2.6pt}|
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   Remember, that summary vertical height for footnote rule must be
 %   equal to~0pt.
 %
-%   \section{Creation of New Float Type}
+%\newpage
+%   \section{Creation of New Float Type}\label{sec:newfloat}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareNewFloatType}
+%   \DescribeMacro{\DeclareNewFloatType}\label{setup:DeclareNewFloatType}%^^A
 %   For creation of new float type there was created
-%   |\DeclareNewFloatType| command which also uses
+%   |\DeclareNewFloatType|\label{FAD:newfloattype}
+%   command which also uses
 %   \meta{key}${}=\nobreak {}$\meta{value} mechanism:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\DeclareNewFloatType{|\meta{type}|}{|\meta{options}|}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\DeclareNewFloatType|\marg{type}\marg{options}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   The \meta{type} argument includes the new float environment name.\\
 %   The \meta{options} could include following keys:
 %
 %   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{placement=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{placement}\label{setup:placement}%^^A
 %   The option of this key could have any combination of letters
 %   \texttt{t}, \texttt{b}, \texttt{h}, and \texttt{p}, which
 %   define placement of current float type on the page in
@@ -1445,63 +3018,80 @@
 %   (As default is declared \texttt{placement=tbp}.)
 %
 %   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{name=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{name}\label{setup:name}%^^A
 %   Defines the name of environment in the caption
 %   label. (As default for caption label is declared the
 %   name of environment.)
 %
 %   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{fileext=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{fileext}\label{setup:fileext}%^^A
 %   Defines the file extension from which
-%   gathered list of floats. (As default, captions
-%   are gathered in \texttt{lox}-file).
+%   gathered list of floats. (As default, new captions
+%   are gathered in \texttt{lox}-file). This option is required in the case of
+%   creation of a~separate float lists.
 %
 %   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{within=}
+%   \DescribeMacro{within}\label{setup:within}%^^A
 %   Declares the section head of document, by which
 %   current float resets its numbering to zero. If this key absent,
 %   float increases during whole documentation.
 %
 %   \noindent
-%   \DescribeMacro{relatedcapstyle=}
-%   In \pkg{float} package the non-starred
+%   \DescribeMacro{relatedcapstyle}\label{setup:relatedcapstyle}%^^A
+%   In \package{float} package the non-starred
 %   \cmd{\newfloat}/\cmd{\restylefloat} macros attach related
-%   caption style for float styles (see section \ref{sec:floatst}).
+%   caption style for float styles (see {\sectionname} \ref{sec:floatst}).
 %   If you use |\DeclareNewFloatType| mechanism and exists (you created
 %   it by |\captionsetup|) co-named, i.e. related, caption style
 %   you may attach this style with key \texttt{relatedcapstyle=yes}.
-%   %^^A \begin{quote}
+%   %^^A \begin{Quote}
 %   %^^A    |\captionsetup[figure]{style=ruled}|
-%   %^^A \end{quote}
+%   %^^A \end{Quote}
 %
 %   The |\DeclareNewFloatType| was used for defining of \env{Example}
 %   environment (see page \pageref{exa1.1}). It consists of following
 %   code:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%      |\DeclareNewFloatType{Example}%|\\
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%      |\DeclareNewFloatType{Example}%|
 %      |    {placement=t,within=section,fileext=lox}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%
+%   \subsection{How to replace \cmd{\newfloat} with
+%       \cmd{\DeclareNewFloatType}}\label{sec:oldtonew}
+%
+%   The |\newfloat| command takes three required and
+%   one optional argument:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\newfloat|\marg{type}^^A
+%     \marg{placement}\marg{ext}\oarg{within}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   which could be replaced with
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\DeclareNewFloatType|\marg{type}|%|
+%     |    {placement=|\meta{placement}|,fileext=|\marg{ext}|,widthin=|\oarg{within}|}|
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
-%   \section{Borrowed code}
+%   \clearpage
+%   \section{Borrowed code}\label{sec:borrow}
 %
-%   \subsection{\pkg{float} Package: Compatibility}\label{sec:floatst}
+%   \subsection{\package{float} Package: Compatibility}\label{sec:floatst}
 %
-%   The \pkg{floatrow} package includes some macros of \pkg{float}
+%   The \package{floatrow} package includes some macros of \package{float}
 %   (version v1.3d, dated 2001/11/08)
-%   with necessary modifications. In the case of loaded \pkg{float}
-%   package before \pkg{floatrow} you'll get error message.
+%   with necessary modifications. In the case of loaded \package{float}
+%   package before \package{floatrow} you'll get error message.
 %
 %   \emph{Note}.
 %   In the case of some packages
-%   could call \pkg{float} package\footnote{I'm aware about \pkg{algorithm}
-%   package.} the \pkg{floatrow} package loads code which emulates
-%   already loaded \pkg{float} package v1.3, so next requests for
-%   \pkg{float} are ignored. This will help to avoid strange error messages
-%   in the case of these packages loaded \emph{after} \pkg{floatrow}.
-%   Please note that packages, which load \pkg{float} must be loaded
-%   \emph{after} \pkg{floatrow}.
-%
-%   I hope that old documents could work with \pkg{floatrow}. The first
+%   could call \package{float} package\footnote{I'm aware about \package{algorithm}
+%   package.} the \package{floatrow} package loads code which emulates
+%   already loaded \package{float} package v1.3, so next requests for
+%   \package{float} are ignored. This will help to avoid strange error messages
+%   in the case of these packages loaded \emph{after} \package{floatrow}.
+%   Please note that packages, which load \package{float} must be loaded
+%   \emph{after} \package{floatrow}.
+%
+%   I hope that old documents could work with \package{floatrow}. The first
 %   limitation or feature is---if you didn't use any |\restylefloat|
 %   command---all figures and tables appear in \texttt{plain} float style
 %   with bottomed captions. Another limitation---you ought to put all
@@ -1509,193 +3099,66 @@
 %   preamble, before |\begin{document}|. The commands |\restylefloat|,
 %   |\newfloat| and |\floatstyle| are obsolete but
 %   supported\footnote{The better
-%   way is to use \cmd{\floatsetup} macros. The \pkg{floatrow} package
-%   supports obsolete macros but there is no guarantee.}. See also
+%   way is to use \cmd{\floatsetup} macros. The \package{floatrow} package
+%   supports obsolete macros but there is no guarantee. See also
 %   section~\ref{float-obs} about translation of these commands
-%   into |\floatsetup| command.
-%
-%   Sections, signed with ``[\pkg{float}]'' were borrowed from
-%   \pkg{float}'s  documentation.
-%
-%   \subsubsection{The User Interface---New Floats [\pkg{float}]}
-%   \label{sec:floatborrowI}
-%
-%   \DescribeMacro{\newfloat}
-%   The most important command in \pkg{float}
-%   is the |\newfloat| command\footnote{It doubles the
-%   \cmd{\DeclareNewFloatType} command.}. It is patterned on
-%   |\newtheorem|. The |\newfloat| command takes three required and
-%   one optional argument; it is of the form
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\newfloat{|\meta{type}|}{|^^A
-%     \meta{placement}|}{|\meta{ext}|}[|\meta{within}{\tt]}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   \begin{itemize}
-%   \item \marg{type} is the `type' of the new class of floats, like
-%   \texttt{program} or \texttt{algorithm}. After the appropriate
-%   |\newfloat|, commands like |\begin{program}| or |\end{algorithm*}|
-%   will be available.
-%   \item \marg{placement} gives the default placement
-%   parameters for this class of floats. The placement parameters are
-%   the same as in standard \LaTeX, i.e., \texttt{t}, \texttt{b},
-%   \texttt{p} and \texttt{h} for `top', `bottom', `page' and `here',
-%   respectively.
-%   \item \marg{ext} When \LaTeX\ writes the captions to an auxiliary file
-%   for the list of figures (or whatever), it'll use the job name
-%   followed by \marg{ext} as a file name.
-%   \item \oarg{within} Finally, the optional
-%   argument \meta{within} determines whether floats of this class will
-%   be numbered within some sectional unit of the document. For example,
-%   if \oarg{within}${}={}$\texttt{chapter}, the floats will be numbered
-%   within chapters. (In standard \LaTeX, this happens with figures and
-%   tables in the \cls{report} and \cls{book} document styles.) As an
-%   example, Program~\ref{prog1.1}  was created by a command sequence
-%   similar to that shown in the following
-%   Example\footnote{Settings for Example float
-%   environment were created by \cmd{\DeclareNewFloatType} macro stuff.}.
-%   \end{itemize}
-%   \emph{Floatrow note.}
-%   There is also created a |\newfloat*| pair, which works similar to
-%   |\restylefloat*| command (see below).
-%   \begin{Program}
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%#include <stdio.h>
-%
-%int main(int argc, char **argv) {
-%       int i;
-%       for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
-%               printf("argv[%d] = %s\n", i, argv[i]);
-%       return 0;
-%}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \caption{The first program. This hasn't got anything to do with the
-%   package but is included as an example.
-%   Note the \texttt{ruled} float style.%
-%      \label{prog1.1}}
-%   \end{Program}
-%   \begin{Example}[H]
-%   \begin{verse}
-%   |\floatstyle{ruled}|\\
-%   |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}[section]|\\
-%   \dots\ loads o' stuff \dots\\
-%   |\begin{Program}|\\
-%   |\begin{verbatim}|\\
-%   \dots\ program text \dots\\
-%   |\end{verbatim}|\\
-%   |\caption{|\dots\ caption \dots|}|\\
-%   |\end{Program}|
-%   \end{verse}
-%   \caption{This is another silly floating Example. Except
-%     that this one doesn't actually float
-%     because it uses the {\tt[H]} optional parameter
-%     to appear \textbf{Here}. (Gotcha.)}\label{exa1.1}
-%   \end{Example}
+%   into \cmd{\floatsetup} command.}.
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\floatstyle}
-%   The |\floatstyle| command sets a default
-%   float style. This float style will be used for all the floats that
-%   are subsequently defined using |\newfloat|, until another
-%   |\floatstyle| command appears. The |\floatstyle| command takes one
-%   argument, the name of a float style. For instance,
-%   |\floatstyle{ruled}|. Specifying a string that does not name a valid
-%   float style is an error.
+%   Sections, signed with ``[\package{float}]'' were borrowed from
+%   \package{float}'s  documentation. The section about commands which
+%   describes setting commands of \package{float} package was moved
+%   in the section~\ref{sec:changed}
+%   (subsection~\ref{sec:floatborrowI}, ``The User Interface---New
+%   Floats [\package{float}]'').
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\floatname}
-%   The |\floatname| command lets you define
-%   the \emph{float name} that \LaTeX\ uses in the caption of a float,
-%   i.e., `Figure' for a figure and so on. For example,
-%   |\floatname{program}{Program}|. The |\newfloat| command sets the
-%   float name to its argument \meta{type} if no other name has been
-%   specified before.
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\floatplacement}
-%   The |\floatplacement| command resets
-%   the default placement specifier of a class of floats. E.g.,
-%   |\floatplacement{figure}{tp}|.
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsubsection{How macros from \package{float} package
+%     work in \package{floatrow}}\label{float-obs}
 %
-%   \DescribeMacro{\restylefloat}\nopagebreak
-%   The |\restylefloat| command is necessary
-%   to change styles for the standard float types
-%   \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table}. Since these aren't usually
-%   defined via |\newfloat|, they don't have a style associated with
-%   them. Thus you have to say, for example,
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\floatstyle{ruled}|\\
-%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\restylefloat{table}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   to have tables come out \texttt{ruled}. The command also lets you
-%   change style for floats that you define via |\newfloat|, although
-%   this is, typographically speaking, not a good idea. See
-%   table~\ref{table1} for an example\footnote{The \pkg{float} package
-%   created special caption style with bold label for \texttt{boxed}
-%   style. Please note that \texttt{plain} and \texttt{boxed} float
-%   styles have not any special settings in \pkg{caption} 3.x package.
-%   To emulate \texttt{boxed} style from \pkg{float} documentation there
-%   were: cleared all special caption settings for tables, and restored
-%   default colon separator after label.}. There is a |\restylefloat*|
-%   command which will restyle an existing float type but will keep the
-%   new float style from taking over the |\caption| command. In this
-%   case the user is responsible for handling their own captions.
-%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
-%   %^^AEmulation of float's documentation settings
-%   %^^A\floatstyle{boxed}
-%   %^^A\restylefloat{table}
-%   \begingroup
-%   \clearcaptionsetup{table}
-%   \captionsetup{labelsep=default,labelfont=bf}
-%   \floatsetup[table]{style=boxed}
-%   \begin{table} \def\B#1{$\displaystyle{n\choose#1}$}
-%   \begin{center} \begin{tabular}{c|cccccccc}
-%   $n$&\B0&\B1&\B2&\B3&\B4&\B5&\B6&\B7\\ \hline
-%    0 & 1\\
-%    1 & 1&1\\
-%    2 & 1&2&1\\
-%    3 & 1&3&3&1\\
-%    4 & 1&4&6&4&1\\
-%    5 & 1&5&10&10&5&1\\
-%    6 & 1&6&15&20&15&6&1\\
-%    7 & 1&7&21&35&35&21&7&1
-%   \end{tabular} \end{center}
-%   \caption{Pascal's triangle. This is a re-styled \LaTeX\
-%      \texttt{table}.\label{table1}}
-%   \end{table}
-%   \endgroup
-%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}
-%
-%   \subsubsection{How macros from \pkg{float} package
-%     work in \pkg{floatrow}}\label{float-obs}
-%
-%   The combination of |\floatstyle|\marg{style} and any of
-%   \cmd{\newfloat}\marg{float} or
-%   \cmd{\restylefloat}\marg{float} commands in \pkg{floatrow} package
-%   set float layout in the way:
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   The combination of commands |\floatstyle|\marg{style} and any of
+%   \cmd{\newfloat}\marg{float} or\allowbreak\
+%   \cmd{\restylefloat}\marg{float} commands in \package{floatrow} package
+%   set float layout in the following way:
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %   |\floatsetup|\oarg{float}|{style=|\meta{style}|}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   Please note that co-named keys from |\floatsetup|\oarg{float}|{...}|
-%   will overwrite the |\floatsetup{...}| settings. That means that if you
-%   set float layout with these obsolete commands, the next layout tuning
-%   you ought to do with |\floatsetup|\oarg{float}|{...}| stuff only.
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   Please note that there is used |\floatsetup|\oarg{float}|{...}|
+%   settings for current type of float, but not |\floatsetup{...}|.
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Printing of Float List [\pkg{float}]}
+%   The |\floatname| command replaces the |name=| key of |\DeclareNewFlotaType|
+%   command. The |\floatplacement|---|placement=| key.
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Printing of Float List [\package{float}]}
 %   \label{sec:floatborrowIa}
 %
 %   \nobreak\DescribeMacro{\listof}
 %   \nopagebreak
 %   The |\listof| command produces a list of all the floats
-%   of a given class. Its syntax~is\\[2pt]
-%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\listof{|\meta{type}|}{|\meta{title}^^A
-%     |}|\\[2pt]
+%   of a given class. Its syntax~is
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\listof{|\meta{type}|}{|\meta{title}|}|^^A
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   \meta{type} is the float type given in the |\newfloat| command.
 %   \meta{title} is used for the title of the list as well as the
 %   headings if the current page style includes them. Otherwise, the
 %   |\listof| command is analogous to the built-in \LaTeX\ commands
 %   |\listoffigures| and |\listoftables|.
 %
+%   \noindent\emph{Floatrow note}.
+%   Please remember that for each float type list
+%   you must set file extension where the entries of each float type gathered.
+%   Use key \texttt{fileext=...} in |\DeclareNewFloatType|.
+%   If two or more float types will have the same file
+%   for list of floats, you will get all floats in the
+%   first appeared |\listof|, and all next will be empty.
+%
 %   \subsubsection{The User Interface---\texttt{[H]}
-%   Placement Specifier [\pkg{float}]}\label{sec:floatborrowII}
+%   Placement Specifier [\package{float}]}\label{sec:floatborrowII}
 %
-%   Many people find \LaTeX's float placement specifiers too
+%   Many%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Anchored float}{FAD:AnchoredFloat}
+%   people find \LaTeX's float placement specifiers too
 %   restrictive. A Commonly Uttered Complaint (CUC) calls for a way to
 %   place a float exactly at the spot where it occurs in the input file,
 %   i.e., to \emph{not} have it float at all. It seems that the
@@ -1705,8 +3168,9 @@
 %   to actually do that. This situation can be improved by judicious
 %   manipulation of float style parameters.
 %
+%   \RestoreSpaces
 %   The same effect can be achieved by changing the actual method of
-%   placing floats. David Carlisle's \pkg{here} option introduces a new
+%   placing floats. David Carlisle's \package{here} option introduces a new
 %   float placement specifier, namely \texttt{[H]}, which, when added to
 %   a float, tells \LaTeX\ to ``put it HERE, period''. If there isn't
 %   enough space left on the page, the float is carried over to the next
@@ -1714,7 +3178,7 @@
 %   be room left for some of that. This style option provides the
 %   \texttt{[H]} specifier for newly defined classes of floats as well
 %   as the predefined \texttt{figure}s and \texttt{table}s, thereby
-%   superseding \pkg{here}. David suggests that the \pkg{here} option be
+%   superseding \package{here}. David suggests that the \package{here} option be
 %   withdrawn from the archives in due course.
 %
 %   The {\tt[H]} specifier may simply be added to the float as an
@@ -1723,20 +3187,21 @@
 %   {\tt[Hhtbp]} is illegal. Neither may it be used as the default
 %   placement specifier for a whole class of floats. The following table
 %   is defined like this:
-%   \begin{verse}
-%   |\begin{table}[H]| \\*
-%   |\begin{tabular}{cl}|\\
-%   |\tt t & Top of the page\\|\\*
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\begin{table}|\nopagebreak
+%   |\begin{tabular}{cl}|
+%   |\tt t & Top of the page\\|
 %   \dots\ more stuff \dots\\
 %   |\end{tabular}|
-%   \end{verse}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   (It seems that I have to add some extraneous chatter here just so
 %   that the float actually comes out right in the middle of a printed
-%   page. When I \LaTeX ed the documentation\footnote{For \pkg{float}
+%   page. When I \LaTeX ed the documentation\footnote{For \package{float}
 %   package.} just now it turned out that there was a page break that
 %   fell exactly between the ``So now'' line and the float. This
 %   wouldn't Prove Anything. Bother.) So now we have the following float
-%   placement specifiers:
+%   placement specifiers:\nopagebreak
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begin{table}[H]
 %   \begin{tabular}{cl}
 %   \tt t & Top of the page\\
@@ -1748,6 +3213,20 @@
 %   ^^A\caption{Could it be that this just needs a caption?}
 %   \end{table}
 %
+%   \emph{Floatrow note}. Please don't mix meaning of
+%   \texttt{[H]} and \texttt{[h]} options.
+%   Float with \texttt{[h]} and \texttt{[!h]} option, if succeed, appears
+%   \emph{after completing line} of text,
+%   where it was appeared in the source file. That could be visible if you
+%   put float environment at the middle of paragraph.
+%
+%   The [H] option places the float just \emph{at the point} where it appeared
+%   in the source file, it is used (\emph{but that in books strongly
+%   not recommended}!) for floats after text like ``\dots{}shown in this
+%   \textbf{figure:}'', i.e. the \texttt{[H]} float continues current
+%   paragraph.
+%
+%   \RestoreSpaces
 %   \subsubsection{The {[H]}
 %   Placement Specifier---Managing of Page Breaks}\label{sec:listpen}
 %
@@ -1758,19 +3237,20 @@
 %   page breaking of lists in the book.
 %
 %   To follow the idea of |\allowdisplaybreaks| command from
-%   \pkg{amsmath} package there is created a beta-temp\footnote{I suppose
-%   that there will be created such support in \pkg{paralist} package
-%   and think it is better to follow one grammar for similar
-%   situations.} version
-%   of \pkg{listpen} package, which offers following commands:
+%   \package{amsmath} package there is created a \emph{beta-temp}\footnote{I
+%   hope that such support sooner or later could appear in
+%   \package{paralist} package and think it is better to follow
+%   grammar of master-package for similar situations.} version
+%   of \package{listpen} package, which offers following commands:
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %   \item[\cmd{\allowprelistbreaks}]sets penalty before lists
 %      (and also  ``anchored'' floats);
 %   \item[\cmd{\allowpostlistbreaks}]sets penalty after lists;
-%   \item[\cmd{\allowitembreaks}]sets penalty between list items.
+%   \item[\cmd{\allowitembreaks}]sets penalty between list items
+%       (surely, this command not for floats!).
 %   \end{Options}
 %   All they set globally, inside group or inside
-%   environments the penalties accordingly to digits
+%   environments. These penalties are set accordingly to digits
 %   from |[-4]| (never break) to |[4]| (always break). The positive
 %   values of optional argument in these commands analogous to values
 %   of optional arguments in |\pagebreak| command. The negative
@@ -1779,532 +3259,135 @@
 %   to settings of standard \LaTeX{} classes: \cls{book}, \cls{article}
 %   etc. (|[-1]| option equal to |-\@lowpenalty| value).
 %
-%   \subsection{\pkg{rotfloat} Package}
-%
-%   Code of \pkg{rotfloat} package was also borrowed by \pkg{floatrow}
-%   package. In the case of loaded \pkg{rotfloat} package before
-%   \pkg{floatrow} you will get error message.
+%   \DescribeMacro{floatHaslist}\label{setup:floatHaslist}%^^A
+%   This is the late attempts of backwards compatibility. The key, if true,
+%   uses list penalties, otherwise anchored float works without any penalty, i.e. like
+%   defined in \package{float} package and in \package{floatrow}'s version 0.0g
+%   and earlier. (I hope there could not much difference,
+%   unless you redefined penalties of lists.)
+%
+%   Also (added in version 0.1k with current key):
+%   since list environments do \emph{not make indentation} in following
+%   paragraph, in the case of \emph{no blank} line after environment,
+%   the ``anchored'' float environment does
+%   the same, if this option is true. Default value of \texttt{floatHaslist}
+%   is \texttt{false}
+%   (for backward compatibility with previous version 0.1j).
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\floatHpenalties}\label{setup:floatHpenalties}%^^A
+%   This macro, defined with |\renewcommand| can include settings for
+%   list penalties around anchored float. If you define
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\renewcommand\floatHpenalties{\@beginparpenalty\@M}|
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   or, with \package{listpen} package
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\renewcommand\floatHpenalties{\allowprelistbreaks[-4]}|\quad,
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   you'll never get page breaks before anchored float.
 %
-%   The \pkg{floatrow} package loads code which pretends that
-%   \pkg{rotfloat} already loaded, so next loads are ignored.
-%   The \pkg{rotfloat} allowed in the |\usepackage|
-%   line with \pkg{rotating} package, which could have options. It is
-%   necessary to delete \pkg{rotfloat} package from |\usepackage| line
-%   where also \pkg{rotating} package loaded with options: otherwise
+%   \medskip\noindent
+%   \DescribeMacro{\RestoreSpaces}
+%   There was added one simple command, the external alias
+%   of internal command |\@nobreakfalse|.
+%   It switches off |\if@nobreak| flag.
+%   The main (and most visible) usage of this flag---managing of
+%   vertical spaces between two sectioning commands (it cancels the space before for next
+%   section command of the pair); spaces before list environments (cancels the space
+%   before list just after sectioning command) and other similar cases.
+%
+%   Usually this flag turned off at the next paragraph (or |\par| command),
+%   but in some cases this ``turn off'' cannot be happen in necessary point.
+%   The |\RestoreSpaces| command would help.
+%
+%   \subsection{The \package{rotfloat} Package}
+%
+%   Code of \package{rotfloat} package was also borrowed by \package{floatrow}
+%   package. In the case of loaded \package{rotfloat} package before
+%   \package{floatrow} you will get error message.
+%
+%   The \package{floatrow} package loads code which pretends that
+%   \package{rotfloat} already loaded, so next loads are ignored.
+%   The \package{rotfloat} allowed in the |\usepackage|
+%   line with \package{rotating} package, which could have options. It is
+%   necessary to delete \package{rotfloat} package from |\usepackage| line
+%   where also \package{rotating} package loaded with options: otherwise
 %   you may get `option clash' error message.
 %
-%   \section{Macros for Building Floats}
-%
-%   \subsection{The Floatbox Macro}\label{sec:floatbox}
-%
-%   This package offers macro, which creates necessary layout of float
-%   object contents and caption (see also the introduction).
-%   The main macro looks like:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\floatbox[|\meta{preamble}|]{|\meta{captype}|}[|^^A
-%       \meta{width}|][|\meta{height}|][|\meta{vert pos}|]|\\
-%   |         {|\meta{caption}|}{|\meta{object}|}|\footnote{The
-%     order of mandatory arguments and their contents makes not
-%     difference during building of float box. This macro
-%     historically needs two mandatory arguments, but they could
-%     be filled freely.}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where\label{floatboxsets}:
-%   \begin{description}\itemsep0pt
-%   \item[\meta{preamble}]there could be |\capbeside| command which
-%     places caption beside float contents; |\nocapbeside|
-%     (to put caption above/below, accordingly
-%     to float type's style); or another systematic command
-%     (even with usage of |\captionsetup| and |\thisfloatsetup|---see
-%     examples in documentation and appendix).
-%   \item[\meta{captype}]the type of float this command created for;
-%   \item[\meta{width}]the width of object---caption box
-%     (in case of caption above or below object),
-%     or width of object box (if caption stays beside object).
-%     The command |\FBwidth| in the \meta{width} argument
-%     allows usage of natural width of float contents.\par
-%     \emph{Note}. If you use \verb|\FBwidth| in \meta{width}
-%     argument be sure that object contents can be placed in |\hbox|
-%     (you only allowed to use |\vspace| command at the very
-%     beginning and very end of object contents for fine tuning
-%     of vertical spaces);
-%   \item[\meta{height}]the height of object---caption box
-%     (in case of caption above or below object),
-%     or height of object box (if caption stays beside object);
-%   \item[\meta{vert pos}]vertical alignment of object contents in
-%     object's box in case of \meta{height} argument has larger value than
-%     height of object contents, float placed inside \env{floatrow}.
-%   \item[\meta{caption}]text of caption and legends (you may use
-%     |\floatfoot| command (see page~\pageref{subsec:floatfoot}); you
-%     may also use |\footnote|/|\mpfootnotemark|/|\footnotetext| stuff
-%     for footnotes inside float, or |\floatfoot| command;
-%   \item[\meta{object}]Contents of float; you may use
-%     |\footnote|/|\mpfootnotemark|/|\footnotetext| stuff or
-%     |\floatfoot| command.
-%   \end{description}
-%
-%   \begingroup
-%   First simplest example:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}
-%\floatbox{figure}[4cm]
-%{\caption{The simple example ...}%
-%\label{fig:WcatI}}
-%{\input{TheCat.picture}}
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   created the picture in the figure~\ref{fig:WcatI}.\pagebreak[3]
-%   \begin{figure}
-%   \floatbox{figure}[4cm]
-%   {\caption{The simple example of \cmd{\floatbox}}%
-%   \label{fig:WcatI}}
-%   {\unitlength1.28\unitlength\input{TheCat.picture}}
-%   \end{figure}%
-%   \endgroup
-%
-%   The more preferable way for usage of |\floatbox| is to put table
-%   caption \emph{above} table contents and set caption width equal
-%   to table width. Caption position was defined in document preamble
-%   by command |\floatsetup[table]{style=Plaintop}|
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{table}
-%\floatbox{table}[\FBwidth] {\caption{Simple tabular in
-%\cmd{\floatbox}
-% with caption above}\label{tab:tabII}}
-%{\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
-%  \hline
-%  Column head  & Data I    & Data II   \\
-%  \hline
-%  First row    &         1 &         2 \\
-%...
-%  \hline
-%\end{tabular}}
-%\end{table}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
-%   \begin{table}
-%   \floatbox{table}[\FBwidth]
-%   {\caption{Simple tabular with caption
-%    above}\label{tab:tabII}}
-%   {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
-%     \hline
-%     \thead{Column head}  & \thead{Data I}    & \thead{Data II}   \\
-%     \hline
-%     First row    &         1 &         2 \\
-%     Second row   &         3 &         4 \\
-%     Third row    &         6 &         8 \\
-%     Fourth row   & \llap{1}0 & \llap{1}6 \\
-%     \hline
-%   \end{tabular}}
-%   \end{table}%
-%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
-%   as shown in table~\ref{tab:tabII}. To fit size of caption (i.e full
-%   float box) to size of \env{tabular} environment there was used
-%   |\FBwidth| command in \meta{width} argument.
-%
-%   The next example shows \env{figure} environment with beside caption.
-%   In this example only |\capbeside| command used in \meta{preamble}
-%   argument, and |\FBwidth| in \meta{width} argument. The caption
-%   occupies the rest space of float box's width, |\hsize| (in current
-%   example the width float box equals to main text width---|\textwidth|).
-%
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}
-%\floatbox[\capbeside]{figure}[\FBwidth]
-% {\caption[Beside caption]{Beside caption ...}\label{...}}
-% {...}
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \begin{figure}[h]
-%   \floatbox[\capbeside]{figure}[\FBwidth]
-%   {\caption[Beside caption]{Beside caption and more text
-%   and some more text and a bit more text and
-%   a little more text and a little peace of text to fill
-%   space}\label{fig:beside:mouse}}
-%   {{\setlength\unitlength{4cm/58}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%     \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%   \input{Mouse.picture}}}
-%   \end{figure}
-%
-%   The default width of beside object and caption are equal to one
-%   ``column'' width, i.e. half of current |\hsize|
-%   (figure~\ref{intro:beside}) width excluding float margins and
-%   separation material between float and caption. (See more examples
-%   with float and beside captions in appendix, page~\pageref{fig:Idog:w}.)
-%
-%
-%   \subsubsection{User Commands for Float Boxes}
-%
-%   The usage of plain |\floatbox| command sometimes is rather complex.
-%   You may define commands-abbreviations for your own purposes and
-%   define there some additional style settings.
-%
-%   The definition of new float abbreviation looks like:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\newfloatcommand|\marg{command}%^^A\\\strut\qquad
-%   \marg{captype}\oarg{preamble}\oarg{default width}
-%   \end{quote}
-%   where:
-%   \begin{description}
-%   \item[\meta{command}]the user's command name (without backslash);
-%   \item[\meta{captype}]the name of float environment
-%     this command is created for;
-%   \item[\meta{preamble}]
-%     you may use commands, mentioned in page~\pageref{floatboxsets}
-%     and other layout commands, like was shown in examples;
-%     you may try to add any other regular command (e.g. |\captionsetup|
-%     or |\thisfloatsetup| stuff);
-%   \item[\meta{default width}]here you put any dimension like |6cm|
-%     or |.75\textwidth|\footnote{There is also exists possibility to set
-%     common width for current float type of float using
-%     \texttt{floatwidth} key in \cmd{\floatsetup} stuff.}; if you
-%     put |\FBwidth| command the width of object---caption box (in case of
-%     caption above or below object---there could be defined
-%     |\nocapbeside| in \meta{preamble}) or width of object box (if caption
-%     stays beside object---|\capbeside| in \meta{preamble}) will be equal
-%     to width of object.
-%   \end{description}
-%
-%   There are three already defined commands-abbreviations:\label{abbrcom}
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\newfloatcommand{ffigbox}{figure}[\nocapbeside]|\\*
-%   |\newfloatcommand{fcapside}{figure}[\capbeside]|\\*
-%   |\newfloatcommand{ttabbox}{table}[\captop][\FBwidth]|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   First two defined for figures and last one---for table. You may
-%   redefine existing macros using |\renewfloatcommand| command (it uses
-%   the same arguments as |\newfloatcommand| one).
-%
-%
-%   \subsection{Building Float Row}\label{sec:floatrow}
-%
-%   If you need to put two or more floats of one type side by side, you
-%   may use \env{floatrow} environment.
-%
-%   This environment looks like:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\begin{floatrow}[|\meta{number of beside floats}|]|\\
-%   |\floatbox...|\\
-%   |...|\\
-%   |\floatbox...|\\
-%   |...|\\
-%   |\end{floatrow}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%
-%   And here is example. The first float (used |\ffigbox|) has default
-%   width equal to ``column'' width, the next uses width of included
-%   graphic (uses command |\FBwidth| in optional argument \meta{width}),
-%   third one occupies the rest horizontal space of page which was
-%   counted with command |\Xhsize|.
-%
-%   \emph{Note}. Usually the command |\Xhsize| is used for the last float
-%   box. But if you use \pkg{calc} package you may try to use |\Xhsize|
-%   earlier, if the \emph{absolute} value of the width of float boxes to
-%   the right in float row is known, or set something in \meta{width}
-%   argument like |\Xhsize/2| and then |\Xhsize| for two last
-%   |\floatbox|'es, see sample files~\file{frsample10}--\file{frsample12},
-%   and also sample file \file{fr-sample.tex}.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{floatrow}[3]
-%\ffigbox
-%{\caption{Beside figure~I...}...}
-%{...}
-%
-%\ffigbox[\FBwidth]
-%{\caption{Beside figure~II...}...}
-%{...}
-%
-%\ffigbox[\Xhsize]
-%{\caption{Beside figure~III...}...}
-%{...}
-%\end{floatrow}
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \begin{figure}
-%   \begin{floatrow}[3]
-%   \ffigbox
-%   {\caption{Beside figure~I, ``column'' width}%
-%   \label{fig:row:WcatI}}
-%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%    \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%   \input{TheCat.picture}}
-%
-%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
-%   {\caption{Beside figure~II in \env{floatrow}, float box has the
-%     width of graphic}%
-%   \label{fig:row:BcatI}}
-%   {\unitlength1.25\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%     \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%   \input{TheBlackCat.picture}}
-%
-%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize]
-%   {\caption{Beside figure~III in \env{floatrow},
-%   occupies the rest of row}%
-%   \label{fig:row:mouseI}}
-%   {{\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%     \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%   \input{Mouse.picture}}}
-%   \end{floatrow}
-%   \end{figure}%
-%   The result you see in the row of
-%   figures~\ref{fig:row:WcatI}--\ref{fig:row:mouseI}. The vertical
-%   alignment of floats lays on the bottom of upper part (here: objects)
-%   of float and the top of lower part (captions).
-%
-%   \subsection{Usage of Footnotes Inside Float Environment}
-%   \label{sec:floatfootnote}
-%
-%   Sometimes table or figure contents have material, which authors mark
-%   and then write some explanation like footnotes. Current package has
-%   mechanism which allows to put footnotes inside float environment, in
-%   the same way as is in \env{minipage} environment.
-%
-%   In the case of few elements have the same footnote, we cannot
-%   use standard |\footnotemark|---|\footnotetext| combination, because
-%   of |\footnotemark| creates the sign of main text footnote.
-%   For these cases current package offers |\mpfootnotemark| macro
-%   instead of |\footnotemark|%
-%   \footnote{The same macro also is defined in \pkg{footmisc} package,
-%   version 4.10, dated 2003/01/20.}.
-%
-%   The |\floatbox| macro uses special own definition of footnote rule
-%   (the |\FBfootnoterule| command) and skip before footnotes and
-%   explications or legends (|footskip=|). (See also
-%   page~\pageref{sec:footnotestyle} for variants of footnote rule.)
-%
-%   \subsubsection{The Legend-Like Macro}\label{subsec:floatfoot}
-%
-%   In the case of table or figure have some additional explanations
-%   which could not put in caption contents and they are definitely not
-%   a footnote you may use |\floatfoot| command. The |\floatfoot| is
-%   build by usage of |\caption| stuff and uses caption's justification,
-%   but star form (|\floatfoot*|) prints its contents as plain unindented
-%   paragraph (see table~\ref{tab:floatfoot}).
-%
-%   For defining of explication font use \texttt{footfont=} key
-%   (page~\pageref{sec:setfloatfoot}) in |\floatsetup|. You may try to
-%   define special settings for float foot using
-%   \cmd{\captionsetup[floatfoot]} setup.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{table}
-%\ttabbox
-%{\caption{Table with additional foot material}%
-%\label{tab:floatfoot}}
-%{\extrarowheight1pt
-% \tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
-% \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
-%  \hline
-%  ...
-% \end{tabular}%
-% \floatfoot*{`Data I' column ...}}
-%\end{table}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
-%   \begin{table}
-%   \ttabbox
-%   {\caption{Table with additional foot material}%^^A
-%   \label{tab:floatfoot}}%^^A
-%    {\extrarowheight1pt\tabcolsep2\tabcolsep
-%   \begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}
-%     \hline
-%     \thead{Column head}  & \thead{Data I}     & \thead{Data II} \\
-%     \hline
-%     First row    & \phantom01 & 2       \\
-%     Second row   & \phantom06 & 4       \\
-%     Third row    &         28 & 8       \\
-%     \hline
-%   \end{tabular}%^^A
-%   \floatfoot*{`Data I' column---numbers which equal to sum of all
-%   their divisors; `Data II' column---$2^n$ values}}
-%   \end{table}%
-%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
-%
-%   \emph{Notes.} 1)\enskip The \pkg{float} package defines additional
-%   optional argument after main caption text. Since this possibility
-%   didn't declared in user part of documentation the current version of
-%   \pkg{caption} (3.0 and later), and also \pkg{float\-row} package,
-%   doesn't support this possibility. You may use |\floatfoot| and
-%   |\footnotemark|/|\footnotetext| stuffs instead.
-%
-%   2)\enskip If you use both |\floatfoot| command and |\footnote|
-%   inside one float box, the |\floatfoot| appears above |\footnote|
-%   contents.
-%
-%   3)\enskip Foot material (footnotes and text in floatfoot) can be placed
-%   in several variants: at the very bottom of float box, below caption
-%   (even if caption is above float object). See page \pageref{foot:pos}
-%   and sample file \file{frsample01.tex}. In case of caption beside
-%   float object, footnotes and foot text always placed below caption.
-%
-%
-%   \subsection{Fine Tuning of Vertical Spaces of Float}
-%   \label{sec:FBabskips}
-%
-%   At the final variant of document you may need to correct vertical
-%   spaces between float and main text, between float object and
-%   caption.
-%
-%   To change space between float box and main text there you may use
-%   two simple commands |\FBaskip| and |\FBbskip|. For example define
-%   \begin{verse}
-%    |\renewcommand\FBaskip{-4pt}|
-%   \end{verse}
-%   to move up float box up (or reduce space above) by 4pt. In current
-%   document the |\FBaskip| command  was necessary for moving up
-%   some of wrapped figures.
-%
-%   Use |\vspace| command for vertical space correction around float
-%   object\footnote{The plain float environment allows usage of
-%   \cmd{\vskip} command. But \cmd{\floatbox} stuff
-%   (\cmd{\floatbox} itself, \cmd{\ffigbox} etc.) in case
-%   of usage of the \cmd{\FBwidth} option, gets error message
-%   when \cmd{\vskip} appears.}.
-%
-%   \subsection{Running Raw \LaTeX\ Floats}
-%
-%    The \pkg{floatrow} package redefines float environments for the case
-%    of creation of common layout for all floats. This redefinition creates
-%    some limitations for source document file, which were mentioned in
-%    introduction. If you still need a raw behavior of float environment,
-%    you may input a |\RawFloats| command \emph{inside} environment:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begingroup
-%\captionsetup[table]{position=top}
-%\begin{figure}\RawFloats
-%\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
-%\centering ...
-%\caption{...}\label{...}
-%\end{minipage}
-%\begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
-%\captionof{table}{...}\label{...}
-%\centering ...
-%\end{minipage}
-%\end{figure}
-%\endgroup
-%\end{verbatim}
-%    And you'll get figure~\ref{Right:expect:fig}
-%    and table~\ref{Right:expect:tab}\footnote{That could work correct if
-%    you do not use any fancy float layout.}.
-%    \begingroup
-%    \captionsetup[table]{position=top}
-%    \begin{figure}\RawFloats
-%    \begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
-%    \centering \input{Mouse.picture}
-%    \caption{A figure caption in raw \LaTeX}\label{Right:expect:fig}
-%    \end{minipage}
-%    \begin{minipage}{0.45\textwidth}
-%    \captionof{table}{A table caption in raw \LaTeX}\label{Right:expect:tab}
-%    \centering\tabcolsep3\tabcolsep
-%    \begin{tabular}{|c|c|} A & B  \\ C & D \end{tabular}
-%    \end{minipage}
-%    \end{figure}
-%    \endgroup
-%
-%    You may see that \env{floatrow} environment and |\floatbox| commands
-%    still work after |\RawFloats| (figure~\ref{intro:leftfig:raw} and
-%    table~\ref{intro:righttab:raw})
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}\RawFloats\CenterFloatBoxes
-% \begin{floatrow}
-%   \floatbox{figure}
-%    {...}{\caption{...}\label{...}}
-%
-%   \floatbox{table}[\FBwidth]
-%    {...}{\caption{...}\label{...}}
-% \end{floatrow}
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \begin{figure}\RawFloats\CenterFloatBoxes
-%    \begin{floatrow}
-%   \floatbox{figure}
-%   {\input{Mouse.picture}}
-%   {\caption{A figure caption in \cmd{\floatbox} in raw \LaTeX}%
-%   \label{intro:leftfig:raw}}%
-%
-%   \floatbox{table}[\FBwidth]
-%   {\caption{A table caption in \cmd{\floatbox} in raw
-%     \LaTeX}\label{intro:righttab:raw}}
-%   {\tabcolsep3\tabcolsep
-%    \begin{tabular}{|c|c|} A & B  \\ C & D
-%    \end{tabular}}
-%    \end{floatrow}
-%   \end{figure}%^^A
-%   See also page~\pageref{mixrow} about how to set and align different
-%   float types like figure~\ref{intro:leftfig:raw} and
-%   table~\ref{intro:righttab:raw} in one row (\env{floatrow} environment).
-%
-%
+%\clearpage
 %   \section{Style Tandems}
 %
 %   The next few sections show examples and explain some noticed
-%   features with usage of \pkg{floatrow} and another package. There is not
+%   features with usage of \package{floatrow} and another package. There is not
 %   the full list of style compatibilities. You may succeed with other
 %   versions of mentioned packages, and maybe with not mentioned
 %   packages too.
 %
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{caption} Package}
+%   \subsection{The \package{caption} Package}\label{ssec:caption}
 %
-%   Tested with versions v3.0a--v3.0i.
+%   Tested (and compatible) with version v3.0q.
 %
-%   The \pkg{caption} package has strong mechanism of creating of
-%   caption layout, so \pkg{floatrow} addresses the creation of new
-%   caption styles to this package (see documentation for \pkg{caption}
+%   The \package{caption} package has strong mechanism of creating of
+%   caption layout, so \package{floatrow} addresses the creation of new
+%   caption styles to this package (see documentation for \package{caption}
 %   package).
 %
-%   The \pkg{floatrow} adds possibility to create a variations of captions
+%   The \package{floatrow} adds possibility to create a variations of captions
 %   for floats in different positions or layouts (e.g. like wide or
 %   two-column floats or rotated floats) using optional argument of
 %   |\captionsetup|.
 %
 %   For example you want to create special caption layout for wide or
 %   two-column floats. In this case you may use
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %   |\captionsetup[widefloat]|\marg{options}
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   or for wide or two-column figures:
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %   |\captionsetup[widefigure]|\marg{options}
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   The priority of |\captionsetup| optional arguments is similar to
 %   |\floatsetup| ones. In current examples |\captionsetup[widefigure]|
 %   will be stronger than |\captionsetup[widefloat]|. The priority
 %   and usage of ``\meta{float subtypes}'' in optional arguments
 %   see on the page~\pageref{stsetorder}\label{cap:beside:order}).
 %
+%   \subsection{The \package{subfig} Package}\label{ssec:subfig}
 %
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{subfig} Package}
+%   Tested (and compatible) with version 1.3,
+%   dated 2005/06/28. For the \package{subfig} package there are additional
+%   macros in \package{floatrow} which create of row of subfloats;
+%   put subcaption label beside contents of subfloat; put alone
+%   subcaption label.
 %
-%   Tested with version 1.2 dated 2004/01/28 and 1.3.
-%   dated 2005/06/28.\nopagebreak
+%   \subsubsection{Additions in \package{floatrow}}
 %
 %   The example with \cmd{\subfloat}'s (table~\ref{tab:tabIII}). The
-%   setting command in preamble |\floatsetup[table]{style=Plaintop}|
+%   setting command in preamble |\floatsetup[table]{style=Plaintop}|%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Subcaption above subtable}{FAD:subcapabove}
 %   includes also settings for subcaption positions used with
-%   \pkg{subfloat} package (like |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}| in
-%   \pkg{caption} package):
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{table}\extrarowheight1pt
-%  \floatbox{table}[\FBwidth]
-%   {\caption{Two ...}\label{...}}
-%   {\begin{subfloatrow}
-%     \subfloat[First subtable]
-%      {\begin{tabular}{...}
-%       ...
-%       \end{tabular}}
-%
-%   \subfloat[Second subtable with long long long subcaption]
-%   {\begin{tabular}{...}
-%     ...
-%   \end{tabular}}%
-%   \end{subfloatrow}}
-%\end{table}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%   \package{subfloat} package (like |\captionsetup[table]{position=top}| in
+%   \package{caption} package):
+%\begin{Quote}\obeylines\parskip-.15pt
+%|\begin{table}\extrarowheight1pt|\nopagebreak
+%|  \floatbox{table}[\FBwidth]|
+%|   {\caption{Two ...}\label{...}}|
+%|   {\begin{subfloatrow}|
+%|     \subfloat[First table]|
+%\verb+      {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}+
+%|        ...\end{tabular}}|
+%|     \subfloat[Second table...]|
+%\verb+      {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|}+
+%|        ...\end{tabular}%|
+%|    \end{subfloatrow}}}|
+%|\end{table}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
 %   \captionsetup[subtable]{textfont=md}
-%   \begin{table}[h]\extrarowheight1pt
+%   \begin{table}[h]\extrarowheight1pt\tabcolsep1.25\tabcolsep
 %   \floatbox{table}[\FBwidth]
 %   {\caption{Two \cmd{\subtable}'s
-%    (created with \pkg{subfig} package)}\label{tab:tabIII}}
+%    (created with \package{subfig} package)}\label{tab:tabIII}}
 %   {\begin{subfloatrow}
 %     \subfloat[First subtable]
 %      {\begin{tabular}{|l|>{\phantom0}c|>{\phantom0}c|}
@@ -2340,20 +3423,19 @@
 %   \end{table}%
 %   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
 %
-%   \emph{Note.} There was used \env{subfloatrow} environment in current
-%   example. This is simplified \env{floatrow} environment, which
+%   The \env{subfloatrow} is simplified \env{floatrow} environment, which
 %   expands vertical alignment of float contents to subfloats and
 %   puts  horizontal separator, defined by \texttt{subfloatrowsep=}
 %   key. This key and uses the same options
 %   as \texttt{floatrowsep=} and \texttt{capbesidesep=} keys (options of
 %   these keys defined by |\DeclareFloatSeparators| command,
-%   page~\pageref{decl:sep}).
+%   page~\pageref{setup:DeclareFloatSeparators}).
 %
 %^^A   To use \env{subfloatrow} environment load
-%^^A   \pkg{fr-subfig}\footnote{This package could have only beta-status,
-%^^A   because of it redefines two macros of \pkg{subfig} package for
+%^^A   \package{fr-subfig}\footnote{This package could have only beta-status,
+%^^A   because of it redefines two macros of \package{subfig} package for
 %^^A   creation of subcaption and subfloat boxes.} package installed
-%^^A   together with \pkg{floatrow}.\pagebreak[3]
+%^^A   together with \package{floatrow}.\pagebreak[3]
 %
 %   See examples with \env{subfloatrow} environment in sample files
 %   \file{frsample03.tex}, \file{frsample05.tex}; and also
@@ -2362,41 +3444,239 @@
 %
 %   The next goes example with beside caption (see
 %   figure~\ref{fig:subfig:catsI}).%^^A
-%   \footnote{In version 1.2 the beside boxed and non-boxed subfloat
-%   contents (like in figure~\ref{fig:subfig:catsI}) could not get aligned
-%   bottom (top) subcaptions. In this example I ought to use following
-%   lines for subfigure~\ref{subfig:b}, when \pkg{pstricks} package is
-%   loaded:\\[2ex]\ttfamily
-%   \cmd{\raisebox}\{\cmd{\depth}\}\{\cmd{\input}\{\texttt
-%       {TheBlackCat.picture}\}\}}
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\floatsetup{style=Shadowbox,capbesidesep=columnsep,
-%  capbesideframe=yes,capbesideposition={top,inside}}
-%\fcapside[\FBwidth]
-%   {\begin{subfloatrow}
-%   \subfloat[White cat\label{subfig:w}]{%
-%     {\input{TheCat.picture}}}
-%
-%   \subfloat[Black cat\label{subfig:b}]{\input{TheBlackCat.picture}}%
-%   \end{subfloatrow}}
-%{\caption{...}}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%^^A%   \footnote{In version 1.2 the beside boxed and non-boxed subfloat
+%^^A%   contents (like in figure~\ref{fig:subfig:catsI}) could not get aligned
+%^^A%   bottom (top) subcaptions. In this example I ought to use following
+%^^A%   lines for subfigure~\ref{subfig:b}, when \package{pstricks} package is
+%^^A%   loaded:\\[2ex]\ttfamily
+%^^A%   \cmd{\raisebox}\{\cmd{\depth}\}\{\cmd{\input}\{\texttt
+%^^A%       {Cat.picture}\}\}}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}\nopagebreak
+%|\floatsetup[figure]{|\hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}|=Shadowbox,|%^^A
+%     \hyperref[setup:capbesidesep]{\texttt{capbesidesep}}|=columnsep,|
+%|    |\hyperref[setup:capbesideframe]{\texttt{capbesideframe}}|=yes,|%^^A
+%     \hyperref[setup:capbesideposition]{\texttt{capbesideposition}}|={left,top}}|
+%|\floatsetup[subfigure]{|\hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}|=plain}|
+%|\DeclareCaptionLabelFormat{list}{\bothIfFirst{#1}{ }#2)}|
+%|\captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=list,justification=centerlast,|
+%|      strut=no}|\nopagebreak
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\fcapside[\FBwidth]|
+%|   {\begin{subfloatrow}|
+%|   \subfloat[...\label{...}]{...}|
+%|   \subfloat[...\label{...}]{...}%|
+%|   \end{subfloatrow}}|
+%|{\caption{...}}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   \floatsetup[figure]{style=Shadowbox,capbesidesep=columnsep,
-%     capbesideframe=yes,capbesideposition={top,inside}}
+%     capbesideframe=yes,capbesideposition={left,top}}
+%   \floatsetup[subfigure]{style=plain}
+%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{labelformat=list,justification=centerlast,strut=no}
 %   \begin{figure}[h]
 %   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
 %   {\begin{subfloatrow}
-%   \subfloat[White cat\label{subfig:w}]{%
-%     {\input{TheCat.picture}}}
+%   \subfloat[One cat\label{subfig:w}]{%
+%     {\input{Cat.picture}}}
+%   \subfloat[Another cat\label{subfig:b}]{\input{TheCat.picture}}%
+%   \end{subfloatrow}}
+%   {\caption[Subfloat row]{Beside
+%       caption vertically top aligned; fancy
+%   \texttt{Shadowbox} layout. There are two subfigures:
+%   \protect\ref{subfig:w} and \protect\ref{subfig:b}}\label{fig:subfig:catsI}}
+%   \end{figure}
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\sidesubfloat}
+%   Another addition in \package{floatrow} for subfloats is command,%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Subcaption beside subfloat}{FAD:sublabelbeside}
+%   which puts subcaption label beside subfloat. The subcaption label always
+%   appears on the left side. The key |subcapbesideposition=|
+%   \DescribeMacro{subcapbesideposition}\label{setup:subcapbesideposition}%^^A
+%   sets vertical alignment of beside subcaption and subfloat.
+%   The options analogous to options for |capbesideposition=| key:
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}\samepage
+%     \item[top]
+%     subcaption label aligned to the top of object;
+%     \item[bottom]
+%     subcaption label aligned to the bottom of object;
+%     \item[center]
+%     subcaption label aligned to the center of float contents.
+%   \end{Options}
+%
+%   The figure~\ref{fig:subfig:catsII} shows layout with subfloat labels beside.
+%   \begingroup
+%   \begin{Quote}%
+%\meta{preamble}\nopagebreak
+%|...|
+%|\floatsetup[figure]{|\hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}|=plain,|%^^A
+%   \hyperref[setup:subcapbesideposition]{\texttt{subcapbesideposition}}|=top}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%   |\begin{figure}[H]|
+%   |  \ffigbox[\FBwidth]|
+%   |    {\begin{subfloatrow}|
+%   |       \sidesubfloat[]{...\label{...}}%|
+%   | |
+%   |       \sidesubfloat[]{...\label{...}}%|
+%   |     \end{subfloatrow}}|
+%   |{\caption[...]{...}\label{...}}|
+%   |\end{figure}|
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain,subcapbesideposition=top}
+%   \begin{figure}[h]
+%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
+%   {\begin{subfloatrow}
+%   \sidesubfloat[]{%
+%     {\input{Cat.picture}\label{subfig:wI}}}
 %
-%   \subfloat[Black cat\label{subfig:b}]{\input{TheBlackCat.picture}}%
+%   \sidesubfloat[]{\input{TheCat.picture}\label{subfig:bI}}%
 %   \end{subfloatrow}}
-%   {\caption{Beside caption vertically top aligned with fancy
-%   \texttt{Shadowbox} layout}\label{fig:subfig:catsI}}
+%   {\caption[Subfloat row (labels beside)]{Beside caption vertically centered.
+%   There are two subfigures:
+%   \protect\ref{subfig:wI} and \protect\ref{subfig:bI}}\label{fig:subfig:catsII}}
 %   \end{figure}
+%   \endgroup
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\subfloatlabel}
+%   There are cases when usage of something like |\subfloat[]{\label{..}}|
+%   is needed. The first case shows the figure~\ref{fig:subfig:catsIII}---the
+%   funny \env{picture} environment where subfloat labels were |\put|
+%   as a part of subfigures.
+%   Other---when you use mechanism of \package{psfrag} package and replace text entries
+%   from PostScript file with \LaTeX{} ones. Unfortunately, the \package{subfig} package
+%   creates unnecessary spaces around alone subfloat label in the
+%   |\subfloat[]{\label{..}}| combination. The \package{fr-subfig} tries to fix this problem.
+%
+%   This command based on |\subfloat[]{\label{..}}| sentence and
+%   puts alone subcaption label with necessary number. The full variant
+%   of |\subfloatlabel|
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\subfloatlabel|\oarg{subfloat number}\oarg{label entry}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   is the abbreviation of the following:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\setcounter|\marg{sub{\upshape\texttt{\char`\\@captype}}}\marg{subfloat number-1}
+%   |\subfloat[]{\label{|\meta{label entry}|}}|
+%   \end{Quote}
 %
-% \newpage
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{wrapfig} Package}
+%
+%   \begingroup
+%   \begin{Quote}%
+%\meta{preamble}\nopagebreak
+%|...|
+%|\floatsetup[figure]{|\hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}|=plain}|
+%|\DeclareCaptionListOfFormat{comma-separated}{#1,\,#2}|
+%|\captionsetup[subfigure]{listofformat=comma-separated}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%   |\begin{figure}[h]|
+%   |\fcapside[\FBwidth]|
+%   |    {\unitlength2\unitlength\fboxsep-.4pt|
+%   |       \begin{picture}(90,30)(0,0)|
+%   |           \put(0,0){\framebox(40,30)[bl]{}}|
+%|...|
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}
+%   \captionsetup[subfigure]{listofformat=comma-separated}
+%   \begin{figure}[h]
+%   \fcapside[\FBwidth]
+%   {\unitlength2\unitlength\fboxsep-.4pt
+%   \begin{picture}(90,30)(0,0)
+%   \put(0,0){\framebox(40,30)[bl]{}}
+%   \put(2,2){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\subfloat[]{\label{subfig:wII}}}}
+%   \put(0,0){
+%   \put(8,10){\put(4.5,4.5){\oval(9,9)[t]}
+%             \put(4.5,4.5){\line(0,1){4.5}}
+%             \put(0,4.5){\line(1,0){9}}}
+%   \put(23,10){\put(4.5,4.5){\oval(9,9)[t]}
+%             \put(4.5,4.5){\line(0,1){4.5}}
+%             \put(0,4.5){\line(1,0){9}}}}
+%
+%   \put(50,0){\framebox(40,30)[bl]{}}
+%   \put(52,2){\makebox(0,0)[bl]{\subfloatlabel[3][subfig:bII]{}%^^A
+%   }}%^^A\label{}
+%   \put(50,0){
+%   \put(6,18){\put(0,0){\line(2,3){5}}
+%             \put(10,0){\line(-2,3){5}}}
+%   \put(24,18){\put(0,0){\line(2,3){5}}
+%              \put(10,0){\line(-2,3){5}}}}
+%   \end{picture}}
+%   {\caption[The graphic with subfloat labels]{%^^A
+%   Here are two simple subfigures.
+%   First shows cat's eyes (\protect\ref{subfig:wII}), labeled with
+%   \cs{subfloat}\texttt{[]\char`\{\char`\}} macro;
+%   with \cs{subfloatlabel}\texttt{[3][subfig:bII]} sentence were labeled the cat's ears
+%   (\protect\subref{subfig:bII})}%^^A
+%   \label{fig:subfig:catsIII}}
+%   \end{figure}
+%   Please look at the definition of reference to the subfigure, key |listofformat=|.
+%   This format is used, in particular, by |\subref| command: the |\subref{subfig:bII}| gives
+%   reference to the subfigure \subref{subfig:bII}.
+%   \endgroup
+%
+%   \clearpage
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsection{The \package{longtable} Package}\label{ssec:longtable}
+%
+%   Tested with version v4.11, dated 2004/02/01.
+%
+%   \subsubsection{Additions in \package{floatrow}}
+%     \label{ssec:LTcapwidth}
+%
+%   There was added a patch to the |\LT@array| macro (\package{longtable}
+%   package)\footnote{Thanks to A. Sommerfeldt for help to make this
+%   code compact.}: this patch adds the same font settings
+%   as for \env{table} environments, and adds code which helps
+%   to get width of \env{longtable} caption equal to the
+%   width of table. For settings of caption width there was created a key.
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{LTcapwidth}\label{setup:LTcapwidth}%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Caption width equals to longtable's}{FAD:LTcapwidth}
+%   This key could have any value, like |5cm| or |\hsize|. In this cases this
+%   key does work of |\LTcapwidth| command. If you'll write
+%   \texttt{LTcapwidth=table} or \texttt{LTcapwidth=contents}, you will get
+%   caption width equal to the width of table. In this case settings for
+%   width of caption use information from \texttt{aux}-file, so you'll get
+%   correct caption width at the time when the width of full table become
+%   stable.
+%
+%   The \env{longtable} environment uses layout settings from
+%   |\floatsetup[table]| and |\floatsetup[longtable]| macros.
+%   The |\floatsetup[longtable]| will be ``strongest'' in this pair.\medskip
+%
+%   \emph{The addition with version 0.1k}. There is added a
+%   \textrm{beta-temp}\footnote{Again, like with \package{listpen} package, I
+%   hope that such support sooner or later could appear in
+%   \package{longtable} and think it is better to follow
+%   grammar of master-package for similar situations.} package
+%   with simple additions,  which allow creation of special head for last
+%   page of longtable environment and special foot for pages before last.
+%
+%^^A%   \DescribeMacro{\LTlastpage}
+%   \DescribeMacro{\endlasthead}
+%   \DescribeMacro{\endprelastfoot}
+%^^A%   The command |\LTlastpage|, defined by hand, tells to \package{longtable}'s
+%^^A%   redefined macro the number of pages in longtable environment.
+%   The |\endlasthead| command defined for last head of longtable; second command,
+%   |\endprelastfoot|, defined for foot on the page before last.
+%   Since these names of commands ``intrude'' in the \package{longtable} naming
+%   territory they defined if they are still unknown, i.e. the main,
+%   \package{longtable}, package didn't defined them.
+%   The syntax also analogous as for commands |\endhead|, |\endfirsthead| etc.
+%   (See examples and additional explanation in the sample file
+%    \texttt{sample-longtable.tex} file.)
+%
+%^^A%   \DescribeMacro{\floatfoot}
+%   The footnote stuff  inside \env{longtable} works like in main
+%   text and put text of footnotes
+%   at the bottom of page\footnote{See also \env{longtable} documentation.}.
+%   The command for legends or explications, |\floatfoot|, in current version
+%   inside \env{longtable} has emulation mode, and needs stuff,
+%   similar to |\noalign{\floatfoot{...}}|. Since default font definition for explications (|\floatfoot|) also
+%   set to |\footnotesize|, like for footnotes, you may put footnotes-emulations at this
+%   explication block, using |\mpfootnotemark| commands.
+%
+% \clearpage
+%   \subsection{The \package{wrapfig} Package}\label{ssec:wrapfig}
 %
 %   \begingroup
 %   \def\FBaskip{-12pt}
@@ -2404,25 +3684,24 @@
 %     footposition=caption}
 %   \begin{wrapfigure}[10]{O}{40mm}
 %^^A   \ffigbox[40mm]
-%   {\caption{Wrapped plain figure (\pkg{wrapfig} package)}%
+%   {\caption{Wrapped plain figure (\package{wrapfig} package)}%
 %   \floatfoot{Plain figure fails with package version
 %   3.3}\label{fig:wrapfig:WcatI}}
-%   {\unitlength1.2\unitlength
-%    \ifx\pspicture\undefined\else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+%   {\unitlength1.095\unitlength
 %   \input{TheCat.picture}}
 %   \end{wrapfigure}
 %
-%   Tested with version 3.3 dated 1999/10/12 (style from \pkg{ltxmisc}
+%   Tested with version 3.3 dated 1999/10/12 (style from \package{ltxmisc}
 %   bundle) and 3.6 dated 2003/01/31 (the separate \LaTeX\ package).
 %
 %   Options for environment (text borrowed from package comments):
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\begin{wrapfigure}%|\\*
-%   \strut\quad\oarg{number}\marg{placement}|%|\\*
-%   \strut\quad\oarg{overhang}\marg{width of figure}\\
-%   |...|\\*
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\begin{wrapfigure}%|\nopagebreak
+%   \strut\quad\oarg{number}\marg{placement}|%|\nopagebreak
+%   \strut\quad\oarg{overhang}\marg{width of figure}
+%   |...|
 %   |\end{wrapfigure}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   \meta{Placement} is one of \texttt{r}, \texttt{l}, \texttt{i},
 %   \texttt{o}, \texttt{R}, \texttt{L}, \texttt{I}, \texttt{O},  for
 %   right, left, inside, outside. Lowercase letters set unfloated
@@ -2431,33 +3710,33 @@
 %   |\wrapoverhang|, which is normally zero. The \meta{number} of
 %   wrapped text lines is normally calculated from the height of the
 %   figure, but may be specified manually, e.g.
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\begin{wrapfigure}[10]{r}[34pt]{5cm}|\\* \meta{figure}\\*
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   |\begin{wrapfigure}[10]{r}[34pt]{5cm}|\nopagebreak
+%       \meta{figure}\nopagebreak
 %   |\end{wrapfigure}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   \endgroup
 %
 %   \begingroup
 %   \def\FBaskip{-12pt}
 %   \floatsetup[figure]{style=BOXED,frameset={\fboxsep12pt}}
-%   \begin{wrapfigure}[14]{O}{0mm}
-%   \ffigbox[40mm]
-%   {\par{\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/64}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%     \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%   \input{TheCat.picture}}}
-%   {\caption{Wrapped figure in \cmd{\ffigbox} (\pkg{wrapfig} package)}%
+%   \par\begin{wrapfigure}[12]{o}{0mm}
+%   \ffigbox[44mm]
+%   {\par{\setlength\unitlength{.75\hsize/48}%^^A
+%   \input{Cat.picture}}}
+%   {\caption{Wrapped figure in \cmd{\ffigbox} (\package{wrapfig} package)}%
 %   \label{fig:wrapfig:WcatII}}
 %   \end{wrapfigure}
 %
 %   \emph{Floatrow note.}
 %   For figure, placed in \env{wrap...} environment you must set width
 %   in mandatory argument. If you'll write \texttt{0mm} as \marg{width
-%   of figure} argument, \pkg{wrapfig} package will count natural width
+%   of figure} argument, \package{wrapfig} package will count natural width
 %   of float contents.
 %
 %   Sometimes above (below) float box in \env{wrap...} environment
 %   appears unwanted space. To correct vertical position, use |\FBaskip|
-%   (|\FBbskip|) commands (see section~\ref{sec:FBabskips}).
+%   (|\FBbskip|) commands (see {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:FBabskips}).
 %
 %   \emph{Special settings}.
 %
@@ -2468,29 +3747,29 @@
 %   \begin{itemize}\itemsep0pt
 %   \item %
 %    if exists |\floatsetup[wrap|\meta{captype}|]{...}|
-%    \pkg{floatrow} uses these settings---they are the ``strongest''
+%    \package{floatrow} uses these settings---they are the ``strongest''
 %    settings; if they absent---uses settings of next item;
 %^^A   \end{itemize}
 %
 %^^A   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item
 %    if exists |\floatsetup[wrapfloat]{...}|
-%    \pkg{floatrow} uses these settings---these settings ``stronger''
+%    \package{floatrow} uses these settings---these settings ``stronger''
 %    than next ones; if they absent---settings of current
 %    float\\[\medskipamount]
 %    |\floatsetup[|\meta{captype}|]{...}|\,;\\[\medskipamount]
 %    if they absent---uses default settings
-%     (|\floatsetup{...}| or package settings).
+%     (|\floatsetup{...}| or package settings inside |\usepackage| command).
 %   \end{itemize}
 %
 %
-%   \emph{Founded limitations}.
+%   \emph{Founded limitations}.\nopagebreak
 %
 %   The usage of plain float environment in version 3.3 will
-%   not succeed with current version of \pkg{floatrow}---use |\floatbox|
+%   not succeed with current version of \package{floatrow}---use |\floatbox|
 %   stuff. The version 3.6 allows usage of plain \env{wrap...}
-%   environment with \texttt{plain} (or \texttt{ruled}) styles, but
-%   the framed styles, like \texttt{Boxed} (where text inside frames
+%   environment with \hyperref[setup:plain]{\texttt{plain}} (or \hyperref[setup:ruled]{\texttt{ruled}}) styles, but
+%   the framed styles, like \texttt{Boxed} (which use key |framefit=yes|, where text inside frames
 %   changes its |\hsize| to fit frames, fitted to defined |\hsize|)
 %   could work only with |\floatbox| macro, otherwise you'll get
 %   incorrect widths and layout.
@@ -2498,16 +3777,15 @@
 %
 %   \begingroup
 %   \floatsetup[figure]{style=WSHADOWBOX,captionskip=8pt}
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{floatflt} package}
+%   \subsection{The \package{floatflt} package}\label{ssec:floatflt}
 %
-%   \begin{floatingfigure}[v]{40mm}\def\FBaskip{-2.5pt}
-%   \ffigbox[42mm]
-%   {\setlength\unitlength{.85\hsize/60}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+%   \begin{floatingfigure}[v]{44mm}\def\FBaskip{-2.5pt}
+%   \ffigbox[44mm]
+%   {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/60}%%^^A
 %   \input{BlackDog.picture}}
 %   {\caption{\hyphenpenalty-100\pretolerance-1%
 %   Wrapped figure inside \env{floating\-figure} environment
-%   (\pkg{floatflt})}\label{fig:floatflt:WcatI}}
+%   (\package{floatflt})}\label{fig:floatflt:WcatI}}
 %   \end{floatingfigure}%\FBbuildtrue
 %
 %   \noindent Tested with version v\kern-1pt.1.3 dated
@@ -2518,10 +3796,10 @@
 %   environments need usage of |\floatbox| in any case, you can use
 %   either \env{floatingfigure} or \env{floatingtable} and put
 %   necessary float type in |\floatbox| argument (or use necessary
-%   macro-abbreviation).
+%   macro abbreviation, like |\ffigbox|).
 %
 %
-%   The next limitations could not tied with \pkg{floatrow} package.
+%   The next limitations could not tied with \package{floatrow} package.
 %
 %   2)\enskip If you put \env{floatingfigure} environment just after
 %   |\...section| command you need (if you do not indentation after
@@ -2535,30 +3813,28 @@
 %   |\makeatletter\@nobreakfalse\makeatother| (as was made in just
 %   before next section).
 %
-%   \makeatletter\@nobreakfalse\makeatother
+%   \RestoreSpaces
 %
-%   %^^A \penalty-10000
+%   %^^A\newpage
 %
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{picins} Package}
+%   \subsection{The \package{picins} Package}\label{ssec:picins}
 %
 %   \floatsetup[figure]{style=ruled}
 %
 %   \parpic[l]{{%\def\floatrowsep{}\let\FBiffloatrow\iftrue
-%   \def\FBbskip{14pt}
+%   \def\FBaskip{6pt}\def\FBbskip{14pt}
 %   \ffigbox[42mm]
-%   {{\setlength\unitlength{18mm/61}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%       \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%   \input{BlackCat.picture}}}
+%   {{\setlength\unitlength{20mm/72}%^^A
+%   \input{TheDog.picture}}}
 %   {\caption{Wrap\-ped figure (\cmd{\parpic});
-%   \cmd{\floatbox}
-%    with \cmd{\FBwidth} option}\label{fig:parpic:BcatI}}%
+%   \cmd{\floatbox}}\label{fig:parpic:BcatI}}%
 %   }}
 %
 %   \noindent Tested with version v\,3.0 dated 1999/10/12.
 %
 %   This package produces pictures inside paragraph. This package
 %   supports usage of captions with command |\piccaption|. It also allows
-%   the \pkg{caption} package settings.
+%   the \package{caption} package settings.
 %
 %   The \cmd{\parpic} macro usually allows usage of |\floatbox| macro
 %   inside of its mandatory argument.
@@ -2566,21 +3842,22 @@
 %^^A   \emph{Founded limitations}.\nopagebreak
 %
 %^^A   1)\enskip In |\parpic| argument you ought to put before |\floatbox|
-%^^A   following commands:\\[\medskipamount]
+%^^A   following commands:
+%^^A  \begin{Quote}%
 %^^A   |\def\floatrowsep{}|\allowbreak
-%^^A   |\let\FBiffloatrow\iftrue|\\[\medskipamount]
+%^^A   |\let\FBiffloatrow\iftrue|
+%^^A  \end{Quote}%
 %^^A   to get correct layout.
 %
-%   The next limitations could not tied with \pkg{floatrow} package.
+%   The next limitations could not tied with \package{floatrow} package.
 %
 %^^A   \floatsetup[figure]{style=DOUBLEBOX}
 %
 %^^A   \parpic[r]{{%\def\floatrowsep{}\let\FBiffloatrow\iftrue
 %^^A   \hsize36mm
 %^^A   \ffigbox[\hsize]
-%^^A   {{\setlength\unitlength{16mm/61}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%^^A   \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%^^A   \input{BlackCat.picture}}}
+%^^A   {{\setlength\unitlength{16mm/61}%^^A
+%^^A   \input{TheDog.picture}}}
 %^^A   {\caption{Wrapped figure (\cmd{\parpic})}\label{fig:parpic:BcatII}}%
 %^^A   }}
 %
@@ -2599,33 +3876,36 @@
 %
 %   \endgroup
 %
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{rotating} Package and \env{sideways\ldots}
-%             Environment}
+%   \subsection{The \package{rotating} Package and \env{sideways\ldots}
+%             Environment}\label{ssec:rotating}
 %
 %   Tested with version v2.13 dated Sep. 1992.
 %
 %   There is example (figure~\ref{fig:rot}) with rotated float, using
 %   \env{sidewaysfigure}.
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\floatsetup[figure]{style=WSHADOWBOX}
-%\begin{sidewaysfigure}\emptyfloatpage
-%\ffigbox[\FBwidth]
-%{\includegraphics[width=4in]{pslearn.eps}}
-%{\caption{Figure inside \env{sidewaysfigure} environment}%
-%\label{fig:rot}}
-%\end{sidewaysfigure}%
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=WSHADOWBOX}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\floatsetup[|\hyperref[setup:rotfigure]{\texttt{rotfigure}}|]{|%^^A
+%   \hyperref[setup:style]{\texttt{style}}|=WSHADOWBOX}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\begin{sidewaysfigure}\emptyfloatpage|
+%|\ffigbox[\FBwidth]|
+%|  {...}|
+%|  {\caption{Figure ...}%|
+%|  \label{...}}|
+%|\end{sidewaysfigure}%|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   \floatsetup[rotfigure]{style=WSHADOWBOX}
 %   \begin{sidewaysfigure}\emptyfloatpage
 %   \ffigbox[\FBwidth] {\includegraphics[width=4in]{pslearn}}
 %   {\caption{Figure inside \env{sidewaysfigure} environment}%
-%   \label{fig:rot}}
+%   \label{fig:rot:ii}}
 %   \end{sidewaysfigure}%
 %   %^^A For rotating floats on right side (like in
 %   %^^A current documentation) put in preamble
-%   %^^A \begin{quote}
+%   %^^A \begin{Quote}
 %   %^^A |\usepackage[figuresright]{rotating}|
-%   %^^A \end{quote}
+%   %^^A \end{Quote}
 %
 %
 %   \emph{Special settings}.\nopagebreak
@@ -2634,6 +3914,7 @@
 %   \env{sideways...} environment (see page \pageref{stsetorder}).
 %
 %   For one-column rotated float
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   \item %
 %    if exists |\floatsetup[rot|\meta{captype}|]{...}|
@@ -2645,7 +3926,7 @@
 %    ones; if they absent---settings for current float
 %    (|\floatsetup[|\meta{captype}|]{...}|);
 %    if they absent---uses default settings
-%    (|\floatsetup{...}| or package settings).
+%    (command |\floatsetup{...}| or package settings).
 %   \end{itemize}
 %
 %   For two-column or wide rotated float (starred environment)
@@ -2681,31 +3962,36 @@
 %
 %   \emph{Notes}.\nopagebreak
 %
-%   1)\enskip If you place two continued rotated floats on facing pages,
+%   1)\enskip If you place two continued rotated floats%^^A
+%   \FRmpar{Continued rotated floats}{FAD:ContRotated} on facing pages,
 %   the better way is to gather them to binder margin. For this reason you
-%   may define\footnote{In case \pkg{rotating} package has |[figuresright]|
+%   may define\footnote{In case  of \package{rotating} package has |[figuresright]|
 %   option, see also files \file{frsample10.tex}--\file{frsample12.tex}
 %   and code in  \file{fr-sample.tex}.} before first float
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %     |\buildFBBOX{\vbox to\rottextwidth\bgroup\vss}{\egroup}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   and before second one
-%   \begin{quote}
+%   \begin{Quote}
 %     |\buildFBBOX{\vbox to\rottextwidth\bgroup}{\vss\egroup}|
-%   \end{quote}
+%   \end{Quote}
 %   \medskip
-%   The |\rottextwidth| dimension---here is saved |\textwidth| of
+%   The |\rottextwidth| dimension---here is saved parameter |\textwidth| of the
 %   document---the |\columnwidth| and |\textwidth| inside
 %   \texttt{sideways...} environment are redefined and equal to
 %   |\textheight|.
 %
-%   2)\enskip In current example you may see command |\emptyfloatpage|.
-%   It is offered by \pkg{floatpagestyle} package, (installed with
-%   \pkg{floatrow} package). Macro |\emptyfloatpage| is abbreviation of
+%   2)\enskip In current example you may see command |\emptyfloatpage|.%^^A
+%    \FRmpar{Empty page style for rotated floats}{FAD:emptyfloatpage}
+%   It is offered by \package{floatpagestyle} package, (installed with
+%   \package{floatrow} package). Macro |\emptyfloatpage| is abbreviation of
 %   |\floatpagestyle{empty}|. The last macro redefines page style for
 %   the page where \emph{current} float environment appears.
 %
-%   The version 0.1h patches the core \LaTeX{} macro |\@outputpage|
+%   The version 0.1h patches the core \LaTeX{} macro
+%   |\@outputpage|\footnote{At the start of document
+%   \package{floatpagestyle} package puts additional code at the very beginning
+%   of this output routine.}
 %   and I hope that it could work.\footnote{If you know more honest
 %   way to get the same result---the redefinition of \emph{alone}
 %   \emph{float} page style (in the case when this page can \emph{float}
@@ -2713,23 +3999,28 @@
 %   |\label|---|\ref| mechanism, the |\floatpagestyle| command works
 %   after \emph{second} \LaTeX{} run.
 %
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{lscape} Package and \env{landscape} Environment}
+%   \RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsection{The \package{lscape} Package and \env{landscape}
+%        Environment}\label{ssec:lscape}
 %
 %   Tested with version v3.0a dated 1999/02/16.\nopagebreak
 %
 %\ifx\landscape\undefined\else
 %   \ifx\landscape\relax\else
 %   The example with usage of \env{landscape} environment from
-%   \pkg{lscape} package on the page~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}, figures
+%   \package{lscape} package on the page~\pageref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}, figures
 %   \ref{fig:rotrow:WcatI}--\ref{fig:rotrow:FcatI}):
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareFloatVCode{lowthickrule}{\kern2pt\hrule height.8ptdepth0pt}
-%\floatsetup[figure]{style=ruled,rowprecode=thickrule,
-%  rowpostcode=lowthickrule,capposition=TOP}
-%\begin{landscape}
-%\begin{figure}\emptyfloatpage
-%...
-%\end{verbatim}
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\DeclareFloatVCode{lowthickrule}{\kern2pt\rule{\hsize}{.8pt}}|
+%|\floatsetup[figure]{style=ruled,rowprecode=thickrule,|
+%|  rowpostcode=lowthickrule,capposition=TOP}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\begin{landscape}|
+%|\begin{figure}\emptyfloatpage|
+%|...|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   |\floatsetup| code sets \texttt{ruled} float style,
 %   then settings for above and below material are redefined:
 %   \texttt{rowprecode=} and \texttt{rowpostcode=} keys define thick
@@ -2738,96 +4029,64 @@
 %\fi\fi
 %
 %   The \env{landscape} environment creates a new page. It would be
-%   useful to start new section of document, e.g., appendix. (In current
+%   useful to rotate the whole new section of document, e.g., appendix. (In current
 %   document it was placed just before appendix)
 %
 %^^A   \emph{Founded limitations}.\nopagebreak
 %^^A   The tested version works incorrect (does not rotates contents)
-%^^A   with \pkg{hypcap} package.
+%^^A   with \package{hypcap} package.
 %
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{listings} Package}
+%   \subsection{The \package{listings} Package}\label{ssec:listings}
 %
 %   Tested with version v1.3 dated 2004/09/07.\nopagebreak
 %
 %   This package has its strong layout mechanism for creation for floating
-%   algorithms itself. The usage of |\lstset| command and \pkg{caption}
+%   algorithms itself. The usage of |\lstset| command and \package{caption}
 %   package settings gives you necessary result\footnote{Please note and read
-%   \pkg{caption} documentation: the co-operation of \pkg{caption}3.x and
-%   \pkg{listings} succeeds with version of last one not older than 1.2.}
+%   \package{caption} documentation: the co-operation of \package{caption}3.x and
+%   \package{listings} succeeds with version of last one not older than 1.2.}
 %   for algorithm type of float.
 %
-% \iffalse
-%   For the cases of appearance of listings inside of other float
-%   environments e.g. inside \env{figure} environments with boxed styles
-%   like \texttt{Boxed} and \texttt{BOXED} and with predefined float
-%   width, you ought to set:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   |\lstset{linewidth=\hsize}|
-%   \end{quote}
-%   in the preamble, or just before \env{lstlisting} environment. Or in
-%   optional argument of \env{lstlisting} environment---here you must set
-%   width like:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%      |\begin{lstlisting}[linewidth=\hsize]|
-%   \end{quote}
-% \fi
-%
 %   For the cases of appearance of listings inside of other float
-%   environments, which get settings from \pkg{floatrow}package,
+%   environments, which get settings from \package{floatrow} package,
 %   there is a limitation: you can't put \env{lstlisting} inside
 %   |\floatbox| contents.
 %
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{longtable} Package}
+%   \subsection{The \package{hyperref} and \package{hypcap} Packages}
 %
-%   There was added a patch to the |\LT@array| macro (\pkg{longtable}
-%   package)\footnote{Thanks to A. Sommerfeldt for help to make this
-%   code compact.}: this patch adds the same font settings
-%   as for \env{table} environments, and adds code which helps
-%   to get width of \env{longtable} caption equal to the
-%   width of table. For settings of caption width there was created a key.
-%
-%   \DescribeMacro{LTcapwidth=}
-%   This key could have any value, like |5cm| or |\hsize|. If you'll write
-%   \texttt{LTcapwidth=table} or \texttt{LTcapwidth=contents}, you will get
-%   caption width equal to the width of table. In this case settings for
-%   width of caption use information from \texttt{aux}-file, so you'll get
-%   correct caption width at the time when the width of full table become
-%   stable.
-%
-%   The \env{longtable} environment uses layout settings from
-%   |\floatsetup[table]| and |\floatsetup[longtable]| macros.
-%   The |\floatsetup[longtable]| will be ``strongest'' in this pair.
-%
-%   \subsection{The \pkg{hyperref} and \pkg{hypcap} Packages}
+%   There were tested versions v6.74i (\package{hyperref})
+%   and v1.3 (\package{hypcap}).
 %
-%   There were tested versions v6.74i (\pkg{hyperref})
-%   and v1.3 (\pkg{hypcap}).
-%
-%   The \pkg{floatrow} tries not to expand its code to |\caption| stuff.
-%   I hope that environments supported by \pkg{floatrow} won't
-%   make harm to \pkg{caption}---\pkg{hyperref}/\pkg{hypcap} tandem.
+%   The \package{floatrow} tries not to expand its code to |\caption| stuff.
+%   I hope that environments supported by \package{floatrow} won't
+%   make harm to \package{caption}---\package{hyperref}/\package{hypcap} tandem.
 %
 %   \subsection{The Incompatibilities}
 %
 %   The incompatibilities at first could follow the incompatibilities of
-%   \pkg{caption} 3.x package:
-%   \begin{quote}
-%   \pkg{ccaption}, \pkg{hvfloat}, \pkg{nonfloat}
-%   \end{quote}
-%
-%   The known incompatibilities of \pkg{floatrow} package itself
-%   is \pkg{sidecap} package\footnote{Despite that I'm trying
-%   to follow offered layouts of this package. Great thanks for
-%   Rolf Niepraschk and Hubert G\"{a}\ss{}lein for package with
+%   \package{caption} 3.x package:
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   \package{ccaption}, \package{hvfloat}, \package{nonfloat}, \package{captcont}, \package{ccaption},
+%   \package{ftcapt}, (\package{hvfloat}), \package{multicap}, \package{topcapt}, \package{nonfloat}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%
+%   The known incompatibilities of \package{floatrow} package itself:
+%   \quad 1)\nobreak\enskip \package{sidecap} package\footnote{Despite that
+%   I'm trying to follow all offered layouts of this package. Great thanks
+%   for Rolf Niepraschk and Hubert G\"{a}\ss{}lein for package with
 %   rich implementation of such float
-%   layouts.}: the \pkg{floatrow} package doesn't expands its
+%   layouts.}: the \package{floatrow} package doesn't expands its
 %   layouts to \env{SCfigure} and \env{SCtable} environments.
+%   \quad 2)\nobreak\enskip \package{ctable} package; if you used to use
+%   \package{ctable}'s tools, e.g. for tables, please set |\RawFloats[table]|
+%   in the preamble, and remember that commands like |\ttabbox| won't
+%   loose its strength (see also {\sectionname}~\ref{sec:rawfloats}).
 %
 %   \addtocontents{toc}{\string\pagebreak[3]}
 %   \section{Limitations}
 %
 %   There are known limitations, which were found during usage of
-%   \pkg{floatrow}:
+%   \package{floatrow}:
 %   \begin{itemize}
 %   %^^A \item %
 %   %^^A Limitations for boxed and ruled styles in beside floats: be
@@ -2840,7 +4099,7 @@
 %   You cannot use |\floatbox| stuff for floats with \texttt{verbatim}
 %   environment and/or |\verb|.
 %   \item %
-%   This limitation was mentioned above: the package uses
+%   This limitation was mentioned above: some tools of the package use
 %   |\label|---|\ref| mechanism, thus, if you use float layout which
 %   demands common height of objects and/or captions in float row,
 %   you'll get correct result after second or more  runs. If you change
@@ -2850,8 +4109,8 @@
 %   Beside captions and other facing layout will appears correctly only
 %   after second \LaTeX's run (sometimes you need to run more times).
 %   \item %
-%   The version 3.0a (and newer) of \pkg{caption} package and
-%   \pkg{floatrow} package do not support optional argument \emph{after}
+%   The  \package{caption} and
+%   \package{floatrow} package do not support optional argument \emph{after}
 %   caption ``title''. You may use |\floatfoot|
 %   macro after main caption argument.
 %   \item %
@@ -2902,7 +4161,7 @@
 %
 %   Thanks for Steven Cochran and Axel Sommerfeldt for all their advices
 %   and spirit. Special thanks for Axel for the patient answering, code, and
-%   help in \emph{all} my questions and problems in \pkg{floatrow} package.
+%   help in \emph{all} my questions and problems in \package{floatrow} package.
 %
 %   \medskip\noindent
 %   Thanks for \emph{all} involuntary (\La)\TeX{} teachers, who teaches
@@ -2917,11 +4176,11 @@
 %   \emph{Thanks for \emph{all} authors of second edition of \LaTeX{}
 %   Companion for this book.}
 %
-%\ifx\landscape\undefined\else
+%\ifx\landscape\undefined\else\begingroup
 %   \ifx\landscape\relax\else
 %   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
 %   \floatsetup[figure]{style=ruled,rowprecode=thickrule,
-%     rowpostcode=lowthickrule,capposition=TOP,
+%     rowpostcode=lowthickrule,capposition=TOP,margins=hangtoheads,
 %     footposition=caption}
 %   \newlength\Mylen\Mylen\textwidth
 %
@@ -2929,40 +4188,39 @@
 %
 %   \begin{figure}\emptyfloatpage
 %
-%   \begin{floatrow}[4]
+%   \begin{floatrow}[4]\label{example:ruledcapposTOP}%^^A
 %   \ffigbox[][][t]
 %   {{\input{TheCat.picture}}%^^A
 %    \footnotetext[1]{The
 %    picture was created with  \cmd{\qbezier}
 %    macro}}%
-%   {\caption[Beside figure~I, top of object box]%
-%    {Beside figure~I, top of object box\protect\mpfootnotemark}%
+%   {\caption[Figure in the row~I, top of object box]%
+%    {Figure in the row~I, top of object box\protect\mpfootnotemark}%
 %   \label{fig:rotrow:WcatI}}%
 %
 %   \floatbox{figure}[2\FBwidth][][b]
-%   {\caption{Beside figure~II, bottom of object box}%
+%   {\caption{Figure in the row~II, bottom of object box}%
 %   \label{fig:rotrow:BcatI}%
 %   \floatfoot{There are all \cmd{\qbezier} macros and only
 %              two vertical lines}}%
 %   {\input{BlackCat.picture}}%
 %
 %   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
-%   {{\unitlength2.5\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%     \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%   \input{Mouse.picture}}\footnote[2]%
+%   {{\unitlength2.5\unitlength
+%   \input{Cat.picture}}\footnote[2]%
 %    {Look at funny footnotemark!}}
-%   {\caption{Beside figure~III, center of object box}%
+%   {\caption{Figure in the row~III, center of object box}%
 %   \label{fig:rotrow:mouseI}\floatfoot{The Mouse-animal image}}%
 %
 %   \floatbox{figure}[\Xhsize][\Mylen]
-%   {\caption{Beside figure~IV}\label{fig:rotrow:FcatI}}
+%   {\caption{Figure in the row~IV}\label{fig:rotrow:FcatI}}
 %   {\Resizebox\hsize\vsize{35}{136}{\input{BlackCat2.picture}}}
 %   \end{floatrow}
 %
 %   \end{figure}
 %
 %   \end{landscape}
-%\fi\fi
+%\endgroup\fi\fi
 %
 %   \clearpage
 %   \suppressfloats[t]
@@ -2970,106 +4228,25 @@
 %
 %   \subsection{Miscellaneous}
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Mixed Row}
-%
-%   \floatsetup[figure]{style=Boxed,midcode=captionskip,
-%     frameset={\fboxsep12pt\fboxrule1pt}}
-%   Sometimes author (or designer) wants to put different types of floats,
-%   e.g., table and figure beside in one row. This situation creates
-%   some problems.
-%
-%   The first problem is that you must put different types of float in
-%   one float environment, which sets its own layout for included float
-%   box(es). For creation of right layouts write
-%   |\killfloatstyle| command at the beginning of \env{floatrow}
-%   environment or just before first ``foreign'' |\floatbox| macro (in
-%   current example---before |\ttabbox|; the |\ffigbox| macro is
-%   ``native'' for \env{figure} environment).
-%
-%   The second problem is that figures usually have captions below
-%   graphics, but tables could have caption \emph{above} their contents.
-%   The alignment of all floats is similar: the bottom of upper part and
-%   top of lower part. In this case if you want to put such beside figure
-%   and table you'll get undesirable result. For such situations you may
-%   use one of following commands:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\CenterFloatBoxes
-%\TopFloatBoxes
-%\BottomFloatBoxes
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   which align \emph{full} float boxes by center, top or bottom lines.
-%   These macros were created by |\buildFBBOX| macro.
-%   There is also |\PlainFloatBoxes| which restores standard behavior of
-%   |\floatbox|'es.
-%
-%   The usage of |\CenterFloatBoxes| and |\killfloatstyle| you'll see in
-%   mixed float row with figure~\ref{fig:rowmixspec:WcatI} and
-%   table~\ref{tab:rowmixspec:tabI}\label{mixrow}:
-%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}%
-%   \begin{figure}
-%   \begin{floatrow}
-%   \CenterFloatBoxes \killfloatstyle
-%   \ffigbox[\FBwidth]
-%   {{\unitlength1.15\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%     \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%   \input{TheCat.picture}}}
-%   {\caption{Figure (\texttt{Boxed} style) beside table
-%   (vertical centering)}\label{fig:rowmixspec:WcatI}}%
-%   \extrarowheight1pt
-%   \ttabbox
-%   {\caption{Table beside \texttt{Boxed}-styled figure
-%    (vertical centering)}\label{tab:rowmixspec:tabI}}
-%   {\begin{tabular}{|l|c|c|c|}
-%     \hline
-%     \multirowthead{2}[-1ex]{Column Head}
-%                  & \multicolumn{3}{c|}{\thead{Data}} \\
-%                  \cline{2-4}
-%                  & \thead{I}      & \thead{II}      & \thead{III}        \\
-%     \hline
-%     First row    & 1      & 2       & \phantom01 \\
-%     Second row   & 3      & 4       & \phantom06 \\
-%     Third row    & 6      & 8       &         28 \\
-%     \hline
-%   \end{tabular}}
-%   \end{floatrow}
-%   \end{figure}
-%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}
-%\begin{floatrow}
-%\CenterFloatBoxes\killfloatstyle
-%\ffigbox[\FBwidth]
-% ...
-%\ttabbox
-% ...
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-%   \emph{Note.} Both figure and table boxes have got width equal to
-%   contents of objects. The |\ffigbox| command has optional argument
-%   |[\FBwidth]|, but |\ttabbox| have not any option---it uses
-%   |[\FBwidth]| option as default (see definitions on page
-%   \pageref{abbrcom}).
-%
-%
-%   \subsubsection{Usage of Captionsetup and Thisfloatsetup
-%     Inside Floatbox Stuff}
+%   \subsubsection{Usage of Captionsetup
+%     Inside Floatbox Stuff}\label{ssec:app:besidestart}
 %
 %   Example of figures in row (figures~\ref{floatbox:FR:lfig} and
 %   \ref{floatbox:FR:fig}). There were used predefined float commands
 %   |\fcapsideleft| and  |\fcapsideright| with added |\captionsetup| and
 %   |\thisfloatsetup|:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\newfloatcommand{fcapsideleft}{figure}[{\capbeside
-%  \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,
-%   justification=raggedleft}%
-%   \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition=left}}]%
-%  [\FBwidth]
-%\newfloatcommand{fcapsideright}{figure}[{\capbeside
-%  \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,
-%   justification=raggedright}%
-%   \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition=right}}]%
-%  [\FBwidth]
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\newfloatcommand{fcapsideleft}{figure}[{\capbeside|
+%|  \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,|
+%|   justification=raggedleft}%|
+%|   \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition=left}}]%|
+%|  [\FBwidth]|
+%|\newfloatcommand{fcapsideright}{figure}[{\capbeside|
+%|  \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,|
+%|   justification=raggedright}%|
+%|   \thisfloatsetup{capbesideposition=right}}]%|
+%|  [\FBwidth]|
+%\end{Quote}
 %
 %   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
 %   \floatsetup[figure]
@@ -3081,35 +4258,33 @@
 %   \begin{figure}[b!]
 %   \begin{floatrow}
 %   \fcapsideleft
-%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%     \input{TheCat.picture}}
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
+%     \input{Cat.picture}}
+%     {\caption[Float in the row with beside caption (graphic box has width of its contents)]{%^^A
 %   Float box (\cmd{\fcapsideleft})
 %   width of graphics}\label{floatbox:FR:lfig}}%
 %   \hsize\Xhsize \fcapsideright[\hsize]
-%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/61}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/61}%^^A
 %     \input{BlackCat.picture}}%
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%     {\caption[Float in the row with beside caption (occupies rest space)]{%^^A
 %   Float box (\cmd{\fcapsideright})
 %   width of rest float row space}\label{floatbox:FR:fig}}%
 %   \end{floatrow}%
 %   \end{figure}%
 %   The caption format \texttt{break} was defined by following way:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareCaptionFormat{break}{#1#2\par#3\par}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\DeclareCaptionFormat{break}{#1#2\par#3\par}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %
 %   For these figures created following \verb|\floatsetup| settings:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\floatsetup[figure]
-% {style=Boxed,capposition=beside,
-%  objectset=centering,floatwidth=\columnwidth,
-%  capbesidewidth=5.75cc,capbesidesep=cicero,margins=centering,
-%  capbesideframe=yes,floatwidth=sidefil}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   The key \texttt{floatwidth=sidefill} means that in the case of
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\floatsetup[figure]|
+%| {style=Boxed,capposition=beside,|
+%|  objectset=centering,floatwidth=\columnwidth,|
+%|  capbesidewidth=5.75cc,capbesidesep=cicero,margins=centering,|
+%|  capbesideframe=yes,floatwidth=sidefil}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   The key \texttt{floatwidth=sidefil} means that in the case of
 %   caption has predefined width, object occupies the rest space of
 %   \verb|\hsize| (in the case of no \meta{width} option used, or used
 %   \verb|\hsize| option).
@@ -3117,9 +4292,9 @@
 %   Left figure uses width of graphics, left one occupies the rest of
 %   float row---for this reason just before \verb|\fcapsideright|
 %   command was written tricky setting:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\hsize\Xhsize
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\hsize\Xhsize|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   which, in case of caption placed beside float object  defines width
 %   of full float box.
 %
@@ -3145,56 +4320,53 @@
 %   float environment.}). The object---caption box in this case aligned
 %   using alignment settings from |margins| key (its options defined
 %   by |\setfloatmargins| or |\floatcapbesidemargins| macro). In this
-%   documentation they are centered (see page~\pageref{fsetup:besmarg}).
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}
-%\floatbox[\capbeside\useFCwidth]{figure}[\FBwidth]
-% ...
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%   documentation they are centered (see page~\pageref{setup:DeclareMarginSet}).
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\begin{figure}|
+%|\floatbox[\capbeside\useFCwidth]{figure}[\FBwidth]|
+%| ...|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
 %   \floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}
 %
-%   \begin{figure}[h]
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
 %   \floatbox[\capbeside\useFCwidth]{figure}[\FBwidth]
 %   {\caption[Beside
 %   caption, width equals to caption's text]{Beside
 %   caption}\label{fig:Idog:w}}
-%   {{\setlength\unitlength{{4cm}/60}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%     \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+%   {{\setlength\unitlength{{4cm}/60}%^^A
 %   \input{BlackDog.picture}}}
 %   \end{figure}%
 %
-%   The settings for current float:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\floatsetup[figure]{style=plain}
-%\end{verbatim}
 %
 %   \subsubsection{Predefined Beside Caption Width with
-%     The Rest Space for Object}
+%     The Rest Space for Object}\label{FAD:RestSpaceforObject}
 %
 %   The figure \ref{fig:capbeside:trick} uses following float style:%^^A
 %^^A   \footnote{There are also addition settings for captions:
 %^^A       \cmd{\captionsetup[capbesidefigure]}\allowbreak
 %^^A       \texttt{\{format=default,}\allowbreak\texttt{labelsep=none\}}
-%^^A       which is necessary for current documentation: the \pkg{hyperref}
+%^^A       which is necessary for current documentation: the \package{hyperref}
 %^^A       creates unwanted result with empty argument of caption title. The
 %^^A       same settings used for figures~\ref{floatrow:pre:figI} and
 %^^A       \ref{floatrow:pre:figII}}
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\floatsetup[figure]
-% {style=Boxed,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,
-%  floatwidth=\columnwidth,capbesidewidth=\Mylen,
-%  capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=cicero,
-%  margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,
-%  floatwidth=sidefil}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   The \verb|\Mylen| dimension was defined as width of caption label:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\newdimen\Mylen
-%\settowidth\Mylen{\captionfont\captionlabelfont
-%   \figurename\ \thefigure}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\renewlengthtocommand\settowidth\Mylen{\captionfont\captionlabelfont|
+%|   \figurename\ \thefigure}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\floatsetup[figure]|
+%| {style=Boxed,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,|
+%|  floatwidth=\columnwidth,capbesidewidth=\Mylen,|
+%|  capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=cicero,|
+%|  margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,|
+%|  floatwidth=sidefil}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%   The \verb|\Mylen| dimension was defined as width of caption label.
 %
 %   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
 %   \floatsetup[figure]
@@ -3202,41 +4374,40 @@
 %     floatwidth=\columnwidth,capbesidewidth=\Mylen,
 %     capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=cicero,
 %     margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,floatwidth=sidefil}
-%   \newdimen\Mylen\settowidth\Mylen{\captionfont\captionlabelfont
+%   \renewlengthtocommand\settowidth\Mylen{\captionfont\captionlabelfont
 %      \figurename\ \thefigure}
 %
-%   \begin{figure}
+%\begingroup
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
 %^^A   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=default,labelsep=none}
 %   \fcapside
-%     {\unitlength1.1\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%     \input{TheCat.picture}}
-%     {\caption{}\label{fig:capbeside:trick}}
+%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
+%     \input{Horse.picture}}
+%     {\caption[The box of beside caption has width of caption contents (here: caption label)]{}\label{fig:capbeside:trick}}
 %   \end{figure}%
+%\endgroup
 %
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Caption Beside with Centered Object}
+%   \subsubsection{Caption Beside with Centered Object}\label{FAD:CapandCenterObj}
 %
 %   The figure \ref{fig:plain:trick} uses tricky float style:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\floatsetup[figure]
-% {style=plain,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,
-%  floatwidth=\columnwidth,capbesidewidth=6cc,
-%  capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=mcapwidth,
-%  margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,
-%  floatwidth=sidefil}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%   the \texttt{mcapwidth} option is a negative skip equal to caption
-%   width:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\DeclareFloatSeparators{mcapwidth}{\hskip-\FCwidth}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\DeclareFloatSeparators{mcapwidth}{\hskip-\FCwidth}|
+%\meta{preamble}
+%|\floatsetup[figure]|
+%| {style=plain,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,|
+%|  floatwidth=\columnwidth,capbesidewidth=6cc,|
+%|  capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=mcapwidth,|
+%|  margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,|
+%|  floatwidth=sidefil}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   I this case all figures with beside captions centered accordingly to
 %   text \verb|\hsize|. Usage of such float layout supposes that all
 %   float objects are narrower than |\textwidth| by at least 2~caption
 %   widths.
 %
-%   \clearfloatsetup{figure} \floatsetup[figure]
+%   \clearfloatsetup{figure}\floatsetup[figure]
 %    {style=plain,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,
 %     floatwidth=\columnwidth,capbesidewidth=6cc,
 %     capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=mcapwidth,
@@ -3244,21 +4415,21 @@
 %   \begingroup
 %   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,
 %     justification=raggedright}
-%   \begin{figure}[!b]
-%     \unitlength1.1\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%     \input{TheCat.picture}
-%     \caption{%^^A
+%   \begin{figure}[H]
+%     \unitlength1.1\unitlength
+%     \input{Doll.picture}
+%     \caption[Beside caption with ``hidden'' width (\texttt{=6cc}), object is centered at the full hsize]{%^^A
 %     Plain figure}\label{fig:plain:trick}
 %   \end{figure}%
 %   \endgroup
 %
 %   There were also temporarily, in group, changed settings for caption
-%   in figure~\ref{fig:plain:trick}:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,
-%  justification=raggedright}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%   in figure~\ref{fig:plain:trick}:\label{ssec:app:besidefinish}
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=break,labelsep=none,|
+%|  justification=raggedright}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %
 %   \subsubsection{Width Definition for Beside
 %     Caption---Object Box in Float Row}
@@ -3267,55 +4438,55 @@
 %   boxes (figures~\ref{floatrow:pre:figI} and
 %   \ref{floatrow:pre:figII}): just define before \verb|\fcapside|
 %   command something like
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\setlength\hsize{1.098\hsize}%
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\setlength\hsize{1.2\hsize}%|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   as was defined for first figure, or
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\setlength\hsize\Xhsize
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\setlength\hsize\Xhsize|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   before second (here is clear that you can set
-%   |\setlength\hsize{.902\hsize}|).
+%   |\setlength\hsize{.8\hsize}|).
 %
 %   Since there were used \verb|\fcapside| commands at the beginning of
 %   \env{floatrow} environment the \verb|\FCwidth| command was defined
 %   as \verb|\relax|---in this case the width of caption equals to the
 %   width of their contents.
 %
+%\begingroup
 %   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
 %   \floatsetup[figure]
 %    {style=plain,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,
 %     capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=enskip,
 %     margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,floatwidth=sidefil}
-%   \begin{figure}[h]\useFCwidth
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\useFCwidth
 %^^A   \captionsetup[capbesidefigure]{format=default,labelsep=none}
 %   \begin{floatrow}
-%   \setlength\hsize{1.098\hsize}%
+%   \setlength\hsize{1.2\hsize}%
 %   \fcapside
-%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/64}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%     \input{TheCat.picture}}
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/100}%^^A
+%     \input{Bear.picture}}
+%     {\caption[Left figure with beside caption in the row]{%^^A
 %     }\label{floatrow:pre:figI}}
 %   \setlength\hsize\Xhsize
 %   \fcapside
-%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%     \input{Mouse.picture}}
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/44}%^^A
+%     \input{Doll.picture}}
+%     {\caption[Right figure with beside caption in the row]{%^^A
 %   }\label{floatrow:pre:figII}}
 %   \end{floatrow}%
 %   \end{figure}%
+%\endgroup
 %   There was used following setup for figures:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\floatsetup[figure]
-% {style=plain,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,
-%  capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=enskip,
-%  margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,floatwidth=sidefil}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\floatsetup[figure]|
+%| {style=plain,capposition=beside,objectset=centering,|
+%|  capbesideposition=left,capbesidesep=enskip,|
+%|  margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes,floatwidth=sidefil}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %
-%   \subsubsection{Caption Above/Below Float and Caption Beside Float at
-%      The One Float Row}
+%   \subsubsection{Caption Above/Below and Caption Beside at
+%      The Float Row}\label{FAD:CapBesideandBelow}
 %
 %   The float row with object and beside caption combined with object
 %   and caption below (figures~\ref{flrow:mix:figI} and
@@ -3326,37 +4497,36 @@
 %   you may use each of these three commands. Unfortunately you must set
 %   height of such beside floats by hand. The lines which create
 %   described float row:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}\CenterFloatBoxes
-%\begin{floatrow}
-%\hsize1.098\hsize
-%    \fcapside[\FBwidth][4cm]
-%      ...
-%
-%    \ffigbox[\Xhsize][4cm]
-%      ...
-%\end{floatrow}%
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\begin{figure}\CenterFloatBoxes|
+%|\begin{floatrow}|
+%|\hsize1.098\hsize|
+%|    \fcapside[\FBwidth][3.6cm]|
+%|      ...|
+%| |
+%|    \ffigbox[\Xhsize][3.6cm]|
+%|      ...|
+%|\end{floatrow}%|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %
-%   \clearfloatsetup{figure} \floatsetup[figure]
+%   \clearfloatsetup{figure}
+%   \floatsetup[figure]
 %    {style=Boxed,frameset={\fboxsep6pt},captionskip=5pt,capposition=bottom,
 %     objectset=centering,capbesidewidth=none,capbesideposition=inside,
 %     capbesidesep=enskip,margins=centering,capbesideframe=yes}
 %
-%   \begin{figure}\CenterFloatBoxes
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\CenterFloatBoxes
 %   \begin{floatrow}
-%   \hsize1.098\hsize \fcapside[\FBwidth][4cm]
-%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%     \input{TheCat.picture}}
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%   \hsize1.098\hsize \fcapside[\FBwidth][3.6cm]
+%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
+%     \input{Cat.picture}}
+%     {\caption[Float box \cmd{\fcapside} in float row beside \cmd{\ffigbox}]{%^^A
 %   Float box (\cmd{\fcapside}) with beside caption in float row
 %   width float with caption below}\label{flrow:mix:figI}}%
 %
-%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize][4cm]
-%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+%   \ffigbox[\Xhsize][3.6cm]
+%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
 %     \input{BlackDog.picture}}
 %     {\caption{%^^A
 %   Float box (\cmd{\ffigbox}) width of rest float row
@@ -3365,35 +4535,34 @@
 %   \end{figure}
 %
 %   The ``mirror layout'' (but not identical) looks like:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}\CenterFloatBoxes
-%\begin{floatrow}
-%   \ffigbox[1.2\FBwidth][4cm]
-%      ...
-%
-%   \hsize\Xhsize
-%   \fcapside[\FBwidth][4cm]
-%      ...
-%\end{floatrow}%
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
-%
-%   \begin{figure}[!b]\CenterFloatBoxes
+%   \allowprelistbreaks[-4]\par\RestoreSpaces
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\begin{figure}\CenterFloatBoxes|\nopagebreak
+%|\begin{floatrow}|
+%|   \ffigbox[1.2\FBwidth][3.6cm]|
+%|      ...|
+%| |
+%|   \hsize\Xhsize|
+%|   \fcapside[\FBwidth][3.6cm]|
+%|      ...|
+%|\end{floatrow}%|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
+%
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\CenterFloatBoxes
 %   \begin{floatrow}
-%   \ffigbox[1.2\FBwidth][4cm]
-%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+%   \ffigbox[1.2\FBwidth][3.6cm]
+%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
 %     \input{BlackDog.picture}}
 %     {\caption{%^^A
-%   Float box (\cmd{\ffigbox}) width of rest float row
-%   space}\label{floatrow:mirrmix:figII}}%
+%   Float box (\cmd{\ffigbox})
+%   in mirror float row}\label{floatrow:mirrmix:figII}}%
 %   \hsize\Xhsize
 %
-%   \fcapside[\FBwidth][4cm]
-%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
-%     \input{TheCat.picture}}
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%   \fcapside[\FBwidth][3.6cm]
+%     {\unitlength1.44\unitlength
+%     \input{Cat.picture}}
+%     {\caption[Float box (\cmd{\fcapside}) in mirror float row]{%^^A
 %   Float box with beside caption (\cmd{\fcapside}) in mirror float row
 %   width float with caption below}\label{floatrow:mirrmix:figI}}
 %   \end{floatrow}%
@@ -3401,13 +4570,14 @@
 %
 %   The figures~\ref{floatrow:mirrmix:figII}--\ref{floatrow:mirrmix:figI}
 %   use following float style settings:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\floatsetup[figure]
-% {style=Boxed,frameset={\fboxsep4pt},captionskip=5pt,
-%  capposition=bottom,objectset=centering,capbesidewidth=none,
-%  capbesideposition=inside,capbesidesep=enskip,margins=centering,
-%  capbesideframe=yes}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\floatsetup[figure]|
+%| {style=Boxed,frameset={\fboxsep4pt},captionskip=5pt,|
+%|  capposition=bottom,objectset=centering,capbesidewidth=none,|
+%|  capbesideposition=inside,capbesidesep=enskip,margins=centering,|
+%|  capbesideframe=yes}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %
 %   \subsubsection{Photo-Album-like Layouts}
 %
@@ -3416,73 +4586,74 @@
 %   and, ``mirror layout''---^^A
 %   \ref{floatrow:threemirr:figI}--\ref{floatrow:threemirr:figIII}) were
 %   created by following lines:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}[t]\BottomFloatBoxes
-%\begin{floatrow}
-%\hsize1.2\hsize \ffigbox[][6.7cm]
-%  ...
-%
-%\vbox to6.7cm
-% {\floatsetup[figure]{floatrowsep=none}\killfloatstyle
-%    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
-%      ...
-%    \vss
-%    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
-%      ...%
-% }%
-%\end{floatrow}%
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\begin{figure}\BottomFloatBoxes|
+%|\begin{floatrow}|
+%|\hsize1.2\hsize \ffigbox[][6.7cm]|
+%|  ...|
+%| |
+%|\vbox to6.7cm|
+%| {\floatsetup[figure]{floatrowsep=none}\killfloatstyle|
+%|    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]|
+%|      ...|
+%|    \vss|
+%|    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]|
+%|      ...%|
+%| }%|
+%|\end{floatrow}%|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %
 %   \floatsetup[figure]{heightadjust=none}
-%   \begin{figure}[b!]\BottomFloatBoxes
+%   \begin{figure}[H]\BottomFloatBoxes
 %   \begin{floatrow}
 %   \hsize1.2\hsize
 %   \ffigbox[][6.7cm]
-%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}%^^A
 %     \input{Mouse.picture}}%
-%     {\caption{Float box in photo-album-like layout:
+%     {\caption[Photo-album-like layout: left float]{Float
+%       box in photo-album-like layout:
 %       alone in left column}\label{flrow:three:figIII}}%
 %
 %   \vbox to6.7cm {\floatsetup[figure]{floatrowsep=none}\killfloatstyle
 %    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
 %     {\input{TheCat.picture}}
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%     {\caption[Photo-album-like layout: upper right float]{%^^A
 %   Float box in photo-album-like layout: upper float in right
 %   column}\label{floatrow:three:figI}} \vss \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
 %     {\input{BlackDog.picture}}%
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%     {\caption[Photo-album-like layout: lower right float]{%^^A
 %   Lower float in right column}%
 %   \label{floatrow:threemirr:figII}}}%
 %   \end{floatrow}%
 %   \end{figure}
 %
 %   The ``mirror'' layout created by following commands:
-%\begin{verbatim}
-%\begin{figure}[t]\TopFloatBoxes
-%\begin{floatrow}
-%\vtop to7cm
-% {\floatsetup[figure]{floatrowsep=none}\killfloatstyle
-%    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
-%      ...
-%    \vss
-%    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
-%      ...%
-% \vskip0pt}\floatrowsep
-%
-%\ffigbox[\Xhsize][7cm-11pt]
-%  ...
-%\end{floatrow}%
-%\end{figure}
-%\end{verbatim}
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%\begin{Quote}
+%|\begin{figure}[t]\TopFloatBoxes|
+%|\begin{floatrow}|
+%|\vtop to7cm|
+%| {\floatsetup[figure]{floatrowsep=none}\killfloatstyle|
+%|    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]|
+%|      ...|
+%|    \vss|
+%|    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]|
+%|      ...%|
+%| \vskip0pt}\floatrowsep|
+%| |
+%|\ffigbox[\Xhsize][7cm-11pt]|
+%|  ...|
+%|\end{floatrow}%|
+%|\end{figure}|
+%\end{Quote}
 %   Note that in second example with ``mirror'' layout there was used
 %   trick with \meta{height} definition---caption of float in the left
 %   column is one line longer, so for the right column height of float
 %   was reduced by 11pt---|\baselineskip| for |\small|
 %   size\footnote{You get correct height with such calculations for
-%   beside floats with \pkg{caption}'s version not older than 3.0d.}
-%   (here were used \pkg{calc} package possibilities). The |\vtop| of
+%   beside floats with \package{caption}'s version not older than 3.0d.}
+%   (here were used \package{calc} package possibilities). The |\vtop| of
 %   left column ends with |\vskip0pt|, otherwise you get fanny unwanted
 %   layout.
 %
@@ -3492,19 +4663,18 @@
 %   \vtop to7cm {\floatsetup[figure]{floatrowsep=none}\killfloatstyle
 %    \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
 %     {\input{TheCat.picture}}
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%     {\caption[Photo-album-like layout, mirror: upper left float]{%^^A
 %   Float box in photo-album-like layout: upper float in left
 %   column}\label{floatrow:threemirr:figI}} \vss \ffigbox[.8\hsize]
 %     {\input{BlackDog.picture}}%
-%     {\caption{%^^A
-%   Float box in photo-album-like layout: lower float in left column}%
+%     {\caption[Photo-album-like layout, mirror: lower left float]{%^^A
+%   Float box in photo-album-like layout: lower float in the left column}%
 %   \label{floatrow:three:figII}}\vskip0pt}\floatrowsep
 %
 %   \ffigbox[\Xhsize][7cm-11pt]
-%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}\ifx\pspicture\undefined
-%      \else\psset{unit=\unitlength}\fi
+%     {\setlength\unitlength{\hsize/58}%^^A
 %     \input{Mouse.picture}}%
-%     {\caption{%^^A
+%     {\caption[Photo-album-like layout, mirror: right float]{%^^A
 %   Float box in photo-album-like layout: alone in right
 %   column}\label{floatrow:threemirr:figIII}}
 %   \end{floatrow}%
@@ -3522,7 +4692,9 @@
 %   photo-album-like layout is rather rare in technical literature (It
 %   isn't?).
 %
-%   \subsection{Sample files}
+%   \clearpage
+%   \par\RestoreSpaces
+%   \subsection{Sample files}\label{sec:samples}
 %
 %   The \env{floatrow} package distribution offers a few files with
 %   examples, which show settings, not covered by current document (some
@@ -3538,12 +4710,12 @@
 %
 %   \begin{Options}{\OptionLabel}
 %     \item[frsample01.tex]   all possible combinations of predefined
-%       \pkg{floatrow} styles for captions above/below floats with foot
+%       \package{floatrow} styles for captions above/below floats with foot
 %       material; there were created plain float environments and
 %       \env{floatrow}s, also there were created boxes with
 %       alone objects and alone captions;
 %     \item[frsample02.tex] all possible combinations of predefined
-%       \pkg{floatrow} styles for beside captions and all possible
+%       \package{floatrow} styles for beside captions and all possible
 %       caption positions;
 %     \item[frsample03.tex]   different tests with tables;
 %     \item[frsample04.tex]   sample with fancy layout with usage of
@@ -3567,19 +4739,169 @@
 %       colored float styles.
 %   \end{Options}
 %
-%    There is also added [temporary] sample file \file{sample-longtable.tex}
-%    with \env{longtable} test of defined command |\endlasthead| which
+%    There is also added sample file \file{sample-longtable.tex} which
+%    uses \emph{beta-temp} package-patch \package{fr-longtable}
+%    with defined commands |\endlasthead| and |\endprelastfoot| which
 %    defines captions for continued and last pages of long table in three
 %    possible ways.
 %\vfil
 %
-%   \section{Obsolete Commands}\label{sec:changed}
+%   \subsection{Obsolete Commands}\label{sec:changed}
+%
+%   \begin{small}
+%   \subsubsection{The User Interface---New Floats [\package{float}]}
+%   \label{sec:floatborrowI}
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\newfloat}
+%   The most important command in \package{float}
+%   is the |\newfloat| command\footnote{It doubles the
+%   \cmd{\DeclareNewFloatType} command.}. It is patterned on
+%   |\newtheorem|. The |\newfloat| command takes three required and
+%   one optional argument; it is of the form
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\newfloat{|\meta{type}|}{|^^A
+%     \meta{placement}|}{|\meta{ext}|}[|\meta{within}{\tt]}
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   \begin{itemize}\advance\itemsep2ptplus2pt
+%   \item \marg{type} is the `type' of the new class of floats, like
+%   \texttt{program} or \texttt{algorithm}. After the appropriate
+%   |\newfloat|, commands like |\begin{program}| or |\end{algorithm*}|
+%   will be available.
+%   \item \marg{placement} gives the default placement
+%   parameters for this class of floats. The placement parameters are
+%   the same as in standard \LaTeX, i.e., \texttt{t}, \texttt{b},
+%   \texttt{p} and \texttt{h} for `top', `bottom', `page' and `here',
+%   respectively.
+%   \item \marg{ext} When \LaTeX\ writes the captions to an auxiliary file
+%   for the list of figures (or whatever), it'll use the job name
+%   followed by \marg{ext} as a file name.
+%   \item \oarg{within} Finally, the optional
+%   argument \meta{within} determines whether floats of this class will
+%   be numbered within some sectional unit of the document. For example,
+%   if \oarg{within}${}={}$\texttt{chapter}, the floats will be numbered
+%   within chapters. (In standard \LaTeX, this happens with figures and
+%   tables in the \cls{report} and \cls{book} document styles.) As an
+%   example, Program~\ref{prog1.1}  was created by a command sequence
+%   similar to that shown in the following
+%   Example\footnote{Settings for Example float
+%   environment were created by \cmd{\DeclareNewFloatType} macro stuff.}.
+%   \end{itemize}
+%   \emph{Floatrow note.}
+%   There is also created a |\newfloat*| pair, which works similar to
+%   |\restylefloat*| command (see below).\pagebreak[2]
+%   \begin{Example}[H]
+%   \begin{Quote}\openup-.5pt
+%   |\floatstyle{ruled}|
+%   |\newfloat{Program}{tbp}{lop}[section]|\pagebreak[3]
+%   \dots\ loads o' stuff \dots
+%   |\begin{Program}|
+%   |\begin{verbatim}|
+%   \dots\ program text \dots
+%   |\end{verbatim}|
+%   |\caption{|\dots\ caption \dots|}|
+%   |\end{Program}|
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   \caption{This is another silly floating Example. Except
+%     that this one doesn't actually float
+%     because it uses the {\tt[H]} optional parameter
+%     to appear \textbf{Here}. (Gotcha.)}\label{exa1.1}
+%   \end{Example}\pagebreak[3]
+%   \begin{Program}
+%\begin{verbatim}
+%#include <stdio.h>
+%
+%
+%int main(int argc, char **argv) {
+%       int i;
+%       for (i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
+%               printf("argv[%d] = %s\n", i, argv[i]);
+%       return 0;
+%}
+%\end{verbatim}
+%   \caption{The first program. This hasn't got anything to do with the
+%   package but is included as an example.
+%   Note the \texttt{ruled} float style.%
+%      \label{prog1.1}}
+%   \end{Program}
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\floatstyle}
+%   The |\floatstyle| command sets a default
+%   float style. This float style will be used for all the floats that
+%   are subsequently defined using |\newfloat|, until another
+%   |\floatstyle| command appears. The |\floatstyle| command takes one
+%   argument, the name of a float style. For instance,
+%   |\floatstyle{ruled}|. Specifying a string that does not name a valid
+%   float style is an error.
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\floatname}
+%   The |\floatname| command lets you define
+%   the \emph{float name} that \LaTeX\ uses in the caption of a float,
+%   i.e., `Figure' for a figure and so on. For example,
+%   |\floatname{program}{Program}|. The |\newfloat| command sets the
+%   float name to its argument \meta{type} if no other name has been
+%   specified before.
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\floatplacement}
+%   The |\floatplacement| command resets
+%   the default placement specifier of a class of floats. E.g.,
+%   |\floatplacement{figure}{tp}|.
+%
+%   \DescribeMacro{\restylefloat}\nopagebreak
+%   The |\restylefloat| command is necessary
+%   to change styles for the standard float types
+%   \texttt{figure} and \texttt{table}. Since these aren't usually
+%   defined via |\newfloat|, they don't have a style associated with
+%   them. Thus you have to say, for example,
+%   \begin{Quote}
+%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\floatstyle{ruled}|
+%   \hspace*{\MacroIndent}|\restylefloat{table}|
+%   \end{Quote}
+%   to have tables come out \texttt{ruled}. The command also lets you
+%   change style for floats that you define via |\newfloat|, although
+%   this is, typographically speaking, not a good idea. See
+%   table~\ref{table1} for an example\footnote{The \package{float} package
+%   created special caption style with bold label for \texttt{boxed}
+%   style. Please note that \texttt{plain} and \texttt{boxed} float
+%   styles have not any special settings in \package{caption} 3.x package.
+%   To emulate \texttt{boxed} style from \package{float} documentation there
+%   were: cleared all special caption settings for tables, and restored
+%   default colon separator after label.}. There is a |\restylefloat*|
+%   command which will restyle an existing float type but will keep the
+%   new float style from taking over the |\caption| command. In this
+%   case the user is responsible for handling their own captions.
+%   \DeleteShortVerb{\|}
+%   %^^AEmulation of float's documentation settings
+%   %^^A\floatstyle{boxed}
+%   %^^A\restylefloat{table}
+%   \begingroup
+%   \clearcaptionsetup{table}
+%   \captionsetup{labelsep=default,labelfont=bf}
+%   \floatsetup[table]{style=boxed}
+%   \begin{table}[h] \def\B#1{$\displaystyle{n\choose#1}$}
+%   \begin{center} \begin{tabular}{c|cccccccc}
+%   $n$&\B0&\B1&\B2&\B3&\B4&\B5&\B6&\B7\\ \hline
+%    0 & 1\\
+%    1 & 1&1\\
+%    2 & 1&2&1\\
+%    3 & 1&3&3&1\\
+%    4 & 1&4&6&4&1\\
+%    5 & 1&5&10&10&5&1\\
+%    6 & 1&6&15&20&15&6&1\\
+%    7 & 1&7&21&35&35&21&7&1
+%   \end{tabular} \end{center}
+%   \caption{Pascal's triangle. This is a re-styled \LaTeX\
+%      \texttt{table}.\label{table1}}
+%   \end{table}
+%   \endgroup
+%   \MakeShortVerb{\|}
 %
-%   |\floatsetup|, renamed or deleted after version 0.1b.
+% \end{small}\pagebreak[2]
+%\RestoreSpaces
+%   \begingroup\extrarowheight1.75pt\small\openup-.5pt\tabcolsep.5\tabcolsep\LTpre=0ptplus3pt\LTpost\LTpre
+%   \subsubsection{The \cmd{\floatsetup} keys, renamed or deleted after version 0.1b}
 %
-%   \begingroup\extrarowheight1.75pt\small\tabcolsep.5\tabcolsep
-%   \medskip\parindent0pt
-%   \begin{tabular*}\hsize{@{\extracolsep{-.3ptplus1fill}}|
+%   \parindent0pt
+%   \begin{longtable}{@{\extracolsep{-.3ptplus1fill}}|
 %     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.35\hsize}|
 %     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.6\hsize}|}
 %   \multicolumn{2}{c}{Removed or changed commands}
@@ -3588,6 +4910,7 @@
 %   &
 %   \thead{Changed to}
 %   \\\hline
+%   \endhead
 %   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
 %   \cmd{\renewfloatstyle},\\
 %   \cmd{\newfloatstyle},\\
@@ -3602,10 +4925,10 @@
 %   \\\hline
 %    \cmd{\floatfootskip} & command, not a skip
 %   \\\hline
-%   \end{tabular*}\pagebreak
+%   \end{longtable}
 %
 %   \vskip1pt
-%   \begin{tabular*}\hsize{@{\extracolsep{-.3ptplus1fill}}|
+%   \begin{longtable}{@{\extracolsep{-.3ptplus1fill}}|
 %     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.35\hsize}|
 %     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.6\hsize}|}
 %   \multicolumn{2}{c}{Commands, replaced by keys}
@@ -3614,6 +4937,7 @@
 %   &
 %   \thead{Key Analog}
 %   \\\hline
+%   \endhead
 %    \cmd{\floatobjectset} &
 %   in current version \emph{do not used for definition of object
 %   settings}, use key
@@ -3644,7 +4968,7 @@
 %   \end{tabular}&
 %   in current version \emph{do not used for definition of separation
 %   material}, use keys\par \extrarowheight0pt
-%   \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
+%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
 %    \texttt{floatrowsep=}\\
 %    \texttt{capbesidesep=}
 %   \end{tabular}
@@ -3662,7 +4986,7 @@
 %   \\\hline
 %    \cmd{\setfloatstyle} & \texttt{style=}
 %   \\\hline
-%   \begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
+%   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l}
 %    \cmd{\Setframe}\\
 %    \cmd{\setframe}
 %   \end{tabular}
@@ -3672,11 +4996,11 @@
 %   & use \texttt{precode=}, \texttt{postcode=}, \texttt{midcode=} (also
 %   \texttt{rowpercode} and \texttt{rowpostcode}) keys
 %   \\\hline
-%   \end{tabular*}
+%   \end{longtable}
 %
-%   \vskip1pt
+%   \RestoreSpaces\vskip1pt\pagebreak[3]
 %
-%   \begin{tabular*}\hsize{@{\extracolsep{-.3ptplus1fill}}|
+%   \begin{longtable}{@{\extracolsep{-.3ptplus1fill}}|
 %     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.35\hsize}|
 %     >{\rightskip0ptplus1fil}p{.6\hsize}|}
 %   \multicolumn{2}{c}{Renamed keys}
@@ -3685,6 +5009,7 @@
 %   &
 %   \thead{Changed to}
 %   \\\hline
+%   \endhead
 %    \texttt{attachedcapstyle=} & \texttt{relatedcapstyle=}
 %   \\\hline
 %    \texttt{floatstyle=} & \texttt{style=}
@@ -3716,12 +5041,12 @@
 %   \end{tabular} &
 %   \extrarowheight0pt\begin{tabular}[t]{@{}l@{}}
 %    \vphantom{(}options of \texttt{objectset=} and \texttt{margins=}
-%      (for unification\\\quad with analogous key options in \pkg{caption}
+%      (for unification\\\quad with analogous key options in \package{caption}
 %       package)\\
 %    \texttt{raggedright},\\ \texttt{raggedleft},\\ \texttt{centering}
 %   \end{tabular}
 %   \\\hline
-%   \end{tabular*}
+%   \end{longtable}
 %   \endgroup
 %   \MakeShortVerb{\|}%
 %
@@ -3735,11 +5060,11 @@
 % \changes{v0.1a}{2004/09/28}{Since the changes of version 0.1a touched
 %   a lot of package all entries of changing messages deleted.}
 % \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Removed info, error, command macros---used
-% standard instead} The first step is to check whether \pkg{float} and
-% \pkg{rotfloat} are loaded or not. If yes, there go error messages.
-% \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Added test for \pkg{rotfloat} package}
+% standard instead} The first step is to check whether \package{float} and
+% \package{rotfloat} are loaded or not. If yes, there go error messages.
+% \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Added test for \package{rotfloat} package}
 % \changes{v0.1j}{2006/03/12}{Try to say `good bye'
-%   in the case of \pkg{float} or/and \pkg{rotfloat} loaded before}
+%   in the case of \package{float} or/and \package{rotfloat} loaded before}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*floatrow>
 %\@ifundefined{float@caption}{}%
@@ -3754,27 +5079,27 @@
   \@namedef{opt@floatrow.sty}{}\endinput}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
-% The next lines emulate already loaded \pkg{float} and \pkg{rotfloat}
+% The next lines emulate already loaded \package{float} and \package{rotfloat}
 % packages.
 %
-% If in preamble, after loading of \pkg{floatrow} package is used
-% |\usepackage| with \pkg{float} package (the \pkg{float} package
+% If in preamble, after loading of \package{floatrow} package is used
+% |\usepackage| with \package{float} package (the \package{float} package
 % doesn't support any options), the defining of command |\ver@float.sty|,
 % which emulates loading of package will do not any harm.
 %
-% Unfortunately the \pkg{rotfloat} package allows to transfer options of
-% \pkg{rotating} package in the case of appearance
+% Unfortunately the \package{rotfloat} package allows to transfer options of
+% \package{rotating} package in the case of appearance
 % of both packages in one |\usepackage| line. Thus, if someone loads
-% options in \pkg{rotating}---\pkg{rotfloat} line, he will get
+% options in \package{rotating}---\package{rotfloat} line, he will get
 % `option clash' error. A followed help gives a simple solution of such
 % problem---moving options in |\documentclass| line and make them global.
 % I hope, that moving option in this way will do not harm
 % to document, but now you aware of ``non-necessity'' of loading
-% of \pkg{rotfloat} package.
+% of \package{rotfloat} package.
 % \changes{v0.1e}{2005/03/22}{Restoring code of emulation of loading
-%   for \pkg{float} and \pkg{rotfloat} packages.}
+%   for \package{float} and \package{rotfloat} packages.}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The version, date and description of
-%   \pkg{float} and \pkg{floatrow} borrowed from originals (AS).}
+%   \package{float} and \package{floatrow} borrowed from originals (AS).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %\expandafter\let\csname ver@float.sty\expandafter\endcsname
 %  \csname ver@floatrow.sty\endcsname
@@ -3786,26 +5111,37 @@
     Combining float+rotating package (AS)}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
-% Here goes request for \pkg{keyval} package.
-% \changes{v0.1c}{2004/10/22}{Bug fix: added request for \pkg{keyval}
+% Here goes request for \package{keyval} package.
+% \changes{v0.1c}{2004/10/22}{Bug fix: added request for \package{keyval}
 %   package.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \RequirePackage{keyval}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
-% Here goes request for \file{caption3} file, core part of \pkg{caption}
+% Here goes request for \file{caption3} file, core part of \package{caption}
 % package.
-% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added request for \pkg{caption3} package.}
-% \changes{v0.1j}{2006/06/18}{Added date request for \pkg{caption3} package.}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\RequirePackage{caption3}[2006/01/12]
+% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added request for \package{caption3} package.}
+% \changes{v0.1j}{2006/06/18}{Added date request for \package{caption3}
+% package.}
+% \changes{v0.2a}{2007/08/24}{Added check and error message for version older 3.0q}
+% The |\caption@keydepth| is used as test for \package{caption}'s version 3.0q.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{caption3}
+\@ifpackagelater{caption3}{2007/04/11 v3.0q}{}{\PackageError
+    {floatrow}{For a successful cooperation we need at least\MessageBreak
+    version `2007/04/11 v3.0q' of package caption,\MessageBreak
+        but only version\MessageBreak
+          `\csname ver@caption.\@pkgextension\endcsname'\MessageBreak
+        is available}\@eha}
+\providecommand*\caption@fnum[1]{%
+   \caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{#1name}}{\@nameuse{the#1}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
 % \subsection{Storing of \LaTeX's Internal Macros}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\FR@flboxreset}
-% First goes storage of \LaTeX's macro |\@floatboxreset| from bundle of float
-% definitions.
+% First goes storage of \LaTeX's macro |\@floatboxreset| from bundle of
+% float definitions.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifdefinable\FR@flboxreset{\let\FR@flboxreset\@floatboxreset}
 \@ifdefinable\FR@makecaption{\let\FR@makecaption\@makecaption}
@@ -3833,16 +5169,17 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\float@caption}
 % The |\float@caption| used as flag for caption package.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Saves \cmd{\@caption}: used as flag
-%    for \pkg{caption}, \pkg{hyperref}, (\pkg{pdfpages}) packages.}
+%    for \package{caption}, \package{hyperref}, (\package{pdfpages}) packages.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifdefinable\float@caption{\let\float@caption\@caption}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \subsection{Borrowed Code (with original comment) from \pkg{float} package}
+% \subsection{Borrowed Code (with original comment) from \package{float}
+% package}
 %
-% From this point starts \pkg{float} package's core code (version 1.3).
-% The necessary explanation of macro code also borrowed from \pkg{float}
+% From this point starts \package{float} package's core code (version 1.3).
+% The necessary explanation of macro code also borrowed from \package{float}
 % package and typed with slanted font. Some macros
 % were skipped or edited (see \emph{floatrow notes}).
 %
@@ -3871,21 +5208,41 @@
 % is unknown, and we call |\float@error{|\meta{arg}|}| for the
 % error message.
 %
-% {\em \textit{Floatrow note.} \pkg{float}'s error message
+% \begin{macro}{\flrow@package}
+% {\em \textit{Floatrow note.} \package{float}'s error message
 % (the command \cmd{\float@error}\meta{arg}) changed to
-% \pkg{floatrow}'s one (\cmd{\flrow@error}\meta{arg}).}
+% \package{floatrow}'s one (\cmd{\flrow@error}\meta{arg}).}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/01/20}{Added
+%    macro analogous to \cmd{\caption@package}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\flrow@package{floatrow}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@error}
-% Here's the error message. |\@eha| is the help message that says
-% `Your command was ignored.'
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/01/20}{Created more
+%    universal macro for all \cmd{\PackageError}s.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\flrow@error[1]{\PackageError{floatrow}{%
-  Unknown float style `#1'}{\@eha}}
+\newcommand*\flrow@error[1]{%
+  \PackageError\flrow@package{#1}\flrow@eh}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\flrow@eh}
+% The |\caption@eh|-analog.
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/01/20}{Added
+%    special help for \cmd{\PackageError}s.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand*\flrow@eh{%
+  If you do not understand this error, please take look\MessageBreak
+  at `floatrow' and `caption' package documentations.\MessageBreak
+  \@ehc}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\floatstyle[1]{\@ifundefined{flrow@sty@#1}%
-  {\flrow@error{#1}}{\edef\float@style{#1}}}
+  {\flrow@error{Unknown float style `#1'}}{\edef\float@style{#1}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
@@ -3893,16 +5250,19 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\floatplacement}
 % The next two commands are even simpler. \LaTeX\ says that
 % |\fps@|\meta{float} contains the default placement specifier for
-% the class of floats \meta{float}. |\fname@|\meta{float} expands
+% the class of floats \meta{float}. |\|\meta{float}|name| expands
 % to the name that appears in \meta{float} captions, e.g., `Figure'.
 % (This is our own definition.)
+% and |\@floatboxreset| macros.
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{The \cmd{\fname@}\meta{floatname} changed to
+%    \cs{}\meta{floatname}\texttt{name} macros redefined locally (AS).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\floatname[2]{\@namedef{fname@#1}{#2}}
+\newcommand\floatname[2]{\@namedef{#1name}{#2}}
 \newcommand\floatplacement[2]{\@namedef{fps@#1}{#2}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \emph{\textit{Floatrow note.} Here was stuff of undocumented command
 % \cmd{\floatevery} which, I suppose, allows to set special settings for
-% current type of float. In \pkg{floatrow} package it was deleted.
+% current type of float. In \package{floatrow} package it was deleted.
 % Use \cmd{\floatsetup} stuff instead.}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -3946,7 +5306,7 @@
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \cmd{\@caption} redefinitions
 %   transformed to \cmd{\@makecaption} ones.}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \cmd{\FBc@wd}\cmd{\z@} works like
-%   flag (for \pkg{wrapfig}'s floats).}
+%   flag (for \package{wrapfig}'s floats).}
 % \changes{v0.1h}{2005/10/02}{Added setting for \cmd{\linewidth}}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\flrow@makecaption[2]{\global\setbox\@floatcapt
@@ -3970,31 +5330,102 @@
 % The third one allows to define again float layout style: it could be
 % necessary in mixed float rows.
 % \changes{v0.1g}{2005/07/15}{The macro-flag \cmd{\FR@ifflenv} removed.}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/01/18}{Deleted \cmd{\global}---it could make macro universal for multilevel usage.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\killfloatstyle{\FBbuildtrue
-  \if@@FS\hsize\FB@wd\fi\global\@@FSfalse}
+  \if@@FS\hsize\FB@wd\fi\@@FSfalse}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\RawFloats}
-% This macro restores core-\LaTeX-float-environment's behavior.
+% This macro restores plain \LaTeX{} mode for floats. i.e. returns core
+% macros for commands of float environment.
+% Non-optional variant can be used inside environments only.
+% Variant with option better to be used in preamble. (Option allow
+% to restore plain \LaTeX{} mode for necessary float type.)
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added Macro which restores raw float
 %    behavior.}
 % \changes{v0.1g}{2005/07/15}{Added \cmd{\@parboxrestore} macro.}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/01/18}{Added optional arguments which
+%   allow usage of macro outside any float.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\RawFloats{\@ifnextchar[%]
+    \flrow@rawfloatschk\flrow@rawfloats}
+\newcommand\flrow@rawfloats{\killfloatstyle\@parboxrestore
+    \let\@makecaption\FR@makecaption
+    \expandafter\ifx\csname end\@captype\endcsname\float@endH
+        \@namedef{end\@captype}{\FBbuildfalse\float@endH}%
+    \else
+        \@namedef{end\@captype}{\end@float}%
+    \fi
+    \@namedef{end\@captype*}{\end@dblfloat}%
+  \@ifundefined{@rotfloat}{}{%
+    \@namedef{endsideways\@captype}{\end@rotfloat}%
+    \@namedef{endsideways\@captype*}{\end@rotdblfloat}%
+  }%
+  \@ifundefined{wrapfloat}{}{%
+    \@namedef{endwrap\@captype}{\endwrapfloat}%
+  }}
+\@ifdefinable\flrow@rawfloatschk{}
+\def\flrow@rawfloatschk[#1]{\@ifnextchar[%]
+    {\flrow@RawFloats[#1]}{\flrow@@RawFloats#1,;}}
+\@ifdefinable\flrow@RawFloats{}
+\def\flrow@RawFloats[#1][#2]{\flrow@RawFloats@[#1]#2,;}
+\def\flrow@RawFloats@[#1]#2,{%
+  \caption@ifinlist{#2}{float}{\@namedef{#1}{\@float{#1}}%
+  }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{widefloat,wide}{\@namedef{#1*}{%
+    \let\@xdblfloat\@xfloat\@dblfloat{#1}}%
+  }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{rotfloat,rot}{%
+    \@ifundefined{@rotfloat}{}{\@namedef{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}}%
+  }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{widerotfloat,widerot}{%
+    \@ifundefined{@rotfloat}{}{\@namedef{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}}%
+  }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{wrapfloat,wrap}{%
+    \@ifundefined{wrapfloat}{}{\@namedef{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}}}%
+  }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{all,allfloats}{%
+    \flrow@@RawFloats{#1}%
+  }{\flrow@error{Undefined float subtype `#2'}%
+  }}}}}\@ifnextchar;\@gobble{\flrow@RawFloats@[#1]}}
+\@ifdefinable\flrow@@RawFloats{}
+\def\flrow@@RawFloats#1,{%
+    \@namedef{#1}{\@float{#1}}%
+    \@namedef{#1*}{\let\@xdblfloat\@xfloat\@dblfloat{#1}}%
+  \@ifundefined{@rotfloat}{}{%
+    \@namedef{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}%
+    \@namedef{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}%
+  }%
+  \@ifundefined{wrapfloat}{}{%
+    \@namedef{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}%
+  }\@ifnextchar;\@gobble\flrow@@RawFloats
+}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\flrow@Raw@restyle}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{The key-val support for raw float mode.
+% Macro \cmd{\flrow@Raw@restyle} replaces \cmd{\flrow@restyle}}.
+% This macro is used by |rawfloats=| key.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\RawFloats[1][\@captype]{\killfloatstyle
- \@parboxrestore
- \let\@makecaption\FR@makecaption
- \@namedef{end#1}{\end@float}%
- \@namedef{end#1*}{\end@dblfloat}%
- \@namedef{endsideways#1}{\end@rotfloat}%
- \@namedef{endsideways#1*}{\end@rotdblfloat}%
+\newcommand\flrow@Raw@restyle[1]{%
+    \@namedef{#1}{\@float{#1}}%
+    \@namedef{#1*}{\@dblfloat{#1}}%
+    \@namedef{end#1}{\end@float}%
+    \@namedef{end#1*}{\end@dblfloat}%
+  \@ifundefined{@rotfloat}{}{%
+    \@namedef{sideways#1}{\@rotfloat{#1}}%
+    \@namedef{sideways#1*}{\@rotdblfloat{#1}}%
+    \@namedef{endsideways#1}{\end@rotfloat}%
+    \@namedef{endsideways#1*}{\end@rotdblfloat}%
+  }%
+  \@ifundefined{wrapfloat}{}{%
+    \@namedef{wrap#1}{\wrapfloat{#1}}%
+    \@namedef{endwrap#1}{\endwrapfloat}%
+  }%
  }
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\FB@capsetup}
-% This only additional definition which is used with \pkg{caption} package
+% This only additional definition which is used with \package{caption} package
 % version 3.0. With this macro you may (re)define some layout settings
 % for captions.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -4021,7 +5452,7 @@
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\restylefloat}
-% The redefined \pkg{float} package macros to follow |\floatsetup| stuff.
+% The redefined \package{float} package macros to follow |\floatsetup| stuff.
 %
 % This macro starts to work at the beginning of document, so it has tests
 % for loaded packages.
@@ -4042,9 +5473,9 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %\newcommand\float@restyle{}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% To avoid redefinition of this macro by other packages (e.g. \pkg{wrapfig},
-% which uses |\float@restyle| as recognition of \pkg{float} v1.3 package)
-% \pkg{floatrow} package uses other name.
+% To avoid redefinition of this macro by other packages (e.g. \package{wrapfig},
+% which uses |\float@restyle| as recognition of \package{float} v1.3 package)
+% \package{floatrow} package uses other name.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added \cmd{\FR@redefs} command for local
 %   redefinitions.}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \cmd{\xdef}\cmd{\FBB@wd} changed to
@@ -4073,13 +5504,21 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % {\sl The standard |\@xdblfloat| macro changes |\hsize| to |\textwidth|.
 % This way is not correct so use |\@xfloat| instead.}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-    \let\@xdblfloat\@xfloat\@dblfloat{#1}}%
+% Here added flag which, if true, allows redefinition of starred float
+% environment like non-starred but with special layout. This redefinition
+% allows usage of |[H]| option.
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/01/18}{Added \cmd{\FR@ifdoubleaswide} flag:
+%   starred floats could be used for wide alternative layout}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \let\@xdblfloat\@xfloat\relax
+    \FR@ifdoubleaswide
+       \if@twocolumn\else\let\@dblfloat\@float\fi\fi
+    \@dblfloat{#1}}%
   \expandafter\let\csname end#1\endcsname\float@end
   \expandafter\let\csname end#1*\endcsname\float@dblend
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % One-column rotated float environment.
-% The code contents of |\rotfloat@float| macro (\pkg{rotfloat} package)
+% The code contents of |\rotfloat@float| macro (\package{rotfloat} package)
 % moved here.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
  \@ifundefined{@rotfloat}{}{%
@@ -4095,13 +5534,13 @@
 % Two-column rotated float environment without support.
 % (The style ``support'' for non-rotated two column or wide float
 % \texttt{widefloat} and \texttt{wide}\meta{captype} was removed.)
-% \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Restored \pkg{rotfloat}'s definition form
+% \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Restored \package{rotfloat}'s definition form
 %   for wide rotated float}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \ifx\@rotdblfloat\undefined
    \@namedef{sideways#1*}{%
-     \PackageError{floatrow}{%
-      You need rotating version 2.10 or newer to do this}{\@ehd}%
+     \flrow@error{%
+      You need rotating version 2.10 or newer to do this}%
      \@nameuse{sideways#1}}%
   \else
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -4117,7 +5556,7 @@
 % {\sl The standard |\@xdblfloat| macro changes |\hsize| to |\textwidth|.
 % This way is not correct so use |\@xfloat| instead.}
 %
-% The code contents of |\rotfloat@dblfloat| macro (\pkg{rotfloat}
+% The code contents of |\rotfloat@dblfloat| macro (\package{rotfloat}
 % package) moved here.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
      \let\@xdblfloat\@xfloat
@@ -4127,7 +5566,7 @@
   \fi
   \@namedef{endsideways#1*}{\FBbuildtrue\float@dblend}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% Wrapped float environment from \pkg{wrapfig} package.
+% Wrapped float environment from \package{wrapfig} package.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
  \@ifundefined{wrapfloat}{}{%
    \@ifundefined{flrow@WF@rapt}{\let\flrow@WF@rapt\WF@rapt
@@ -4137,17 +5576,19 @@
        \edef\FBB@wd{\the\dimen@}\FB@fs@wd\dimen@\FBo@wd
      \fi
      \flrow@WF@rapt[##1]{\dimen@}%
-       \@ifundefined{capstart}{}{\capstart}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Commented \cmd{\capstart} for a while}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%       \@ifundefined{capstart}{}{\capstart}%
        \the\FR@everyfloat\ignorespaces}%
    }{}%
    \@namedef{wrap#1}{\killfloatstyle\def\@captype{#1}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% ^^A The \cmd{\FloatHBarrier} for \pkg{flafplins}.
+% ^^A The \cmd{\FloatHBarrier} for \package{flafplins}.
 % ^^A \changes{v0.1j}{2006/03/12}{Added \cmd{\FloatHBarrier} in wrapfloat}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
      \FR@redefs\FBc@wd\z@
-     \flrow@setlist{{#1}{wrapfloat}{wrap#1}{tmpset}}%
-     \global\let\flrow@typ@tmpset\undefined
+     \flrow@setlist{{#1}{wrapfloat}{wrap#1}}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Here repeated code from |\float@end| and |\float@dblend|: check whether
 % |\floatbox| stuff appeared or not.
@@ -4163,6 +5604,7 @@
 %^^A       \adj@dim\hsize+\FBo@wadj=\hsize
          \global\setbox\WF@box\flrow@FB{\wd\WF@box}%
        \else
+         \global\let\flrow@typ@tmpset\undefined
          \global\let\WF@box\@currbox
        \fi}%
      \@ifnextchar[\WF@wr{\WF@wr[]}}%]
@@ -4173,14 +5615,16 @@
 %^^A   \@namedef{endwrap#1}{\ifdim\hsize>\z@
 %^^A      \adj@dim\hsize+\FBo@wadj=\hsize\fi\endwrapfloat}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% At last definitions for new subfloat numeration for \pkg{subfig} package.
+% At last definitions for new subfloat numeration for \package{subfig} package.
 % The subfloats for figures and tables (|\c@subfigure| and |\c@subtable|)
 % already defined: so at first goes check, whether defined this command for
 % subfloat (suggestions of Steven Cochran ).
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added check/filter for already created
 %   subfigures and subtables (SC).}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{The check macro for subfig package
+%   changed.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
- \@ifundefined{subfloat}{}{\@ifundefined{c@sub#1}{\newsubfloat{#1}}{}}}
+ \@ifundefined{sf@@@subfloat}{}{\@ifundefined{c@sub#1}{\newsubfloat{#1}}{}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{em}
@@ -4216,12 +5660,12 @@
 % counter, was removed. It was replaced by |\DeclareNewFloatType| stuff.}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \subsubsection{The \pkg{float} Package: Adapting \LaTeX\ Internals}
+% \subsubsection{The \package{float} Package: Adapting \LaTeX\ Internals}
 %
 % We have to adapt some of \LaTeX's internal macros to our needs.
 % There are several things that have to be changed around
-% in order to provide the functionality of David Carlisle's \pkg{here}.
-% The following is thus lifted from \pkg{here}, with changes and with
+% in order to provide the functionality of David Carlisle's \package{here}.
+% The following is thus lifted from \package{here}, with changes and with
 % David's permission:
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\@float@Hx}
@@ -4240,7 +5684,7 @@
 \def\@xfloat#1[{\@ifnextchar{H}{\@float@HH{#1}[}{\@float@Hx{#1}[}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
-% {\em\textit{Floatrow note}. Since \pkg{floatrow} always uses float style,
+% {\em\textit{Floatrow note}. Since \package{floatrow} always uses float style,
 % the stuff of flag \cmd{\@flstyle} (which sets whether use or not any
 % predefined float style) moved out.}
 %
@@ -4257,14 +5701,18 @@
 \def\@float@HH#1[H]{%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %^^A {\em\textit{Floatrow note}.  If we want to put barrier
-%^^A (i.e. use beta-package \pkg{flafplins}).}
+%^^A (i.e. use beta-package \package{flafplins}).}
 %  \changes{v0.1j}{2006/03/12}{Added \cmd{\FloatHBarrier}}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \@ifundefined{FloatHBarrier}{}\FloatHBarrier
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Locally redefine the end of the environment.
+%  \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Added \cmd{\FR@ifdoubleaswide} to allow usage of [H] option in wide floats}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \expandafter\let\csname end#1\endcsname\float@endH
+  \FR@ifdoubleaswide
+    \expandafter\let\csname end#1*\endcsname\float@endH
+  \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % We don't get a |\@currbox| if we don't actually use the float mechanism.
 % Therefore we fake one using the |\float@box| defined above.
@@ -4281,16 +5729,20 @@
 % \texttt{[h]} option.
 %
 % \emph{Floatrow note.
-% Since \pkg{floatrow} always uses preloaded style
+% Since \package{floatrow} always uses preloaded style
 % the stuff of flag \cmd{\@flstyle} moved out.}
+% Here added zeroing of list margins in the case of appearance of |\floatbox|
+% inside list environment.
 % \changes{v0.1h}{2005/10/02}{Added setting for \cmd{\linewidth}}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Margins zeroed for the case of appearance
+%   of \cmd{\floatbox} inside list environment.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \def\@captype{#1}\setbox\@floatcapt=\vbox{}%
   \setbox\@currbox\color@vbox\normalcolor
     \vbox\bgroup
       \hsize\columnwidth
       \linewidth\columnwidth
-      \@parboxrestore
+      \@parboxrestore\leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\z@
       \@floatboxreset \@setnobreak
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % The final |\ignorespaces| is needed to gobble any spaces or new lines
@@ -4307,7 +5759,7 @@
 % At first goes original \LaTeX's macro |\@floatboxreset| saved as
 % |\FR@flboxreset| at the beginning of package.
 % Then goes flag for facing layout and command which inputs references from
-% \texttt{aux}-file and temporary settings. At last \pkg{floatrow} looks
+% \texttt{aux}-file and temporary settings. At last \package{floatrow} looks
 % whether caption stays above/below object, or beside and chooses necessary
 % macro of width counting.
 % \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Added flag for float box layout building}
@@ -4319,7 +5771,6 @@
   \@ifundefined{capstart}{}{\capstart}%
   \FB@facing\@tempswafalse\FBiffacing\@tempswatrue\fi
   \if@tempswa\FB@readaux{\relax}\fi
-  \flrow@settype{tmpset}\global\let\flrow@typ@tmpset\undefined
   \global\let\FBcheight\relax\global\let\FBoheight\relax
   \global\let\FBfheight\relax
   \FBifcapbeside\FC@fs@wd\else\FB@fs@wd\fi
@@ -4374,8 +5825,8 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \FC@ifc@wd
      \ifx\FCwidth\relax
-        \PackageError{You didn't define width of caption\MessageBreak
-          for plain float environment.}{\flrow@eh}%
+        \flrow@error{You didn't define width of caption\MessageBreak
+          for plain float environment.}%
      \else
         \global\FBc@wd=\FCwidth
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -4418,7 +5869,7 @@
 %  \textit{Floatrow note.}
 % Macro |\float@makebox| was redefined to fit more float object---caption
 % combinations. There was created the |\float@makebox| stuff.
-% First goes changed \pkg{float} |\float@makebox| which loads necessary
+% First goes changed \package{float} |\float@makebox| which loads necessary
 % layout macro for above/below or beside captions.
 %
 % The  |\float@makebox| stuff includes |\FB@foot| macro
@@ -4443,12 +5894,17 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@FB}
 % The macro of |\float@makebox| stuff which builds float box with
 % above/below caption.
+% Here added zeroing of list margins in the case of appearance of |\floatbox|
+% inside list environment.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The argument used for defining of
-%    dimension---restored for (\pkg{float}) compatibility with
-%    \pkg{hyperref} package.}
+%    dimension---restored for (\package{float}) compatibility with
+%    \package{hyperref} package.}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Margins zeroed for the case of appearance
+%   of \cmd{\floatbox} inside list environment.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\flrow@FB[1]{\vbox{\@tempdima=#1\vskip\FBaskip
-  \@parboxrestore\hbox to\@tempdima{\def\FB@zskip{\vskip\z@}%
+  \@parboxrestore\leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\z@
+  \hbox to\@tempdima{\def\FB@zskip{\vskip\z@}%
   \FBleftmargin\flrow@FB@\FBrightmargin}%
   \FBiffacing\FB@writeaux{\string\global\string\c@FBcnt\thepage}\fi
   \gdef\begin@FBBOX{\vbox\bgroup}\gdef\end@FBBOX{\egroup}%
@@ -4459,11 +5915,15 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@FC}
 % Definition of float with beside caption.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The argument used for defining of
-%    dimension---restored for (\pkg{float}) compatibility with
-%    \pkg{hyperref} package.}
+%    dimension---restored for (\package{float}) compatibility with
+%    \package{hyperref} package.}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Margins zeroed for the case of appearance
+%   of \cmd{\floatbox} inside list environment.}
+% Here added zeroing of list margins in the case of appearance of |\floatbox|
+% inside list environment.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\flrow@FC[1]{\vbox{\@tempdima=#1\@parboxrestore
-  \flrow@FClist\vskip\FBaskip
+  \leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\z@\flrow@FClist\vskip\FBaskip
   \hbox to\@tempdima{\FCleftmargin\flrow@FC@\FCrightmargin}%
   \FBiffacing\FB@writeaux{\string\global\string\c@FBcnt\thepage}\fi
   \nocapbeside\global\let\FCwidth\relax
@@ -4509,13 +5969,21 @@
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{New design implementation for
 %   \cmd{\captionof}-like stuff?}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\flrow@FB@{\FB@frame{\begin@FBBOX
+\newcommand\flrow@FB@{\global\let\flrow@typ@tmpset\undefined
+ \FB@frame{\begin@FBBOX
   \adj@dim\FBo@wd+\FBo@wadj=\hsize
   \@tempdima\ht\@currbox\advance\@tempdima\dp\@currbox
   \ifdim\@tempdima=\z@
      \def\@@FBskip{}\let\FBo@frame\@gobble
   \fi
-  \@parboxrestore\@@FBabove
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here added zeroing of list margins in the case of appearance of |\floatbox|
+% inside list environment.
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Margins zeroed for the case of appearance
+%   of \cmd{\floatbox} inside list environment.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \@parboxrestore\leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\z@
+  \@@FBabove
   \FBifcaptop
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % If needed and exists---caption box above float object.
@@ -4571,10 +6039,18 @@
 %  separate parameters for building of beside caption layout and float
 %  environment margins.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\flrow@FC@{\FB@frame{\begin@FBBOX
+\newcommand\flrow@FC@{\global\let\flrow@typ@tmpset\undefined
+ \FB@frame{\begin@FBBOX
    \adj@dim\FBo@wd+\FBo@wadj=\hsize
    \settowidth\@tempdimb{\floatcapbesidesep}\advance\hsize\@tempdimb
-   \advance\hsize\FBc@wd\@parboxrestore\@@FBabove
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Margins zeroed for the case of appearance
+%   of \cmd{\floatbox} inside list environment.}
+% Here added zeroing of list margins in the case of appearance of |\floatbox|
+% inside list environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \advance\hsize\FBc@wd\@parboxrestore\leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\z@
+   \@@FBabove
     \hbox{\floatfacing*%
       {\ifvoid\@floatcapt\else
          \FCc@box{\FBw@box\FBc@wd\unvbox\@floatcapt\FB@foot}%
@@ -4619,7 +6095,7 @@
 % Added flag |\ifFBbuild| for float box layout building.
 % This flag stops repeated usage of |\float@makebox| after |\floatbox|
 % in |\float@end|, |\float@endH| and
-% |\float@dblend| macros and, if \pkg{rotating} used,
+% |\float@dblend| macros and, if \package{rotating} used,
 % in replaces usage of |\float@makebox| to \LaTeX's standard box |\@currbox|
 % |\rotfloat@makebox| and |\rotfloat@dblmakebox| commands.}
 % \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Added flag for float box layout building}
@@ -4632,7 +6108,7 @@
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\float@endH}
-% The |\float@endH| command is, again, derived from \pkg{here}. It'll
+% The |\float@endH| command is, again, derived from \package{here}. It'll
 % deal correctly with a non-floating float, inserting the proper amounts
 % of white space above and below.
 %
@@ -4642,11 +6118,21 @@
 % \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Added flag for float box layout building}
 % \changes{v0.1h}{2005/10/25}{Added penalties \cmd{\@beginparpenalty}
 %   and \cmd{\@endparpenalty}}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/01/14}{Added \cmd{\floatHpenalties} settings and flag for
+%   usage of list penalties}
+% There is also added flag for loading of list penalties around anchored float.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\floatHpenalties{}
 \newcommand\float@endH{\@endfloatbox\par
-  \addpenalty\@beginparpenalty\vskip\intextsep
+  \FR@iffloatHaslist
+    \floatHpenalties\relax
+    \addpenalty\@beginparpenalty
+  \fi
+  \vskip\intextsep
   \ifFBbuild\setbox\@currbox\float@makebox\columnwidth\fi
-  \box\@currbox\par\addpenalty\@endparpenalty\vskip\intextsep\relax}
+  \box\@currbox\par
+  \FR@iffloatHaslist\addpenalty\@endparpenalty\@endpetrue\fi
+  \vskip\intextsep\relax}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
@@ -4666,7 +6152,7 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \subsubsection{\pkg{float} package: Captions and lists of floats}
+% \subsubsection{\package{float} package: Captions and lists of floats}
 %
 % Now for the caption routines.
 % We use a box, |\@floatcapt|, to hold the caption while the float
@@ -4677,9 +6163,9 @@
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\caption}
 % This is the only \LaTeX\ macro that this document style supersedes.
-% {\em[\dots]} the caption routines from \pkg{float} are used {\em[\dots]}.
-% {\em \textit{Floatrow note.} The \pkg{float}'s caption layout stuff
-% replaced by \pkg{caption}'s |\captionsetup|. In \pkg{floatrow}
+% {\em[\dots]} the caption routines from \package{float} are used {\em[\dots]}.
+% {\em \textit{Floatrow note.} The \package{float}'s caption layout stuff
+% replaced by \package{caption}'s |\captionsetup|. In \package{floatrow}
 % package redefined |\@makecaption| command (\LaTeX's definition
 % of |\caption| commented).}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The definition of \cmd{\caption} commented.}
@@ -4700,7 +6186,7 @@
 % the appropriate listing. It also controls the typesetting of the caption
 % itself, although a style-dependent macro |\@fs@capt| is called to handle
 % the specifics. {\em \textit{Floatrow note}. The command |\@fs@capt|
-% removed---\pkg{floatrow} package uses \pkg{caption} 3.0 possibilities and
+% removed---\package{floatrow} package uses \package{caption} 3.0 possibilities and
 % its own definitions.}
 %
 % Note that because the caption is saved in a box
@@ -4752,7 +6238,7 @@
 % |\flrow@error|)}.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*{\listof}[2]{%
-  \@ifundefined{ext@#1}{\flrow@error{#1}}{%
+  \@ifundefined{ext@#1}{\flrow@error{Unknown float style `#1'}}{%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % All's well until now. We define the |\l@|\meta{float} command
 % that \LaTeX\ needs for formatting the list, and then typeset the
@@ -4806,14 +6292,14 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% {\em \textit{Floatrow note.} Here goes \pkg{floatrow} message about
-% finishing of loading of \pkg{float} package's corrected code.}
+% {\em \textit{Floatrow note.} Here goes \package{floatrow} message about
+% finishing of loading of \package{float} package's corrected code.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \PackageInfo{floatrow}{Modified float package code loaded}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
 % \subsection{Borrowed Code (with original comment)
-%     from \pkg{rotfloat} package}
+%     from \package{rotfloat} package}
 %
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \IfFileExists{rotating.sty}{\@tempswatrue}{\@tempswafalse}
@@ -4823,8 +6309,8 @@
 % {\em \textit{Floatrow note.} Here goes code of revised and adapted package
 % to floatrow. With documentation.
 %
-% The main redefinitions for \pkg{rotfloat} (|\flrow@restyle| stuff) purposes
-% were made above (in \pkg{float} part).\\{}[\dots]
+% The main redefinitions for \package{rotfloat} (|\flrow@restyle| stuff) purposes
+% were made above (in \package{float} part).\\{}[\dots]
 %
 % Code contents of |\rotfloat@float| and |\rotfloat@dblfloat| moved up
 % inside |\flrow@restyle| macro.}
@@ -4853,7 +6339,7 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\rotfloat@makebox}
 % \begin{macro}{\rotdblfloat@makebox}
 % |\float@makebox| has a parameter here which will be set to |\columnwidth|
-% or |\textwidth|. (In the \pkg{float} package $v1.2$ the |\columnwidth| was
+% or |\textwidth|. (In the \package{float} package $v1.2$ the |\columnwidth| was
 % hard wired into |\float@makebox|.) So we have to pass this parameter
 % through the original version of |\float@makebox| which we have saved to
 % |\rotfloat@@makebox| within |\rotfloat@float|.)
@@ -4873,8 +6359,8 @@
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % That's all folks\dots {\em  \textit{Floatrow note:} of borrowed
-% \pkg{rotfloat} package. And here goes message about loading of
-% \pkg{rotfloat} package's code.}
+% \package{rotfloat} package. And here goes message about loading of
+% \package{rotfloat} package's code.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \PackageInfo{floatrow}{Modified rotfloat package code loaded}
 \fi
@@ -4941,8 +6427,8 @@
 % There is the definition of |\footnotemark| which creates the same mark as
 % |\footnote| inside \texttt{minipage} environment. That could be useful in
 % multiple footnote marks in tables. Since the same definition was loaded
-% in \pkg{footmisc} v5.3, these macros are  defined at the beginning of
-% document in the case only if \pkg{footmisc} was not loaded.
+% in \package{footmisc} v5.3, these macros are  defined at the beginning of
+% document in the case only if \package{footmisc} was not loaded.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \AtBeginDocument{\providecommand\mpfootnotemark{\@ifnextchar[%]
    \@xmpfootnotemark{\stepcounter\@mpfn
@@ -4957,14 +6443,24 @@
 % \subsection{Macro for Legends, Explications, etc.}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\floatfoot}
-% This command made for the same reasons as \pkg{ccaption}'s |\legend|
+% This command made for the same reasons as \package{ccaption}'s |\legend|
 % macro and uses its style. It uses |\caption| mechanism.
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{The creation of float foot contents extracted
+%   for usage in longtable.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+\captionsetup[floatfoot]{labelformat=empty,labelsep=none}
 \newcommand\floatfoot{\@ifstar
-  {\def\FR@tmp{\@parboxrestore\captionfootfont}\floatfoot@}%
-  {\def\FR@tmp{\captionfootfont}\floatfoot@}}
+    {\def\FR@tmp{\@parboxrestore\captionfootfont}\floatfoot@}%
+    {\def\FR@tmp{\captionfootfont}\floatfoot@}}
 \newcommand\floatfoot@[1]{%
   \global\setbox\flrow@foot\vbox{%
+  \floatfoot@box{#1}}}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% For the case of usage outside of |\floatbox|  and float environments. E.g.
+% inside \env{longtable} environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\floatfoot@box[1]{%
+  \@ifundefined{@captype}{\def\@captype{floatfoot}}{}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % The |\if@@FS| flag stored for \env{wrap...} environments.
 % \changes{v0.1h}{2005/10/02}{Added setting for \cmd{\linewidth}}
@@ -4974,17 +6470,16 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Apply current float settings.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-  \caption@settype{\@captype}%
+  \caption@setoptions{\@captype}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Apply floatfoot settings.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-  \caption@settype{floatfoot}%
+  \caption@setoptions{floatfoot}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % No captionlabel.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-    \captionsetup{labelformat=empty,labelsep=none}%
      \caption@@make{}{\FR@tmp#1\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
-  \color@endgroup}}%
+  \color@endgroup}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
@@ -5020,9 +6515,11 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\renewfloatcommand}
 % The following macros allow to define user commands-abbreviations:
 % they have common unchanged preamble and setting for default width of
-% float box. Usage:\\[\medskipamount]
+% float box. Usage:
+%  \begin{Quote}%
 % |\newfloatcommand{|\meta{command}|}{|\meta{captype}|}|^^A
-% |[|\meta{preamble}|][|\meta{default width}|]|\\[\medskipamount]
+% |[|\meta{preamble}|][|\meta{default width}|]|
+%  \end{Quote}%
 % where:
 % \begin{description}
 % \item[\meta{command}]the new command name without backslash;
@@ -5034,18 +6531,18 @@
 %   will be equal to width of object.
 % \end{description}
 % Examples:
-% \begin{verse}
-% |\newfloatcommand{ffigbox}{figure}|\\
+% \begin{Quote}
+% |\newfloatcommand{ffigbox}{figure}|
 % |\newfloatcommand{ttabbox}{table}[\captop][\FBwidth]|
-% \end{verse}
+% \end{Quote}
 %
 % The definition of command for new float command.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Bug fix: corrected \cmd{\@latex@error}
 %   command code.}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}%
 \newcommand\newfloatcommand[2]{%
   \@ifundefined{#1}{}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{\string#1 already defined}{\@ehd}}%
+    {\flrow@error{\string#1 already defined}}%
   \@ifnextchar[{\FB@nc{#1}{#2}}{\FB@nc{#1}{#2}[]}}
 \newcommand\renewfloatcommand[2]{%
   \@ifundefined{#1}{}%
@@ -5056,7 +6553,11 @@
   \@ifnextchar[{\FB@@nc{#1}{#2}[#3]}{\FB@@nc{#1}{#2}[#3][]}}
 \def\FB@@nc#1#2[#3][#4]{%
   \@namedef{#1}{\begingroup
-  #3\def\@captype{#2}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{The option with settings for float
+%   box saved to temporary command}
+%    \begin{macrocode}%
+  \def\FB@tmpset{#3}\def\@captype{#2}%
   \@ifnextchar[{\@floatbox}{\@floatbox[#4]}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -5149,18 +6650,23 @@
 % Gobbling of caption label and localization of counter change.
 % \changes{v0.1h}{2005/10/25}{The \cmd{\refstepcounter} and
 %   \cmd{\refsteponlycounter} localized (for \cmd{\ContinuedFloat}
-%    with \pkg{subfig}).}
+%    with \package{subfig}).}
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{The \cmd{\stepcounter} also
+%    localized (for \cmd{\ContinuedFloat}
+%    with \package{subfig} and  \package{caption}).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\FR@loc@{\let\label\@gobble
-  \let\refstepcounter\FR@loc@refcnt\let\refsteponlycounter\FR@loc@refcnt
+  \let\refstepcounter\FR@loc@refcnt
+  \let\stepcounter\FR@loc@refcnt
+  \let\refsteponlycounter\FR@loc@refcnt
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% The |\cl@@ckpt| is macro which ``globalizes'' all counter. It is used by
+% The |\cl@@ckpt| is macro which ``globalizes'' all counters. It is used by
 % \env{tabularx} environment. Here it is emptied during local creation of
 % caption box.
 % \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Advanced redefinition of global recount
 %   (for \env{tabularx} environment)}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added `gobbling' redefinition for
-%   \cmd{\sf@updatecaptionlist} macro (\pkg{subfig}).}
+%   \cmd{\sf@updatecaptionlist} macro (\package{subfig}).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \let\cl@@ckpt\empty\let\addtocounter\FR@loc@addcnt
   \def\sf@updatecaptionlist##1##2##3##4{}}
@@ -5168,11 +6674,13 @@
 % The macro for temporary redefinition for counting of caption width.
 % \changes{v0.1h}{2005/10/31}{The \cmd{\caption@lfmt} used instead of
 %    \cmd{\fnum@}\cmd{\@captype}.}
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{Added \cmd{\relax} for compatibility with
+%    caption 3.1.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\FBtmp@cap#1[#2]#3{\sbox\@tempboxa
 %  {\caption@@@make{\csname fnum@\@captype \endcsname}{#3}}%
   {\caption@@@make{\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{\@captype name}}%
-              {\@nameuse{the\@captype}}}{#3}}%
+              {\@nameuse{the\@captype}}\relax}{#3}}%
   \global\@tempdimb\wd\@tempboxa}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -5183,7 +6691,7 @@
 % This macro counts widths and heights of caption and
 % object boxes accordingly to \meta{width} and \meta{height}
 % arguments of |\floatbox| macro.
-% \label{FBwidth}
+% \label{code:FBwidth}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\FBget@box[3]{%
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -5324,7 +6832,7 @@
 %   \cmd{\refstepcounter}.}
 % \changes{v0.1h}{2005/10/30}{The \cmd{\refstepcounter} and
 %   \cmd{\refsteponlycounter} localized (for \cmd{\ContinuedFloat}
-%    with \pkg{subfig}).}
+%    with \package{subfig}).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
     \ifx\FCwidth\relax
       \setbox1\vbox{\FR@loc@
@@ -5350,7 +6858,8 @@
 %
 % There is na\u\i{}ve check of existence of |\FBwidth| and/or
 % |\FBheight| commands in optional arguments. I hope it could work
-% unless you are manipulating with metre dimensions or set more than
+% unless you are manipulating with metre dimensions (I hope you're not
+% preparing a metre book!) or set more than
 % |5\FBwidth| (|5\FBheight|) in \meta{width} (\meta{height}) option.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \texttt{4}\cmd{\textwidth} changed
 %   to absolute value.}
@@ -5536,13 +7045,18 @@
 % The start of main macro of object---caption box building.
 %
 % The preparation of optional arguments.
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{The option with settings for float
+%   box saved to temporary command}
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{Added \cmd{\floatbox@depth} counter for possible
+%        multilevel including box in box}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\floatbox[2][]{\begingroup
-  #1\def\@captype{#2}%
+  \def\FB@tmpset{#1}\def\@captype{#2}%
   \@ifnextchar[{\@floatbox}{\@floatbox[]}}
 \@ifdefinable\@floatbox{}\@ifdefinable\@@floatbox{}
 \def\@floatbox[#1]{%
   \@ifnextchar[{\@@floatbox[#1]}{\@@floatbox[#1][]}}
+\@ifdefinable\floatbox@depth{\newcount\floatbox@depth}
 \def\@@floatbox[#1][#2]{%
   \@ifnextchar[{\@@@floatbox[#1][#2]}{\@@@floatbox[#1][#2][]}}%]
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -5551,7 +7065,7 @@
 % Building object---caption box.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifdefinable\@@@floatbox{}
-\long\def\@@@floatbox[#1][#2][#3]#4#5{%
+\long\def\@@@floatbox[#1][#2][#3]#4#5{\advance\floatbox@depth\@ne
   \@FB@vpos{#3}%
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % If object---caption stays alone here go
@@ -5564,18 +7078,30 @@
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \cmd{\capstart} stuff loaded here.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \if@@FS\else\FR@redefs
-    \flrow@setlist{{\@captype}}\FRifFBOX\@@setframe\fi\@@FStrue
+    \ifcase\floatbox@depth\or
+      \flrow@setlist{{\@captype}}\or
+      \flrow@setlist{{subfloat}{subtype}{sub\@captype}}\fi
+    \FRifFBOX\@@setframe\fi\@@FStrue
   \fi
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Put temporary command with option settings
+%   for float box}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \FB@tmpset
+%    \end{macrocode}
 % Then load settings for beside captions, in the case we use this
 % layout---the beside caption could use a bit different layout.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
   \FBifcapbeside\flrow@FClist\fi
-  \flrow@settype{tmpset}\global\let\flrow@typ@tmpset\undefined
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Restoring standard justified paragraph settings${{}+{}}$|\parindent\z@|.
+% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added zeroed \cmd{\leftmargin} and
+%    \cmd{\rightmargin} in the case
+%    of appearance inside list environment. Canceling \package{caption}
+%    of package calculations?}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-  \@parboxrestore\floatobjectset\floatfont
+  \@parboxrestore\leftmargin\z@\rightmargin\z@
+  \floatobjectset\floatfont
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Here is called macro which counts widths and heights of caption
 % and object. Before it starts group to localize |\hsize| settings.
@@ -5604,14 +7130,16 @@
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \cmd{\capstart} added as
 %   b)~\cmd{\FBsetbox@obj} argument (in float row).}
 % \changes{v0.1h}{2005/10/02}{Added setting for \cmd{\linewidth}}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Added \cmd{\relax} for \cmd{\FBB@wd} to allow multilevel boxes}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
     \adj@dim\FB@wd+\FB@wadj=\hsize\linewidth\hsize
     \ifx\FBB@wd\relax\edef\FBB@wd{\the\hsize}\fi
-    \FBsetbox@obj{\@ifundefined{capstart}{}{\capstart}#4#5}\FBbuildtrue
+    \FBsetbox@obj{\@ifundefined{capstart}{}{\capstart}\let\FBB@wd\relax
+    #4#5}\FBbuildtrue
     \FBifcapbeside\flrow@FC\FBB@wd\else\flrow@FB\FBB@wd\fi
     \global\FBbuildfalse
 %    \global\FB@wd\hsize
-  \fi
+  \fi\advance\floatbox@depth\m@ne
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \changes{v0.1b}{2004/10/22}{Bug fix: grouping restored\ldots}
 % \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{\ldots for all cases.}
@@ -5675,7 +7203,7 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % The macro for storing float object in box in the same way as
 % in plain environment. There is added code for possible usage of
-% \pkg{color} package and color boxes.
+% \package{color} package and color boxes.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\FBsetbox@obj[1]{%
   \setbox\float@box\color@vbox\normalcolor
@@ -5728,12 +7256,19 @@
 % First go counter of floats in row, then the settings for float layout.
 % \changes{v0.1d}{2005/02/07}{Added vertical skips (\cmd{\FBaskip},
 %    \cmd{\FBbskip}) for layout fine tuning}
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/01/18}{IF \cmd{\FBB@wd} still not defined,
+%    here it equals to \cmd{\hsize}}
+% \changes{v0.2a}{2007/08/24}{Redefined boxes for building of above and below
+%    material}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\floatrow[1][2]{\setcounter{FRobj}{#1}\FB@facing
   \@tempswafalse\FBiffacing\@tempswatrue\fi
   \ifCADJ\@tempswatrue\fi\ifOADJ\@tempswatrue\fi
   \if@tempswa\FB@readaux{\relax}\fi
-  \vbox\bgroup\vskip\FBaskip\hsize\FBB@wd\@@FRabove
+  \ifx\FBB@wd\relax\edef\FBB@wd{\the\hsize}\fi
+  \vbox\bgroup\vskip\FBaskip\hsize\FBB@wd
+    \hb@xt@\hsize{\vbox{\settowidth\@tempdima{{\FRleftmargin}{\FRrightmargin}}{\advance\hsize-\@tempdima
+          \settowidth\leftskip\FRleftmargin\@@FRabove}}\hss}\unskip
     \hb@xt@\hsize\bgroup\let\FBiffloatrow\iftrue\FRleftmargin\begingroup
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Here starts trick with redefinition of |\hsize| inside float row.
@@ -5754,14 +7289,50 @@
 % Macro for float row end.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\endfloatrow{\ifdim\lastskip>\z@\unskip\fi
-    \endgroup\FRrightmargin\egroup%h box
-  \global\let\FBiffloatrow\iffalse\@@FRbelow
-  \vskip\FBbskip\gdef\FBaskip{\z@}\gdef\FBbskip{\z@}\egroup%v box
+      \endgroup\FRrightmargin\egroup%h box
+    \global\let\FBiffloatrow\iffalse
+    \hb@xt@\hsize{\vbox{\settowidth\@tempdima{{\FRleftmargin}{\FRrightmargin}}{\advance\hsize-\@tempdima
+          \settowidth\leftskip\FRleftmargin\@@FRbelow}}\hss}%
+    \vskip\FBbskip\gdef\FBaskip{\z@}\gdef\FBbskip{\z@}\egroup%v box
   \global\FBf@max\z@\global\FBo@max\z@\global\FBc@max\z@
   \gdef\begin@FBBOX{\vbox\bgroup}\gdef\end@FBBOX{\egroup}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{environment}
 %
+% \begin{environment}{subfloatrow}\label{subfloatrow}
+% Environment for placing beside subfloats. It is simpler than
+% \env{floatrow}. First go counter of floats (here it is local)
+% in row, then the settings for float layout.
+% \changes{v0.2a}{2007/08/24}{The \cmd{\subfloatrow} moved in main package body}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\subfloatrow[1][2]{\c@FRobj=#1%local
+  \ifdim\parindent<\z@\leavevmode\else\noindent\fi\hbox\bgroup
+    \let\FBiffloatrow\iftrue
+    \Xhsize\hsize\count@#1\advance\count@-1%
+    \settowidth\@tempdima{\subfloatrowsep}\let\floatrowsep\subfloatrowsep
+    \advance\Xhsize-\count@\@tempdima
+    \@tempdimb\Xhsize\divide\@tempdimb#1%
+    \hsize\@tempdimb\ignorespaces\killfloatstyle}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Macro for sub float row end.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\endsubfloatrow{\ifdim\lastskip>\z@\unskip\fi
+  \egroup\@ifundefined{adjustsubfloats}{}\adjustsubfloats
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{environment}
+%
+% The definition of subfloat separator.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\subfloatrowsep{\hskip\columnsep}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The caption label only. Commented
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand\captionlabel[1]{%
+%    \def\@makecaption##1##2{\hbox{\caption@@@make{##1}{##2}}}\caption{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
 % \subsection{Aligning Float Boxes}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\CenterFloatBoxes}
@@ -5807,6 +7378,39 @@
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 %
+% \begin{macro}{\newdimentocommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\renewdimentocommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\newskiptocommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\renewskiptocommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\newlengthtocommand}
+% \begin{macro}{\renewlengthtocommand}
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{Added substitution commands for usage instead skip
+%    or dimension parameters.}
+% These macros substitute usage of \LaTeX's macro |\newlength| and \TeX's
+% macros |\newdimen| and |\newskip|. These commands are are placed as prefix
+% before  \LaTeX's commands |\settowidth|/\allowbreak|\settoheght|/\allowbreak
+% |\settodepth|, |\setlength| and |\addtolength|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\newdimentocommand  [3]{%
+    #1\@tempdima{#3}\@ifdefinable#2{\xdef#2{\the\@tempdima}}}
+\providecommand\renewdimentocommand[3]{%
+    #1\@tempdima{#3}\xdef#2{\the\@tempdima}}
+\providecommand\newskiptocommand  [3]{%
+    #1\@tempskipa{#3}\@ifdefinable#2{\xdef#2{\the\@tempskipa}}}
+\providecommand\renewskiptocommand[3]{%
+    #1\@tempskipa{#3}\xdef#2{\the\@tempskipa}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\newlengthtocommand{\newskiptocommand}
+\providecommand\renewlengthtocommand{\renewskiptocommand}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+% \end{macro}
+%
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %</floatrow>
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -5817,9 +7421,9 @@
 %
 % \subsection{Float settings stuff}
 %
-% \subsubsection{Definitions analogous to \pkg{caption}'s ones}
+% \subsubsection{Definitions analogous to \package{caption}'s ones}
 %
-% The next bundle of definitions follow \pkg{caption} package macros
+% The next bundle of definitions follow \package{caption} package macros
 % to organize analogous mechanism of settings.
 %
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The macro \cmd{\flrow@ifinlist}
@@ -5831,13 +7435,13 @@
 \newcommand\flrow@setbool[2]{%
   \caption@ifinlist{#2}{1,true,yes,on}{\let#1\iftrue
   }{\caption@ifinlist{#2}{0,false,no,off}{\let#1\iffalse
-  }{\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined boolean value `#2'}{\flrow@eh}%
+  }{\flrow@error{Undefined boolean value `#2'}%
   }}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The macro \cmd{\l@addto@macro}
-%   deleted---it repeats \pkg{caption} package's definition.}
+%   deleted---it repeats \package{caption} package's definition.}
 %
 % \subsubsection{Defining Stuff for Float Layout Settings}
 %
@@ -5855,13 +7459,26 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/01/20}{\cmd{\caption@setkeys[floatrow]} instead of
+%    \cmd{\setkeys} (AS).}
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@setup}
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@esetup}
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@settype}
 % Macros analogous to |\caption@setup|, |\caption@esetup| and
-% |\caption@settype|.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\flrow@setup{\setkeys{floatrow}}
+% |\caption@setoptions|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%\@ifundefined{caption@keydepth}{\@tempswatrue}{\@tempswafalse}%
+%\if@tempswa
+%    \def\flrow@setup{\setkeys{floatrow}}%
+%    \@ifundefined{caption@setkeys}{}%
+%        {\let\flrow@caption@setkeys\caption@setkeys}%
+%    \def\caption@setkeys[#1]#2{\setkeys{#2}}%
+%    \AtEndOfPackage{\@ifundefined{flrow@caption@setkeys}{}%
+%        {\def\caption@setkeys\flrow@caption@setkeys
+%         \let\flrow@caption@setkeys\undefined}}%
+%\else
+    \def\flrow@setup{\caption@setkeys[floatrow]{floatrow}}
+%\fi
 \def\flrow@esetup#1{%
   \edef\FR@tmp{\noexpand\flrow@setup{#1}}\FR@tmp}
 \def\flrow@settype#1{\@ifundefined{flrow@typ@#1}{}%
@@ -5879,17 +7496,18 @@
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \cmd{\caption@setposition} settings
 %   moved here (AS).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\flrow@setlist[1]{\@flrow@setlist#1;%
+\newcommand\flrow@setlist[1]{\@flrow@setlist#1{tmpset};%
   \FR@ifCST\flrow@capsetup\fi\@cap@setlist#1;%
   \caption@setposition{\FBifcaptop t\else b\fi}}
 \newcommand\@flrow@setlist[1]{\flrow@settype{#1}\@ifnextchar;\@gobble
   \@flrow@setlist}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \cmd{\@cap@setlist} redefined (AS).}
-% The code of |\@cap@setlist| co-operated with \pkg{caption} package
+% The code of |\@cap@setlist| co-operated with \package{caption} package
 %   (code suggestions of Axel Sommerfeldt).
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\@cap@setlist[1]{\caption@settype{#1}%
+\@ifundefined{caption@setoptions}{\let\caption@setoptions\caption@settype}{}
+\newcommand\@cap@setlist[1]{\caption@setoptions{#1}%
    \@ifnextchar;{\let\caption@setfloattype\@gobble\@gobble}\@cap@setlist}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % This macro adds list of possible settings for beside captions.
@@ -5903,7 +7521,7 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\@nameundef}
 % \begin{macro}{\clearfloatsetup}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The macro \cmd{\@nameundef}
-%   deleted---it repeats \pkg{caption} package's definition.}
+%   deleted---it repeats \package{caption} package's definition.}
 % Removes all settings for chosen type of float.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\clearfloatsetup[1]{\@nameundef{flrow@typ@#1}}
@@ -5911,16 +7529,6 @@
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{\flrow@eh}
-% The |\caption@eh|-analog.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\flrow@eh{%
-  If you do not understand this error, please take look\MessageBreak
-  at `floatrow' and `caption' package documentations.\MessageBreak
-  \@ehc}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
 % \begin{macro}{\DeclareFROpt}
 % The |\DeclareCaptionOption|-analog.\\
 % Since this command has internal usage (before end of package) it has
@@ -5948,6 +7556,45 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
+% \begin{macro}{rawfloats}
+% The default behavior of floats is like in \package{float}-like mode after
+% |\restylefloat|.
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Key for raw float mode added.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\FR@ifrawfloats\iffalse
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The boolean key which defines, whether floats run in plain \LaTeX{} mode.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareFROpt*{rawfloats}[0]{\flrow@setbool{\FR@ifrawfloats}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{doublefloataswide}
+% Starred environments work like non-starred with special |\floatsetup| settings.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\FR@ifdoubleaswide\iffalse
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The boolean key which defines, whether starred non-rotated float in onecolumn
+% layout work like non-starred one but with special |\floatsetup| settings
+% for wide floats.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareFROpt{doublefloataswide}[0]{\flrow@setbool{\FR@ifdoubleaswide}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{floatHaslist}
+% The anchored float has list penalties around. If there are not blank line or
+% |\par| command, next paragraph starts without indentation.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\FR@iffloatHaslist\iffalse
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The boolean key which defines, whether anchored float
+% uses the same penalties before and after environment as list environments.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareFROpt{floatHaslist}[0]{\flrow@setbool{\FR@iffloatHaslist}{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
 % \subsubsection{Declaring of float styles}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\DeclareFloatStyle}
@@ -5961,20 +7608,22 @@
 \@onlypreamble\DeclareFloatStyle
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % The definition of command which defines settings for new float style.
-% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added \cmd{\caption@settype} in definition
+% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added \cmd{\caption@setoptions} in definition
 %    of \cmd{\flrow@capsetup} (AS).}
+% \changes{v0.2a}{2007/08/24}{Added star to \cmd{\caption@setstyle}
+%     (AS).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\flrow@setstyle[1]{%
   \@ifundefined{flrow@sty@#1}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined float style `#1'}{\flrow@eh}}%
+    {\flrow@error{Undefined float style `#1'}}%
     {\FBstyle@reset
      \def\flrow@capsetup{%
-        \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#1}{}{\caption@setstyle{#1}}%
-        \caption@settype {#1}}%
+        \@ifundefined{caption@sty@#1}{}{\caption@setstyle*{#1}}%
+        \caption@setoptions {#1}}%
      \flrow@esetup{\csname flrow@sty@#1\endcsname}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% Declarations of \pkg{float} package's emulating styles and new
-% \pkg{floatrow} styles.
+% Declarations of \package{float} package's emulating styles and new
+% \package{floatrow} styles.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The bottom caption position moved in
 %   \cmd{\FBstyle@reset} as default.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -5991,7 +7640,7 @@
   framefit=yes,heightadjust=all,framearound=all}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{style=}
+% \begin{macro}{style}
 % Declaring of key for float styles.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{style}{\flrow@setstyle{#1}}
@@ -5999,13 +7648,13 @@
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % The flag, which loads related caption style (if exists), to chosen float
-% style. The \pkg{caption} 3.0 package defines only one related caption
-% style to \pkg{float} package's style---\texttt{ruled}.
+% style. The \package{caption} 3.0 package defines only one related caption
+% style to \package{float} package's style---\texttt{ruled}.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \let\FR@ifCST\iftrue
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
-% \begin{macro}{relatedcapstyle=}
+% \begin{macro}{relatedcapstyle}
 % The boolean key which defines, whether to use caption style, related
 % to chosen float style.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -6015,11 +7664,11 @@
 %
 % \subsubsection{Defining Font}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{font=}
-% \begin{macro}{footfont=}
+% \begin{macro}{font}
+% \begin{macro}{footfont}
 % Fonts for object and |\floatfoot| contents. The settings of font for
 % |\floatfoot| use |\captionsetup| mechanism, so its name follows
-% \pkg{caption} package's rules (|\captionfootfont|).
+% \package{caption} package's rules (|\captionfootfont|).
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \texttt{footfont} key.}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \cmd{\AtBeginDocument}'s check---the
 %    \cmd{\captionsetup} is always known.}
@@ -6041,8 +7690,8 @@
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\captionfootfont}
 % Font for |\legend|-like command |\floatfoot|. This font is used inside
-% macro which uses \pkg{caption} package mechanism, so the name of this
-% font follows rules of font naming in \pkg{caption} package.
+% macro which uses \package{caption} package mechanism, so the name of this
+% font follows rules of font naming in \package{caption} package.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\captionfootfont{\normalfont\footnotesize}
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -6067,21 +7716,26 @@
 % |\flrow@setfont{|\meta{command}|}{|\meta{keyval-list of names}|}|.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The code of \cmd{\flrow@setfont} uses
 %   caption's key-val settings.}
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{Changed definition of \cmd{\flrowsetfont}
+%   for compatibility with caption (AS).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand*\flrow@setfont[2]{%
+%  \let\caption@tempa\@empty
+%  \begingroup\caption@setkeys[floatrow]{caption@fnt}{#2}\endgroup
+%  \expandafter\let\csname float#1\endcsname\caption@tempa}
 \newcommand*\flrow@setfont[2]{%
-  \let\caption@tempa\@empty
-  \begingroup\setkeys{caption@fnt}{#2}\endgroup
-  \expandafter\let\csname float#1\endcsname\caption@tempa}
+   \caption@setfont{@tempa}{#2}%
+   \expandafter\let\csname float#1\endcsname\caption@tempa}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{\cmd{\DeclareFloatFont} bundle
-%    removed---\pkg{floatrow} package uses \file{caption3} settings.}
+%    removed---\package{floatrow} package uses \file{caption3} settings.}
 %
 % \subsubsection{Declaring of Caption Position}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{capposition=}
+% \begin{macro}{capposition}
 % Keys for defining caption position in float box.
-% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added \texttt{position=} key as analog name
+% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added \texttt{position} key as analog name
 %   to the same key in \cmd{\captionsetup} stuff.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{capposition}{\flrow@cappos{#1}}
@@ -6099,7 +7753,7 @@
   }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{T,TOP,ABOVE}{\CAPTOP\nocapbeside
   }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,below,default}{\capbot\nocapbeside
   }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{beside,side}{\caption@setposition{a}\capbeside
-  }{\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined caption position `#1'}{\flrow@eh}%
+  }{\flrow@error{Undefined caption position `#1'}%
   }}}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -6140,10 +7794,11 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\capbeside}
 % \begin{macro}{\nocapbeside}
 % There is flag and commands for printing caption and object beside.
+% \changes{v0.2a}{2007/08/24}{Removed \cmd{\global}.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \let\FBifcapbeside\iffalse
-\newcommand\capbeside{\global\let\FBifcapbeside\iftrue}
-\newcommand\nocapbeside{\global\let\FBifcapbeside\iffalse}
+\newcommand\capbeside{\let\FBifcapbeside\iftrue}
+\newcommand\nocapbeside{\let\FBifcapbeside\iffalse}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -6151,7 +7806,7 @@
 %
 % \subsubsection{Defining for Beside Captions}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{capbesideframe=}
+% \begin{macro}{capbesideframe}
 % This boolean key declares whether near beside caption stays framed
 % object.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \texttt{besidecapframe} key.}
@@ -6160,7 +7815,7 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{capbesidewidth=}
+% \begin{macro}{capbesidewidth}
 % This key defines width of beside caption.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \texttt{besidecapwidth} key.}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Bug fix: the \cmd{\FCwidth} command defined
@@ -6171,12 +7826,12 @@
 \newcommand\useFCwidth{\let\FC@ifc@wd\iftrue\let\FCwidth\relax}
 \@ifdefinable\FCwidth{\let\FCwidth\relax}
 \newcommand\flrow@FCc@wd[1]{%
-  \caption@ifinlist{#1}{none,sidefill}{\let\FC@ifc@wd\iffalse
+  \caption@ifinlist{#1}{none,sidefil}{\let\FC@ifc@wd\iffalse
   }{\useFCwidth\def\FCwidth{#1}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{capbesideposition=}
+% \begin{macro}{capbesideposition}
 % Declares position of beside caption in document.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \texttt{besidecapposition} key.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -6194,7 +7849,7 @@
   \define@key{flrow@scpos}{#1}[]{\g@addto@macro\FR@tmp{#2}}}
 \newcommand*\flrow@scpos[1]{%
   \let\FR@tmp\@empty
-  \begingroup\setkeys{flrow@scpos}{#1}\endgroup
+  \begingroup\caption@setkeys[floatrow]{flrow@scpos}{#1}\endgroup
   \FR@tmp}
 \@onlypreamble\DeclareSCPos
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -6228,7 +7883,7 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{footposition=}
+% \begin{macro}{footposition}
 % Keys for defining foot text position.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{footposition}{\flrow@ftpos{#1}}
@@ -6244,7 +7899,7 @@
   \define@key{flrow@ftpos}{#1}[]{\g@addto@macro\FR@tmp{#2}}}
 \newcommand*\flrow@ftpos[1]{%
   \let\FR@tmp\@empty
-  \begingroup\setkeys{flrow@ftpos}{#1}\endgroup
+  \begingroup\caption@setkeys[floatrow]{flrow@ftpos}{#1}\endgroup
   \FR@tmp}
 \@onlypreamble\DeclareFtPos
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -6258,7 +7913,7 @@
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{heightadjust=}
+% \begin{macro}{heightadjust}
 % Keys for vertical adjustment and alignment.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{heightadjust}{\flrow@htadj{#1}}
@@ -6274,7 +7929,7 @@
 \newcommand\DeclareHtAdj[2]{%
   \define@key{flrow@htadj}{#1}[]{\g@addto@macro\FR@tmp{#2}}}
 \newcommand*\flrow@htadj[1]{\let\FR@tmp\@empty
-  \begingroup\setkeys{flrow@htadj}{#1}\endgroup
+  \begingroup\caption@setkeys[floatrow]{flrow@htadj}{#1}\endgroup
   \FR@tmp}
 \@onlypreamble\DeclareHtAdj
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -6301,7 +7956,7 @@
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{valign=}
+% \begin{macro}{valign}
 % Keys for vertical alignment.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{valign}{\@FB@vpos{#1}}
@@ -6323,7 +7978,7 @@
 %
 % \subsubsection{Facing Pages}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{facing=}
+% \begin{macro}{facing}
 % Defines, if necessary, flag for facing pages.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{facing}[1]{\flrow@setbool{\FBiffacing}{#1}}
@@ -6342,7 +7997,7 @@
 %
 % \subsubsection{Float Box and Float Object Settings}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{margins=}
+% \begin{macro}{margins}
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@FBAlign}
 % Declaring of option for |\floatbox| alignment and margins material.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \texttt{floatmarginsset} key.}
@@ -6353,7 +8008,7 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\flrow@FBAlign[1]{%
   \@ifundefined{flrow@mj@#1}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined float alignment `#1'}{\flrow@eh}}%
+    {\flrow@error{Undefined float alignment `#1'}}%
     {\@nameuse{flrow@mj@#1}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -6371,7 +8026,7 @@
 %
 % Declaring of float box alignment.
 % \changes{v0.1g}{2005/07/15}{Added settings for \cmd{\LTleft} and
-%   \cmd{\LTright} commands from \pkg{longtable} package.}
+%   \cmd{\LTright} commands from \package{longtable} package.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newskip\LTleft\newskip\LTright
 \DeclareMarginSet{centering}{\setfloatmargins{\hfill}{\hfill}%
@@ -6451,8 +8106,8 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{objectset=}
-% \begin{macro}{justification=}
+% \begin{macro}{objectset}
+% \begin{macro}{justification}
 % Declaring of option for float object contents' alignment.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added key \texttt{justification}
 %   as analog to \cmd{\captionsetup} stuff.}
@@ -6475,7 +8130,7 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{\cmd{\DeclareObjectSet} bundle
-%   removed---\pkg{floatrow}
+%   removed---\package{floatrow}
 %   package uses \file{caption} settings.}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@FBoAlign}
@@ -6486,7 +8141,7 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\flrow@FBoAlign[1]{%
   \@ifundefined{caption@hj@#1}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined object setting `#1'}{\flrow@eh}}%
+    {\flrow@error{Undefined object setting `#1'}}%
     {\expandafter\let\expandafter\floatobjectset
      \csname caption@hj@#1\endcsname}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -6503,7 +8158,7 @@
 %
 % \subsubsection{Defining Float Width}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{floatwidth=}
+% \begin{macro}{floatwidth}
 % The float width settings mainly for plain float environments.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \texttt{besidecapsep} key.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -6522,24 +8177,28 @@
 % \end{macro}
 % \end{macro}
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@FBo@wd}
-% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Macro uses \pkg{caption} macros.}
+% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Macro uses \package{caption} macros.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\flrow@FBo@wd[1]{%
-  \caption@ifinlist{#1}{sidefil}{\filFCOhsize
+  \caption@ifinlist{#1}{none,sidefil}{\filFCOhsize
   }{\nofilFCOhsize\def\flrow@setwd{\@tempdima=#1}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % \subsubsection{Defining Float Separators}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{floatrowsep=}
-% \begin{macro}{capbesidesep=}
+% \begin{macro}{floatrowsep}
+% \begin{macro}{capbesidesep}
 % Option |floatrowsep| sets separations for beside float boxes
 % in float row.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \texttt{besidecapsep} key.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{floatrowsep}{\flrow@setFRsep\floatrowsep{#1}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% Option |subfloatrowsep| sets separations for beside captions.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareFROpt{subfloatrowsep}{\flrow@setFRsep\subfloatrowsep{#1}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
 % Option |capbesidesep| sets separations for beside captions.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{capbesidesep}{\flrow@setFRsep\floatcapbesidesep{#1}}
@@ -6566,16 +8225,16 @@
 % The |\caption@setlabelseparator|-analog.\\
 % Command which defines settings for separators in float row, and
 % between beside caption and float object.
-% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Macro uses \pkg{caption} macros.}
+% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Macro uses \package{caption} macros.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\flrow@setFRsep[2]{%
   \@ifundefined{caption@lsep@#2}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined float separator `#2'}{\flrow@eh}}%
+    {\flrow@error{Undefined float separator `#2'}}%
     {\expandafter\let\expandafter#1\csname caption@lsep@#2\endcsname}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % A few options define possible separators.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \texttt{quad} and \texttt{none}
-%   deleted (repeated from \pkg{caption}).}
+%   deleted (repeated from \package{caption}).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFloatSeparators{columnsep}{\hskip\columnsep}
 %\DeclareFloatSeparators{quad}{\quad}
@@ -6601,11 +8260,11 @@
 %
 % \subsubsection{Defining Float Rules/Skips}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{precode=}
-% \begin{macro}{rowprecode=}
-% \begin{macro}{midcode=}
-% \begin{macro}{postcode=}
-% \begin{macro}{rowpostcode=}
+% \begin{macro}{precode}
+% \begin{macro}{rowprecode}
+% \begin{macro}{midcode}
+% \begin{macro}{postcode}
+% \begin{macro}{rowpostcode}
 % Keys for building of float style (rules).
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \texttt{Precode} and
 %   \texttt{Postcode} keys.}
@@ -6643,7 +8302,7 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\flrow@FBrule[3]{%
   \@ifundefined{flrow@FBr@#3}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined rule `#3'}{\flrow@eh}}%
+    {\flrow@error{Undefined rule `#3'}}%
     {\let#1\empty
      \expandafter\let\expandafter#2\csname flrow@FBr@#3\endcsname}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -6651,7 +8310,7 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\flrow@FRrule[3]{%
   \@ifundefined{flrow@FBr@#3}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined rule `#3'}{\flrow@eh}}%
+    {\flrow@error{Undefined rule `#3'}}%
     {\def#2{\FBiffloatrow\else\@nameuse{flrow@FBr@#3}\fi}%
      \expandafter\let\expandafter#1\csname flrow@FBr@#3\endcsname}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
@@ -6659,7 +8318,7 @@
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\flrow@FBskip[1]{%
   \@ifundefined{flrow@FBr@#1}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined rule `#1'}{\flrow@eh}}%
+    {\flrow@error{Undefined rule `#1'}}%
     {\expandafter\let\expandafter\@@FBskip\csname flrow@FBr@#1\endcsname}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
@@ -6669,9 +8328,9 @@
 % Declared options for keys for building of float style (rules).
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFloatVCode{none}{}
-\DeclareFloatVCode{thickrule}{\hrule height.8ptdepth0pt\kern2pt}
-\DeclareFloatVCode{rule}{\kern2pt\hrule\kern2pt}
-\DeclareFloatVCode{lowrule}{\kern2pt\hrule}
+\DeclareFloatVCode{thickrule}{\par\rule{\hsize}{.8pt}\vskip2pt\par}
+\DeclareFloatVCode{rule}{\vskip2pt\hrule\vskip2pt}
+\DeclareFloatVCode{lowrule}{\par\vskip2pt\rule\hsize\@wholewidth\par}
 \DeclareFloatVCode{captionskip}{\vskip\captionskip}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
@@ -6683,12 +8342,13 @@
 % Reset of all used layout settings.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Added \cmd{\captop} macro as default caption
 %   position.}
+% \changes{v0.2a}{2007/08/24}{Removed \cmd{\gdef}.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand\FBstyle@reset{\let\FRifFBOX\iffalse\OADJfalse\CADJfalse\capbot
   \def\@@FBskip{\vskip\captionskip}\def\@@FRabove{}\def\@@FRbelow{}%
   \def\@@FBabove{}\def\@@FBbelow{}%
-  \def\FB@Bset{}\gdef\FB@frame{}\gdef\FBo@frame{}%
-  \gdef\FBo@wadj{}\gdef\FBo@hadj{}\gdef\FB@wadj{}\gdef\FB@hadj{}}
+  \def\FB@Bset{}\def\FB@frame{}\def\FBo@frame{}%
+  \def\FBo@wadj{}\def\FBo@hadj{}\def\FB@wadj{}\def\FB@hadj{}}
 \newcommand\@@FRabove{}\newcommand\@@FRbelow{}
 \newcommand\@@FBabove{}\newcommand\@@FBbelow{}
 \newcommand\@@FBskip{\vskip\captionskip}
@@ -6703,7 +8363,7 @@
 %
 % Keys for building of float style (boxes).
 %
-% \begin{macro}{framestyle=}
+% \begin{macro}{framestyle}
 % This key defines style of frame.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{framestyle}{\@ifundefined{FB@#1@frame}%
@@ -6711,7 +8371,7 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{framearound=}
+% \begin{macro}{framearound}
 % This key defines object to be framed.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{framearound}{\flrow@fr@round{#1}}
@@ -6719,8 +8379,8 @@
 % \end{macro}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@fr@round}
-% Command for \texttt{framearound=}.
-% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Macro uses \pkg{caption} macro
+% Command for \texttt{framearound}.
+% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Macro uses \package{caption} macro
 %    \cmd{\caption@ifinlist}.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \newcommand*\flrow@fr@round[1]{%
@@ -6729,13 +8389,13 @@
   }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{floatbox,all}{\let\FRifFBOX\iftrue
     \def\FB@BO@{FB}%
   }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{none}{\let\FRifFBOX\iffalse
-  }{\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined framed object `#1'}{\flrow@eh}%
+  }{\flrow@error{Undefined framed object `#1'}%
   }}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{framefit=}
-% \begin{macro}{frameset=}
+% \begin{macro}{framefit}
+% \begin{macro}{frameset}
 % This boolean key defines whether frame size fits to current |\hsize|.
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \texttt{framereduce} key.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
@@ -6800,13 +8460,13 @@
 %
 % \subsubsection{Defining Float Skips}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{captionskip=}
-% \begin{macro}{footskip=}
+% \begin{macro}{captionskip}
+% \begin{macro}{footskip}
 % The following options define skips: first---between float object and
 % caption (if it used in float style); second---before foot material
 % (footnote or other foot text).
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Defining also standard \cmd{\abovecaptionskip}
-%    for compatibility with \pkg{caption}'s \cmd{\captionof}.}
+%    for compatibility with \package{caption}'s \cmd{\captionof}.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFROpt{captionskip}{\def\captionskip{#1}%
   \setlength\abovecaptionskip{#1}}
@@ -6832,7 +8492,7 @@
 %
 % \subsubsection{Defining Float Footnote Rule}
 %
-% \begin{macro}{footnoterule=}
+% \begin{macro}{footnoterule}
 % \begin{macro}{\flrow@footrule}
 % The definitions of |\footnoterule| inside float environment.
 % This macro is allowed only in preamble.
@@ -6842,7 +8502,7 @@
   \long\@namedef{flrow@fnrule@#1}{#2}}
 \newcommand*\flrow@footrule[1]{%
   \@ifundefined{flrow@fnrule@#1}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined footnoterule `#1'}{\flrow@eh}}%
+    {\flrow@error{Undefined footnoterule `#1'}}%
     {\let\@@FRabove\empty
      \expandafter\let\expandafter\FBfootnoterule\csname
        flrow@fnrule@#1\endcsname}}
@@ -6906,28 +8566,34 @@
 \@onlypreamble\DeclareFNOpt
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\flnew@setdefault{\setkeys{newfloat}
+\newcommand\flnew@setdefault{\caption@setkeys[floatrow]{newfloat}
   {placement=tbp,fileext=lox}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % The |\newtoks| for defining of float environments (using
 % |\flrow@restyle| command) at the end of preamble. (Took a leaf with
-% settings for lists of floats from \pkg{float} package's book.)
+% settings for lists of floats from \package{float} package's book.)
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{Double code with \texttt{ftype@}\meta{captype}
+%   deleted.}
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{The \cmd{\fname@}\meta{floatname} changed to
+%    \cs{}\meta{floatname}\texttt{name} macros redefined locally.}
+% \changes{v0.2a}{2007/08/24}{Corrected bug with \texttt{ftype@} definition (AS).}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \@ifdefinable\flrow@types{\newtoks\flrow@types}
 \newcommand\DeclareNewFloatType[2]{\def\FB@captype{#1}%
-  \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#1\endcsname{\value{float@type}}%
-  \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}
-  \@namedef{fname@#1}{#1}\newcounter{#1}%
+  \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#1\endcsname{\the\c@float@type}%
+  \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}%
+  \@namedef{#1name}{#1}\newcounter{#1}%
   \expandafter\edef\csname fnum@#1\endcsname
-    {\expandafter\noexpand\csname fname@#1\endcsname\
+    {\expandafter\noexpand\csname #1name\endcsname\
        \expandafter\noexpand\csname the#1\endcsname}%
   \@namedef{the#1}{\arabic{#1}}%
-  \flnew@setdefault\setkeys{newfloat}{#2}%
+  \flnew@setdefault\caption@setkeys[floatrow]{newfloat}{#2}%
   \let\FR@tmp=\relax
   \xdef\@tempa{\noexpand\flrow@types{\the\flrow@types \FR@tmp{#1}}}%
   \@tempa
-  \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#1\endcsname{\value{float@type}}%
-  \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}}
+%  \expandafter\edef\csname ftype@#1\endcsname{\value{float@type}}%
+%  \addtocounter{float@type}{\value{float@type}}
+  }
 \@onlypreamble\DeclareNewFloatType
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Key for placement defining.
@@ -6939,9 +8605,11 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Key for float label name defining.
 % This macro is allowed only in preamble.
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2007/06/24}{The \cmd{\fname@}\meta{floatname} changed to
+%    \cs{}\meta{floatname}\texttt{name} macros redefined locally.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \DeclareFNOpt*{name}{\flnew@fname{#1}}
-\newcommand\flnew@fname[1]{\@namedef{fname@\FB@captype}{#1}}
+\newcommand\flnew@fname[1]{\@namedef{\FB@captype name}{#1}}
 \@onlypreamble\flnew@fname
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % Key for extension of ``toc''-file.
@@ -6973,141 +8641,11 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
-% \subsection{Building Subfloatrow}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*frforsubfig>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The subfloatrow support became a part of a
-%   \pkg{floatrow} package.}
-% At first defined dimension for maximal height of subcaption. Then macro
-% for defining height of subcaption box.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newlength\FBsc@max
-\newlength\FBso@max
-\@ifdefinable\FBsubcheight{\let\FBsubcheight\relax}
-\@ifdefinable\FBsuboheight{\let\FBsuboheight\relax}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \begin{macro}{\adjustsubfloats}
-% The user command which loaded at the end of row of subcaptions.
-% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \cmd{\FB@subfloat} and
-%   \cmd{\FB@subcaption} definitions: the code for \env{subfloatrow}
-%   support placed in \pkg{subfig}'s definitions.}
-% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \cmd{\xdef} changed to local
-%    \cmd{\edef}.}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\adjustsubfloats{\@tempswafalse
-  \ifCADJ\@tempswatrue\fi\ifOADJ\@tempswatrue\fi
-  \if@tempswa\FB@writeaux{%
-    \string\global\string\c@FBcnt\thepage
-    \ifCADJ\string\edef\string\FBsubcheight{\the\FBsc@max}\fi
-    \ifOADJ\string\edef\string\FBsuboheight{\the\FBso@max}\fi
-   }\fi
-  \global\let\FBsubcheight\relax\global\let\FBsuboheight\relax
-  \global\FBso@max\z@\global\FBsc@max\z@}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
-%
-% \begin{environment}{subfloatrow}\label{subfloatrow}
-% Environment for placing beside subfloats. It is simpler than
-% \env{floatrow}. First go counter of floats (here it is local)
-% in row, then the settings for float layout.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\subfloatrow[1][2]{\c@FRobj=#1%local
-  \ifdim\parindent<\z@\leavevmode\else\noindent\fi\hbox\bgroup
-    \Xhsize\hsize\count@#1\advance\count@-1%
-    \settowidth\@tempdima{\subfloatrowsep}%
-    \advance\Xhsize-\count@\@tempdima
-    \@tempdimb\Xhsize\divide\@tempdimb#1%
-    \hsize\@tempdimb\ignorespaces}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Macro for sub float row end.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\def\endsubfloatrow{\ifdim\lastskip>\z@\unskip\fi
-  \egroup\adjustsubfloats}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{environment}
-%
-% The definition of subfloat separator.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\newcommand\subfloatrowsep{\hskip\columnsep}
-\DeclareFROpt{subfloatrowsep}{\flrow@setFRsep\subfloatrowsep{#1}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%</frforsubfig>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*frforlongtbl>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% \subsection{Support for \pkg{longtable} Package}
-%
-% \changes{v0.1g}{2005/07/15}{The \pkg{longtable} support moved inside
-%   \pkg{floatrow} package.}
-% To follow layout for tables which need size of caption equal to width
-% of table, here added a code which catches width of table from
-% \file{aux}-file and sets to |\LTcapwidth| parameter (great thanks
-% A. Sommerfeldt for compact code created as patch of |\LT@array| command).
-%
-% At first we save macro |\LT@array| under name |\flrow@LT@array|.
-% Then start redefinition.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{\@ifundefined{LT@array}{}{\let\flrow@oriLT@array\LT@array
-   \let\LT@array\flrow@LT@array}}
-\newcommand\flrow@LT@array{%
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here are added settings for table font (similar to other table
-% environments).
-% \changes{v0.1j}{2006/07/24}{The \cmd{\belowcaptionskip} is set
-%   equal to \cmd{\captionskip}.}
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \flrow@setlist{{table}{longtable}}\normalfont\floatfont
-   \belowcaptionskip\captionskip
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% Here goes safe and redefinition of |\LT@make@row| macro in the way
-% of managing of counting of table width.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \FBifLTcapwidth
-     \let\flrow@LT@make@row\LT@make@row
-     \def\LT@make@row{%
-       \let\LT@make@row\flrow@LT@make@row
-       \LT@make@row
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% The |\LT@entry| here used for width calculation.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-       \ifx\LT@save@row\relax\else\begingroup
-         \LTcapwidth\z@
-         \def\LT@entry####1####2{\advance\LTcapwidth####2}\LT@save@row
-         \ifdim\LTcapwidth=\z@\else\global\LTcapwidth\LTcapwidth\fi
-       \endgroup\fi}%
-   \fi
-%    \end{macrocode}
-% At last goes \pkg{longtable}'s macro itself.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-   \flrow@oriLT@array}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-% The definition of subfloat separator.
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-\let\FBifLTcapwidth\iffalse
-\DeclareFROpt{LTcapwidth}{\flrow@LTcapwd{#1}}
-\newcommand*\flrow@LTcapwd[1]{%
-  \caption@ifinlist{#1}{table,contents}{\let\FBifLTcapwidth\iftrue
-  }{\let\FBifLTcapwidth\iffalse\setlength\LTcapwidth{#1}}}
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
-%    \begin{macrocode}
-%</frforlongtbl>
-%    \end{macrocode}
-%
 % \subsubsection{Processing of floatsetup options}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\ProcessOptionsWithKV}
 % As in caption style options are processed with usage of the
-% \pkg{keyval} package.
+% \package{keyval} package.
 % \changes{v0.1j}{2006/02/24}{Edited by suggestions of A.Sommerfeldt}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 \def\ProcessOptionsWithKV#1{%
@@ -7150,7 +8688,7 @@
     }%
   }%
   \edef\FR@tmp{%
-    \noexpand\setkeys{#1}{%
+    \noexpand\caption@setkeys[floatrow]{#1}{%
       \FR@tmp\@ptionlist{\@currname.\@currext}%
     }%
   }%
@@ -7161,15 +8699,24 @@
 \FR@iffancy\RequirePackage{fr-fancy}\fi
 \let\ProcessOptionsWithKV\undefined
 %    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
 % At beginning of document there are loaded macros |\flrow@restyle|
 % for table and figure floats. (Any new float type gets this command
 % when |\newfloat| macro of |\DeclareNewFloatType| are used.)
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{The support for raw float mode added.}
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-\AtBeginDocument{\flrow@restyle{table}\flrow@restyle{figure}%
-  \let\FR@tmp\flrow@restyle \the\flrow@types
-  \@onlypreamble\flrow@restyle\flrow@types{}}
+\AtBeginDocument{
+ \FR@ifrawfloats
+    \let\FR@tmp\flrow@Raw@restyle
+ \else
+    \flrow@restyle{table}\flrow@restyle{figure}%
+    \let\FR@tmp\flrow@restyle
+ \fi
+ \the\flrow@types
+ \@onlypreamble\flrow@restyle\@onlypreamble\flrow@Raw@restyle
+ \flrow@types={}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
-% \end{macro}
 %
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %</floatsetup>
@@ -7178,13 +8725,13 @@
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The support for non-caption usage deleted.}
 % \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The support for obsolete macros deleted.}
 %
-% \subsection{Additional Definitions for Fancy Frames}
-%
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*frfancy>
 \RequirePackage{fancybox}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
+% \subsection{Additional Definitions for Fancy Frames}
+%
 % \subsection{Macros for Color Frame}
 %
 % \begin{macro}{\FB@colorbox@frame}
@@ -7217,12 +8764,12 @@
 \DeclareFROpt{colorframeset}{\flrow@fcolorbox{#1}}
 \newcommand*\flrow@fcolorbox[1]{%
   \@ifundefined{flrow@fcolorbox@#1}%
-    {\PackageError{floatrow}{Undefined color box `#1'}{\flrow@eh}}%
+    {\flrow@error{Undefined color box `#1'}}%
     {\expandafter\let\expandafter\FB@fcolorbox
      \csname flrow@fcolorbox@#1\endcsname}}
 \newcommand*\DeclareColorBox[2]{%
-  \@ifundefined{color}{\PackageError{floatrow}%
-    {For usage of colored frames\MessageBreak load color package}{}}%
+  \@ifundefined{color}{\flrow@error
+    {For usage of colored frames\MessageBreak load color package}}%
   {\long\@namedef{flrow@fcolorbox@#1}{#2}}}
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
@@ -7269,7 +8816,7 @@
 % \begin{macro}{\FB@wshadowbox@adj}
 % \begin{macro}{\FB@wshadowbox@reset}
 % The definition for frame \texttt{wshadowbox}---similar to
-% \texttt{shadowbox} from \pkg{fancybox}.
+% \texttt{shadowbox} from \package{fancybox}.
 % First macro is the definition of frame style (here is |\wshadowbox|);
 % second defines compensating material to get frame fitted to current
 % |\hsize|; third defines default values of compensating material.
@@ -7347,6 +8894,13 @@
 %</frfancy>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
+%
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*floatpagestyle>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
 % \subsection{Empty Floating page}
 %
 % Here goes small sneaky-tricky style to put desired page style
@@ -7356,7 +8910,6 @@
 % First goes macro which defines desired page style for page with
 % current float.
 %    \begin{macrocode}
-%<*floatpagestyle>
 \newcommand\floatpagestyle[1]{\@ifundefined{ps@#1}\undefinedpagestyle
   {\begingroup
    \let\thepage\relax\let\protect\@unexpandable@protect
@@ -7409,13 +8962,16 @@
 %</floatpagestyle>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
+%
+%
+%
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %<*listpen>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
 % \subsection{List Penalties Managing}
 %
-%   The package \pkg{listpen} is a beta-temp package, which
+%   The package \package{listpen} is a beta-temp package, which
 %   offers commands |\allowprelistbreaks|,
 %   |\allowpostlistbreaks| and |\allowitembreaks| which help
 %   to manage page breaking at the beginning and the end of
@@ -7430,7 +8986,7 @@
 % These commands set penalties before lists, after lists and between items.
 % They set globally or inside group or (also list!)
 % environment\footnote{Look also at \cmd{\allowdisplaybreaks}
-%   macro from \pkg{amsmath} package.} penalties accordingly to digits
+%   macro from \package{amsmath} package.} penalties accordingly to digits
 % from |[-4]| (never break) to |[4]| (always break). The values of optional
 % argument in these commands analogous to values of optional arguments
 % in, e.g., |\pagebreak| command. The default value of all three commands
@@ -7484,9 +9040,584 @@
 %    \end{macrocode}
 % \end{macro}
 %
+% \begin{macro}{\RestoreSpaces}
+% \changes{v0.1b}{2007/05/24}{Adding definition of \cmd{\RestoreSpaces} command}
+% A simple command to turn off |\if@nobreak| flag.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\RestoreSpaces{\@nobreakfalse}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
 %    \begin{macrocode}
 %</listpen>
 %    \end{macrocode}
 %
+%
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*floatrow>
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+\@ifundefined{sf@@@subfloat}{\@tempswafalse}{\@tempswatrue}
+\if@tempswa\RequirePackage{fr-subfig}\fi}
+%</floatrow>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*frforsubfig>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Support for \package{subfig} Package}
+%
+% \changes{v0.2a}{2007/08/24}{Added compatibility check.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\@tempb{2005/06/28 ver: 1.3 subfig package}
+\expandafter\let\csname @tempa\expandafter\endcsname
+    \csname ver@subfig.\@pkgextension\endcsname
+\ifx\@tempa\@tempb\else
+    \PackageWarning{fr-subfig}{The additions cooperated with \MessageBreak
+        version `2005/06/28 ver: 1.3' of package subfig,\MessageBreak
+        but only version\MessageBreak
+        \csname ver@subfig.\@pkgextension\endcsname'\MessageBreak
+        is available}\relax
+    \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Building Subfloatrow}
+%
+% At first defined dimension for maximal height of subcaption. Then macro
+% for defining height of subcaption box.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newlength\FBsc@max
+\newlength\FBso@max
+\@ifdefinable\FBsubcheight{\let\FBsubcheight\relax}
+\@ifdefinable\FBsuboheight{\let\FBsuboheight\relax}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \begin{macro}{\adjustsubfloats}
+% The user command which loaded at the end of row of subcaptions.
+% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{Removed \cmd{\FB@subfloat} and
+%   \cmd{\FB@subcaption} definitions: the code for \env{subfloatrow}
+%   support placed in \package{subfig}'s definitions.}
+% \changes{v0.1f}{2005/06/14}{The \cmd{\xdef} changed to local
+%    \cmd{\edef}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\adjustsubfloats{\@tempswafalse
+  \ifCADJ\@tempswatrue\fi\ifOADJ\@tempswatrue\fi
+  \if@tempswa\FB@writeaux{%
+    \string\global\string\c@FBcnt\thepage
+    \ifCADJ\string\edef\string\FBsubcheight{\the\FBsc@max}\fi
+    \ifOADJ\string\edef\string\FBsuboheight{\the\FBso@max}\fi
+   }\fi
+  \global\let\FBsubcheight\relax\global\let\FBsuboheight\relax
+  \global\FBso@max\z@\global\FBsc@max\z@}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% \end{macro}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Small Correction of \package{subfig} Macro}
+%
+% There is a \package{subfig}'s macro with corrections to put
+% alone subfloat label.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\sf@@@subfloat#1[#2][#3]#4{%
+    \@ifundefined{FBsc@max}{}%
+        {\FB@readaux{\let\FBsuboheight\relax}}%
+    \@tempcnta=\@ne
+    \if@minipage
+      \@tempcnta=\z@
+    \else\ifdim \lastskip=\z@ \else
+      \@tempcnta=\tw@
+    \fi\fi
+    \ifmaincaptiontop
+      \sf@top=\sf@nearskip
+      \sf@bottom=\sf@farskip
+    \else
+      \sf@top=\sf@farskip
+      \sf@bottom=\sf@nearskip
+    \fi
+    \leavevmode
+    \setbox\@tempboxa \hbox{#4}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% In the case of empty contents of subfloat all vertical spaces zeroed.
+% subcaption label created like oneline |\vtop|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifdim\wd\@tempboxa=\z@\ht\@tempboxa\z@\dp\@tempboxa\z@
+      \setbox\z@\hbox{{\caption@@@make
+           {\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{sub\@captype name}}%
+           {\@nameuse{thesub\@captype}}\relax}{}}}\@tempdima=\wd\z@
+      \sf@top=\z@
+      \sf@bottom=\z@
+      \sf@capskip\z@
+      \sf@captopadj\z@
+      \let\sf@ifpositiontop\@firstoftwo
+    \else
+      \@tempdima=\wd\@tempboxa
+      \@ifundefined{FBsc@max}{}%
+          {\global\advance\Xhsize-\wd\@tempboxa
+           \dimen@=\ht\@tempboxa
+           \advance\dimen@\dp\@tempboxa
+           \ifdim\dimen@>\FBso@max
+             \global\FBso@max\dimen@
+           \fi}%
+    \fi
+    \vtop\bgroup
+      \vbox\bgroup
+        \ifcase\@tempcnta
+          \@minipagefalse
+        \or
+          \vskip\sf@top
+        \or
+          \ifdim \lastskip=\z@ \else
+            \@tempskipb\sf@top\relax\@xaddvskip
+          \fi
+        \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% In the case of empty contents there is used only first variant.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+        \sf@ifpositiontop{%
+          \ifx \@empty#3\relax \else
+            \sf@subcaption{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+            \vskip\sf@capskip
+            \vskip\sf@captopadj
+          \fi\egroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% In the case of empty contents the |\@tempboxa| box skipped .
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+          \hrule width0pt height0pt depth0pt
+          \box\@tempboxa
+        }{%
+        \@ifundefined{FBsc@max}%
+            {\box\@tempboxa}%
+            {\ifx\FBsuboheight\relax
+               \box\@tempboxa
+             \else
+               \vbox to \FBsuboheight{\FBafil\box\@tempboxa\FBbfil}%
+             \fi}%
+          \egroup
+          \ifx \@empty#3\relax \else
+            \vskip\sf@capskip
+            \hrule width0pt height0pt depth0pt
+            \sf@subcaption{#1}{#2}{#3}%
+         \fi
+        }%
+      \vskip\sf@bottom
+    \egroup
+    \@ifundefined{FBsc@max}{}%
+        {\addtocounter{FRobj}{-1}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here is the small correction:
+% |\ifnum\c@FRobj>0| instead of |\ifnum\c@FRobj=0\else|.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+         \ifnum\c@FRobj>0%  bugfix
+           \subfloatrowsep
+         \fi}%
+    \ifmaincaptiontop\else
+      \global\advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\m@ne
+    \fi
+  \endgroup\ignorespaces}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Beside Labels for Subfloats}
+%
+% New key for beside caption of subfloat label. Beside label of subfloat
+% always on the left side.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\DeclareFROpt{subcapbesideposition}{\flrow@SFbesidealign{#1}}
+\newcommand*\flrow@SFbesidealign[1]{%
+  \caption@ifinlist{#1}{t,top}{%
+     \let\flrow@SFBalign\TopFloatBoxes
+  }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{b,bottom,default}{%
+     \let\flrow@SFBalign\BottomFloatBoxes
+  }{\caption@ifinlist{#1}{c,center}{%
+     \let\flrow@SFBalign\CenterFloatBoxes
+  }{\PackageError{floatrow}%
+     {Undefined sublabel position `#1'}{\flrow@eh}%
+  }}}}
+\newcommand\flrow@SFBalign{\BottomFloatBoxes}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Macro for beside float label. Labels always placed on the left side.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\sidesubfloat{%
+  \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+    \@latex@error{\noexpand\subfloat outside float}\@ehd
+     \expandafter\@gobble
+  \else
+    \expandafter\@firstofone
+  \fi
+  {\flrow@sidesubfloat}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\def\flrow@sidesubfloat{\flrow@SFBalign
+  \begingroup
+    \@ifundefined{caption@setfloattype}%
+      \caption@settype
+      \caption@setfloattype
+          \@captype
+%    \caption@setoptions\@captype
+    \sf@ifpositiontop{%
+      \maincaptiontoptrue
+    }{%
+      \maincaptiontopfalse
+    }%
+    \caption@setoptions{subfloat}%
+    \caption@setoptions{sub\@captype}%
+    \let\sf@oldlabel=\label
+    \let\label=\subfloat@label
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Next, a decision (based on the \texttt{\char`\\ ifmaincaptiontop}
+% flag) is made of how to advance the float counter; then the
+% sub-float counter is advanced and saved and a check is made if an
+% optional argument is present (if not, one is supplied).
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \ifmaincaptiontop\else
+      \advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\@ne
+    \fi
+    \refstepcounter{sub\@captype}%
+    \setcounter{sub\@captype @save}{\value{sub\@captype}}%
+    \@ifnextchar [%  %] match left bracket
+      {\flrow@@sidesubfloat}%
+      {\flrow@@sidesubfloat[\@empty]}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\flrow@@sidesubfloat[#1]{%
+    \@ifnextchar [%  %] match left bracket
+      {\flrow@@@sidesubfloat{sub\@captype}[{#1}]}%
+      {\flrow@@@sidesubfloat{sub\@captype}[\@empty{#1}][{#1}]}}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\long\def\flrow@@@sidesubfloat#1[#2][#3]#4{%
+    \@ifundefined{FBsc@max}{}%
+        {\FB@readaux{\let\FBsuboheight\relax}}%
+    \@tempcnta=\@ne
+    \if@minipage
+      \@tempcnta=\z@
+    \else\ifdim \lastskip=\z@ \else
+      \@tempcnta=\tw@
+    \fi\fi
+    \sf@bottom=\z@
+    \sf@top=\z@
+    \leavevmode
+    \setbox\@tempboxa \hbox{#2}%
+    \@tempdima\wd\@tempboxa
+    \setbox\@tempboxa \hbox{#4}%
+    \advance\@tempdima\wd\@tempboxa
+    \advance\@tempdima\labelsep
+    \@ifundefined{FBsc@max}{}%
+        {\global\advance\Xhsize-\wd\@tempboxa
+         \dimen@=\ht\@tempboxa
+         \advance\dimen@\dp\@tempboxa
+         \ifdim\dimen@>\FBso@max
+           \global\FBso@max\dimen@
+         \fi}%
+    \begin@FBBOX
+        \ifcase\@tempcnta
+          \@minipagefalse
+        \or
+          \vskip\sf@top
+        \or
+          \ifdim \lastskip=\z@ \else
+            \@tempskipb\sf@top\relax\@xaddvskip
+          \fi
+        \fi
+        \hbox{%
+        \begin@FBBOX
+           \ifx \@empty#3\relax \else
+               \hbox{\caption@@@make
+                  {\caption@lfmt{\@nameuse{sub\@captype name}}%
+                  {\@nameuse{thesub\@captype}}\relax}{}}%
+        \fi
+        \end@FBBOX\hskip\labelsep\ignorespaces
+        \begin@FBBOX
+           \box\@tempboxa
+        \end@FBBOX
+        }%
+        \vskip\sf@bottom
+    \end@FBBOX
+    \@ifundefined{FBsc@max}{}%
+        {\addtocounter{FRobj}{-1}%
+         \ifnum\c@FRobj>0
+           \subfloatrowsep
+         \fi}%
+    \ifmaincaptiontop\else
+      \global\advance\@nameuse{c@\@captype}\m@ne
+    \fi
+  \endgroup\ignorespaces}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Alone Labels for Subfloats}
+%
+% Macro for creation of subfloat label only. That could be useful
+% for usage with \package{psfrag} package, placing labels inside
+% \env{picture} environment, using in tabulars etc.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcommand\subfloatlabel{\@ifnextchar[%]
+    {\flrow@subfloatlabel}{\subfloat[]{}}}
+\@ifdefinable\flrow@subfloatlabel{}
+\def\flrow@subfloatlabel[#1]{%
+  \ifx\@captype\@undefined
+    \@latex@error{\noexpand\subfloat outside float}\@ehd
+  \fi
+  \begingroup
+    \count@#1\advance\count@\m@ne
+    \csname c@sub\@captype\endcsname\count@\relax
+    \@ifnextchar[%]
+      {\flrow@@subfloatlabel[#1]}%
+      {\subfloat[]{}\endgroup}}
+\@ifdefinable\flrow@@subfloatlabel{}
+\def\flrow@@subfloatlabel[#1][#2]{%
+    \subfloat[]{\label{#2}}\endgroup}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</frforsubfig>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
+%
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*floatrow>
+\AtBeginDocument{%
+\@ifundefined{LT@array}{\@tempswafalse}{\@tempswatrue}
+\if@tempswa\RequirePackage{fr-longtable}\fi}
+%</floatrow>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%<*forlongtable>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsection{Support for \package{longtable} Package}
+%
+% First goes requirement of necessary packages.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\RequirePackage{longtable}[2004/02/01]
+%\RequirePackage{floatrow}[2007/05/24]
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Caption Width Settings}
+%
+% \changes{v0.1g}{2005/07/15}{The \package{longtable} support moved inside
+%   \package{floatrow} package.}
+% To follow layout for tables which need size of caption equal to width
+% of table, here added a code which catches width of table from
+% \file{aux}-file and sets to |\LTcapwidth| parameter (great thanks
+% A.~Sommerfeldt for compact code created as patch of |\LT@array| command).
+%
+% At first we save macro |\LT@array| under name |\flrow@LT@array|.
+% Then start redefinition.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\flrow@oriLT@array\LT@array
+\renewcommand\LT@array{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here are added settings for table font (similar to other table
+% environments).
+% \changes{v0.1j}{2006/07/24}{The \cmd{\belowcaptionskip} is set
+%   equal to \cmd{\captionskip}.}
+% \changes{v0.1p}{2006/07/24}{Definition for table foot
+%   material: \cmd{\floatfoot}.}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \flrow@setlist{{table}{longtable}}\flrow@useLTcapwidth\normalfont\floatfont
+   \belowcaptionskip\captionskip
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here goes safe and redefinition of |\LT@make@row| macro in the way
+% of managing of counting of table width.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \FBifLTcapwidth
+     {\let\flrow@LT@make@row\LT@make@row
+     \def\LT@make@row{%
+       \let\LT@make@row\flrow@LT@make@row
+       \LT@make@row
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The |\LT@entry| here used for width calculation.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+       \ifx\LT@save@row\relax\else\begingroup
+         \LTcapwidth\z@
+         \def\LT@entry####1####2{\advance\LTcapwidth####2}\LT@save@row\relax
+         \ifdim\LTcapwidth=\z@\else\global\LTcapwidth\LTcapwidth\fi
+       \endgroup\fi}}%
+   \def\floatfoot@{%\par\kern-\normalbaselineskip\kern-\normallineskip
+       \vskip\floatfootskip\def\@captype{table}\floatfoot@box}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% At last goes \package{longtable}'s macro itself.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+   \flrow@oriLT@array}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\providecommand\floatfont{}
+\providecommand\floatfootskip{\skip\@mpfootins}
+\providecommand\captionskip{10\p@}
+\providecommand\floatfoot@box[1]{%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% The |\if@@FS| flag stored for \env{wrap...} environments.
+% \changes{v0.1h}{2005/10/02}{Added setting for \cmd{\linewidth}}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%    \hsize\columnwidth\linewidth\columnwidth
+    \@parboxrestore\reset@font\color@begingroup
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Apply current float settings.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \caption@setoptions{\@captype}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Apply floatfoot settings.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \caption@setoptions{floatfoot}%
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% No captionlabel.
+% \changes{v0.1k}{2007/05/24}{Added settings for emptied caption label}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+    \captionsetup{labelformat=empty,labelsep=none}%
+     \caption@@make{}{\FR@tmp#1\@finalstrut\strutbox}%
+  \color@endgroup}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The definition of caption width for \env{longtable} environment.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\let\FBifLTcapwidth\@gobble
+\providecommand\caption@ifinlist[2]{%
+  \let\next\@secondoftwo
+  \edef\caption@tempa{#1}%
+  \@for\caption@tempb:={#2}\do{%
+    \ifx\caption@tempa\caption@tempb
+      \let\next\@firstoftwo
+    \fi}%
+  \next}
+\newcommand*\flrow@useLTcapwidth{}
+\newcommand*\setLTcapwidth[1]{%
+  \caption@ifinlist{#1}{table,contents,LTcapwidthtotable}{\def\flrow@useLTcapwidth
+    {\let\FBifLTcapwidth\@firstofone}}{\def\flrow@useLTcapwidth
+    {\let\FBifLTcapwidth\@gobble\setlength\LTcapwidth{#1}}}}
+\@ifpackageloaded{floatrow}
+    {\DeclareFROpt{LTcapwidth}{\setLTcapwidth{#1}}
+     \DeclareOption{LTcapwidthtotable}{\setLTcapwidth{table}}
+     \ProcessOptions
+      }
+    {\DeclareOption{LTcapwidthtotable}{\setLTcapwidth{table}}
+     \ProcessOptions
+     \let\flrow@setlist\@gobble}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% \subsubsection{Additional Settings for Last Head and Pre-last Foot}
+%
+% The box for last head. Defined in the same way as analog macros in
+% \package{longtable} package.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newbox\flrow@LT@lasthead
+\newbox\flrow@LT@prelastfoot
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% This counter register is used for checking of last longtable page.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\newcounter{FBLTpage}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% This command defines number of pages in current longtable.
+% In current version defined by hand for
+% each table. The default number is~2.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%\newcommand\LTlastpage{2}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Storing of original definition of |\longtable| macro.
+% In new definition was is added counting of longtable's pages
+% with \texttt{FBLTpage} counter defined before.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifdefinable\FB@ori@longtable{\let\FB@ori@longtable\longtable}
+\def\longtable{%
+  \setcounter{FBLTpage}\@ne
+  \FB@ori@longtable}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Storing original definition of |\LT@ouput| macro.
+% Here, in new definition, added increasing of \texttt{FBLTpage}.
+% In the case of defined |\lasthead| contents and last page was
+% checked, the contents of last head loaded.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifdefinable\FB@ori@LT@output{\let\FB@ori@LT@output\LT@output}
+\def\LT@output{%
+  \@ifundefined{FBLTpage@\romannumeral\c@LT@tables}%
+    {\gdef\flrow@LTlastpage{2}}{\@nameuse{FBLTpage@\romannumeral\c@LT@tables}}%
+  \addtocounter{FBLTpage}\@ne
+  \ifvoid\flrow@LT@lasthead\else
+     \ifnum\value{FBLTpage}=\flrow@LTlastpage
+        \let\LT@head\flrow@LT@lasthead
+     \fi
+  \fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Switching on of the |\LT@prelastfoot| also needs the real value of
+% |\flrow@LTlastpage| (why???).
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \ifvoid\flrow@LT@prelastfoot\else
+     \count@\flrow@LTlastpage\relax%\advance\count@\m@ne\relax
+     \ifnum\value{FBLTpage}=\count@
+        \let\LT@foot\flrow@LT@prelastfoot
+     \fi
+  \fi
+  \FB@ori@LT@output}
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% The definition of last head box and foot of the page before last.
+% They are defined in the same way as other commands in \package{longtable}
+% package, like |\endlastfoot|.
+% Here was used |\def| as for all |\end..| commands. I hope if \package{longtable}
+% will use these synonyms it will use also synonyms for
+% || and || box register commands at the very beginning of package.
+% Use command names with the analogous names
+% in the hope that their synonyms will appear in the ``host''-package
+% and in this case current package stops interfere.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@tempswafalse
+\ifx\endlasthead\undefined\@tempswatrue\else
+   \ifx\endlasthead\relax\@tempswatrue
+\fi\fi
+\if@tempswa
+    \def\endlasthead{\LT@end@hd@ft\flrow@LT@lasthead}
+\else
+\PackageError{fr-longtable}{The command \string\endlasthead\MessageBreak
+            already defined by longtable package}
+\fi
+\@tempswafalse
+\ifx\endprelastfoot\undefined\@tempswatrue\else
+   \ifx\endprelastfoot\relax\@tempswatrue
+\fi\fi
+\if@tempswa
+    \def\endprelastfoot{\LT@end@hd@ft\flrow@LT@prelastfoot}
+\else
+\PackageError{fr-longtable}{The command \string\endprelastfoot\MessageBreak
+            already defined by longtable package}
+\fi
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+% Redefined |\endlongtable| command---added code which writes
+% the number of pages of long table.
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+\@ifdefinable\FB@ori@endlongtable{\let\FB@ori@endlongtable\endlongtable}
+\def\endlongtable{%
+  \FB@ori@endlongtable
+%    \end{macrocode}
+% Here is additional code.
+% Why it is necessary to reduce counter of pages by~1?
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+  \if@filesw
+    {\advance\c@FBLTpage\m@ne
+    \immediate\write\@auxout{%
+      \gdef\expandafter\noexpand
+        \csname FBLTpage@\romannumeral\c@LT@tables\endcsname
+          {\string\gdef\string\flrow@LTlastpage{\the\c@FBLTpage}}
+      }}
+  \fi
+  }
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%    \begin{macrocode}
+%</forlongtable>
+%    \end{macrocode}
+%
+%
 % \Finale
 \endinput
diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/floatrow/floatrow.ins b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/floatrow/floatrow.ins
index 532f02946dc..2c209bc6594 100644
--- a/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/floatrow/floatrow.ins
+++ b/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/floatrow/floatrow.ins
@@ -30,12 +30,14 @@ You are NOT ALLOWED to change this file.
 
 \askonceonly
 \keepsilent
-%%%\askforoverwritefalse
+%\askforoverwritefalse
 %%%\nopreamble
 \generate{
-          \file{floatrow.sty}{\from{floatrow.dtx}{floatrow,frforsubfig,frforlongtbl,floatsetup}}
+          \file{floatrow.sty}{\from{floatrow.dtx}{floatrow,floatsetup}}
           \file{fr-fancy.sty}{\from{floatrow.dtx}{frfancy}}
           \file{floatpagestyle.sty}{\from{floatrow.dtx}{floatpagestyle}}
           \file{listpen.sty}{\from{floatrow.dtx}{listpen}}
+          \file{fr-longtable.sty}{\from{floatrow.dtx}{forlongtable}}
+          \file{fr-subfig.sty}{\from{floatrow.dtx}{frforsubfig}}
 }
 \endbatchfile